NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS INC
SB-2/A, 1997-01-30
PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS
Previous: FIRST MERCHANTS AUTO TRUST 1996-C, 15-15D, 1997-01-30
Next: TRANSITION ANALYSIS OF COMPONENT TECHNOLOGY INC, SB-1, 1997-01-30






   
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 1997
                         -------------------------------

                              Registration No. 333-17767

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                            -------------------------
                                 AMENDMENT NO.1
                                       TO
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER THE
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            -------------------------
                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in its Charter)


     Delaware                       2834                       75-2376714
(State or other          (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. Employer
jurisdiction of          Classification Code No.)         Identification Number)
incorporation or 
organization)
                                  200 North Oak
                                  P.O. Box 449
                              Roanoke, Texas 76262
                            Telephone: (817)491-2770
                            Telecopier: (817)491-3533
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)
(Address of principal place of business or intended principal place of business)
                            -------------------------
                          Stephen F. Brandon, President
                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
                                  200 North Oak
                                  P.O. Box 449
                              Roanoke, Texas 76262
                           Telephone: (817) 491-2770
                           Telecopier: (817) 491-3533
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
                            -------------------------
                                   Copies to:
    
   
Fred Skolnik, Esq.                      Ilan K. Reich, Esq.
Gavin C. Grusd, Esq.                    Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenweig LLP
Certilman Balin Adler & Hyman, LLP      505 Park Avenue
90 Merrick Avenue                       New York, NY 10022
East Meadow, NY 11514                   Telephone: (212) 753-7200
Telephone: (516) 296-7000               Telecopier: (212) 755-1467
Telecopier: (516) 296-7111                          

           Approximate  date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As
soon as practicable after the effective date of the registration statement.
    

           If this  form is  filed  to  register  additional  securities  for an
offering  pursuant to Rule 462(b)  under the  Securities  Act,  please check the
following box and list the Securities Act  registration  statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [   ]

                        [Cover continued on next page.]
<PAGE>


           If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering. [   ] 

           If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box.  [   ]


                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Proposed Maximum   Proposed Maximum
Titles of Each Class of         Amount to be      Offering Price    Aggregate Offering       Amount of
Securities to be Registered     Registered (1)     per Share (2)        Price (2)         Registration Fee
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>              <C>                <C>                  <C>
Common Shares (3)               1,495,000             $5.00           $7,475,000             $2,265.15

Underwriter's Common Share
  Purchase Warrants (4)           130,000               ---            $     100                ---
  
   
Common Shares (5)                 130,000             $7.50            $ 975,000               $295.45
Common Shares (6)                 100,000             $5.00            $ 500,000               $151.50
                                                                                        --------------
Total Registration Fee:                                                                      $2,712.10[7]
==========================================================================================================
</TABLE>


(1)  Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended 
     ("Securities Act"), this Registration Statement covers such additional 
     indeterminate number of Common Shares and Underwriter's Common Stock 
     Purchase Warrants (the "Underwriter's Warrants") as may be issued by reason
     of adjustments in the number of shares of Common Stock and Underwriter's
     Warrants pursuant to antidilution provisions contained in the Underwriter's
     Warrants.  Because such additional shares of Common Stock and Underwriter's
     Warrants will, if issued, be issued for no additional consideration, no 
     registration fee is required.
(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(3)  Includes 195,000 Common Shares subject to the Underwriter's overallotment
     option.
(4)  To be issued to the Underwriter.
(5)  Issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter's Warrants.
(6)  Registered on behalf of selling stockholder.
(7)  $2,653.01 of the registration fee was paid with the original filing.
    

The Registrant hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this Registration  Statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  Section  8(a) of the
Securities Act or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become  effective on
such  date  as the  Commission,  acting  pursuant  to  said  Section  8(a),  may
determine.



                                       

<PAGE>


   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 29, 1997
PROSPECTUS
                           Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
           1,300,000 Shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
                        Offering Price Per Share - $5.00
                                 ---------------
    

           Niche Pharmaceuticals,  Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
hereby offers  1,300,000  shares of common stock,  par value $.01 per share (the
"Common Shares").  See "Risk Factors" and "Description of Securities." The "Risk
Factors" section begins on page 6 of this Prospectus.

           The Company has applied  for  inclusion  of the Common  Shares on The
Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  although  there can be no  assurances  that an active
trading  market will develop even if the  securities are accepted for quotation.
See "Risk  Factors - Lack of Prior  Market for Common  Shares;  No  Assurance of
Public Trading  Market" and "Risk Factors - Penny Stock  Regulations  May Impose
Certain Restrictions on Marketability of Securities".

   
           Prior to this  offering  (the  "Offering"),  there has been no public
market for the Common  Shares.  It is  currently  anticipated  that the  initial
public  offering  price will be $5.00 per Common Share.  The price of the Common
Shares has been  determined  by  negotiations  between the Company and  Sterling
Foster & Co., Inc., the  underwriter of this Offering (the  "Underwriter"),  and
does not necessarily bear any relationship to the Company's assets,  book value,
net worth or results of operations or any other  established  criteria of value.
The Underwriter may enter into arrangements  with one or more  broker-dealers to
act as co-underwriters of this Offering.  The Underwriter has agreed, but is not
obligated, to act as a market maker for the Company's Common Shares.  
Although the Company anticipates that there will be additional market makers
for the Company's Common Shares, it has not identified any as of the date of 
this Prospectus. For additional information regarding the factors considered in 
determining the initial public offering price of the Common Shares, see "Risk
Factors - Arbitrary Offering Price; Possible Volatility of Stock  Price",  "Risk
Factors - Lack of Prior Market for Common  Shares;  No Assurance of Public 
Trading Market", "Description of Securities"  and "Underwriting".
    

          The registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part also
covers the resale of 100,000  Common  Shares  issued to a certain  unaffiliated
bridge lender (the "Selling Stockholder"). The Company will not receive any of 
the proceeds from the resale of the Common Shares by the Selling Stockholder.  
The Common Shares held by the Selling Stockholder may be resold at any time 
following the date of this Prospectus, subject to an agreement with the 
Underwriter restricting the transfer of such Common Shares for a period of two 
years without the Underwriter's consent.  The resale of the Common Shares by the
Selling Stockholder is subject to Prospectus delivery and other requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").  Sales of such Common Shares
or the potential of such sales at any time may have an adverse effect on the 
market price of the Common Shares offered hereby.  See "Principal and Selling 
Stockholders" and "Risk Factors - Shares Eligible for Future Sale May Adversely
Affect the Market."
                                ----------------
                         [Cover Continued on Next Page]




<PAGE>



          AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON SHARES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A
       HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION OF THE BOOK
             VALUE OF THE COMMON SHARES OFFERED HEREBY AND SHOULD BE
           CONSIDERED ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR
              ENTIRE INVESTMENT. SEE "RISK FACTORS" AND "DILUTION."
                                ----------------
          THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
           OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
            OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                         CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                           Price        Underwriting Discounts    Proceeds to
                         to Public      and Commissions (1)       Company (2)

Per Share..........        $5.00              $0.50                  $4.50
Total (3)..........     $6,500,000          $650,000               $5,850,000

(1)   Does not reflect additional compensation to be received by the Underwriter
      in the form of (i) a non-accountable  expense allowance of $195,000 
      ($224,250 if the Overallotment Option (as hereinafter defined) is 
      exercised in full), (ii) a three year financial advisory and investment
      banking agreement providing for aggregate fees of $100,000 payable in
      advance at the closing of this Offering, and (iii) a warrant (to be 
      purchased by the Underwriter for $100) to purchase 130,000 Common Shares
      (10% of the total number of Common Shares sold pursuant hereto) (the
      "Underwriter's  Warrant"),  exercisable  for a period of three years,
      commencing one year from the date of this Prospectus. The Company and
      the  Underwriter  have agreed to indemnify each other against certain
      liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the Act.  The Company has
      been  informed  that, in the opinion of the  Securities  and Exchange
      Commission,  such  indemnification  is against  public  policy and is
      therefore unenforceable.  See "Underwriting".

(2)   Before  deducting  expenses  of the  Offering  payable by the Company
      estimated at $610,000,  including the  Underwriter's  non-accountable
      expense allowance and financial  advisory fee referred to in footnote
      (1) (not assuming exercise of the Overallotment Option), registration
      fees,  transfer  agent  fees,  NASD fees,  Blue Sky  filing  fees and
      expenses,  legal fees and expenses, and accounting fees and expenses.
      See "Use of Proceeds" and "Underwriting."

(3)   Does not include 195,000 additional Common Shares to cover overallotments
      which the Underwriter has an option to purchase for 45 days from the date
      of this Prospectus at the initial public offering price, less the 
      Underwriter's discount (the "Overallotment Option").  If the Overallotment
      Option is exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting
      Discounts and Commissions, and Proceeds to Company will be $7,475,000, 
      $747,500, and $6,727,500, respectively.  See "Underwriting".
                                 ---------------
                         [Cover Continued on Next Page]

                                        2

<PAGE>



           The  Common  Shares  are  offered  by  the  Underwriter  on  a  "firm
commitment" basis, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriter,
and subject to prior sale,  allotment and withdrawal,  modification of the offer
with notice,  receipt and acceptance by the Underwriter named herein and subject
to its  right  to  reject  orders  in  whole  or in part  and to  certain  other
conditions.  It is expected that the delivery of the  certificates  representing
the  Common  Shares  and  payment  therefor  will be made at the  offices of the
Underwriter on or about _________, 1997.

                           S T E R L I N G F O S T E R
                        I N V E S T M E N T B A N K E R S
                 The date of this Prospectus is _________, 1997.

                                        

<PAGE>


           IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITER MAY OVERALLOT OR
EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON
SHARES AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET.
SUCH  TRANSACTIONS  MAY  BE  EFFECTED  IN  THE  NASDAQ  SMALLCAP  MARKET.   SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

           A  SIGNIFICANT  PORTION  OF THE  COMMON  SHARES  TO BE  SOLD  IN THIS
OFFERING MAY BE SOLD TO CUSTOMERS OF THE UNDERWRITER.  SUCH SALES MAY AFFECT THE
MARKET  FOR  AND  LIQUIDITY  OF  THE  COMPANY'S  SECURITIES  IN THE  EVENT  THAT
ADDITIONAL  BROKER-DEALERS DO NOT MAKE A MARKET IN THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES,  AS
TO WHICH THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE.  SUCH CUSTOMERS  SUBSEQUENTLY  MAY ENGAGE IN
TRANSACTIONS  FOR THE SALE OR PURCHASE OF THE COMMON SHARES  THROUGH AND/OR WITH
THE UNDERWRITER.

           ALTHOUGH IT HAS NO OBLIGATION TO DO SO, THE UNDERWRITER MAY FROM TIME
TO TIME ACT AS A MARKET MAKER AND OTHERWISE EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMPANY'S
SECURITIES.  THE  UNDERWRITER,  IF IT PARTICIPATES  IN THE MARKET,  MAY BECOME A
DOMINATING INFLUENCE IN THE MARKET FOR THE COMMON SHARES.  HOWEVER,  THERE IS NO
ASSURANCE  THAT THE  UNDERWRITER  WILL OR WILL NOT  CONTINUE TO BE A  DOMINATING
INFLUENCE.  THE PRICES AND  LIQUIDITY OF THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY MAY BE
SIGNIFICANTLY AFFECTED BY THE DEGREE, IF ANY, OF THE UNDERWRITER'S PARTICIPATION
IN SUCH MARKET.  THE UNDERWRITER MAY DISCONTINUE  SUCH ACTIVITIES AT ANY TIME OR
FROM TIME TO TIME.  SEE "RISK FACTORS - LACK OF PRIOR MARKET FOR COMMON  SHARES;
NO ASSURANCE OF PUBLIC TRADING MARKET".

                                        2

<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   
           The  following  is  a  summary  of  certain  information   (including
financial  statements  and notes  thereto)  contained in this  Prospectus and is
qualified in its entirety by the more detailed  information  appearing elsewhere
herein. In addition, unless otherwise indicated to the contrary, the information
appearing  herein  does not give effect to the  issuance  of (a) 195,000  Common
Shares upon exercise of the Overallotment Option; (b) 130,000 Common Shares upon
exercise of the  Underwriter's  Warrant;  or (c) 564,375  Common Shares upon the
exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants.  However, all references to 
Common Shares and prices per share in this Prospectus give retroactive effect to
a 1.25 for 1 stock split effectuated  on  October  15,  1996  as  part  of  the 
Company's reincorporation in the State of Delaware.  See "Underwriting."  Each 
prospective investor is urged to read this Prospectus in its entirety.
    

                                   The Company

           Niche  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc. (the  "Company")  manufactures  through
third  party   contractors,   and  markets  and  distributes,   non-prescription
pharmaceutical and nutraceutical dietary supplement products.  The Company seeks
to exploit  product niches that have  generally been  overlooked or neglected by
the major drug companies  because of the relatively  small perceived size of the
market  for such  products.  The  Company's  current  products  are a  patented,
state-of-the-art, sustained release magnesium supplement marketed under the name
Mag-Tab(R)SR, and a dietary fiber supplement marketed as Unifiber(R).

           The Company  markets its  products to  virtually  all of the drug and
dietary  supplement  wholesalers  in the United  States which,  in turn,  supply
retail  pharmacies,  numerous  state  and  federal  institutions,  and group and
managed care  purchasing  organizations  ("GPOs") acting on behalf of hospitals,
extended care facilities and nursing homes.

           The Company commenced operations in 1991 as a Texas corporation,  and
was  reincorporated  as a Delaware  corporation on October 15, 1996. The Company
maintains  its  executive  offices  at 200  North  Oak,  Roanoke,  Texas  76262;
telephone number (817) 491-2770.

           See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain factors that should be
considered in evaluating the Company and its business.

                                  The Offering

Common Shares Being Offered                  1,300,000 shares
Common Shares Outstanding Prior to
the Offering .....................           1,101,500 shares

Common Shares to be Outstanding
After the Offering (1)............           2,401,500 shares

                                       3
<PAGE>

   
Use of Proceeds...................           The net proceeds to the Company 
                                             from the sale of the 1,300,000 
                                             Common Shares offered hereby are
                                             estimated to be $5,240,000.  The 
                                             net proceeds are expected to be 
                                             applied in the following 
                                             approximate percentages for the
                                             following purposes: marketing and
                                             advertising (35.1%), hiring of 
                                             additional personnel (10.5%),
                                             product acquisition (9.5%), 
                                             repayment of indebtedness (7.7%),
                                             research and development (5.7%) and
                                             working capital (31.5%).  See "Use
                                             of Proceeds".
    

Risk Factors......................           An investment in the securities
                                             offered hereby involves a high
                                             degree of risk and immediate 
                                             substantial dilution of the book 
                                             value of the Common Shares and
                                             should be considered only by
                                             persons who can afford the loss of
                                             their entire investment.  See "Risk
                                             Factors" and "Dilution."

   
Proposed Nasdaq SmallCap Market
  Symbol(2).......................           NCHE

- -----------------
(1)        Does not give effect to the  issuance of (i)  195,000  Common  Shares
           upon exercise of the Overallotment Option; (ii) 130,000 Common Shares
           upon exercise of the Underwriter's  Warrant;  or (iii) 564,375 Common
           Shares upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants.
           See "Underwriting."
    

(2)        Although the Company has applied for  inclusion of the Common  Shares
           on The Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  there can be no assurance  that the
           Company's  securities  will be  included  for  quotation,  or,  if so
           included,  that  the  Company  will be able to  continue  to meet the
           requirements for continued quotation, or that a public trading market
           will develop or, if such market develops,  that it will be sustained.
           See "Risk  Factors  - Lack of Prior  Market  for  Common  Shares;  No
           Assurance of Public Trading Market".



                                        4

<PAGE>




                          Summary Financial Information

           The following summary financial information has been derived from the
financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The
information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the
related notes thereto. All amounts are in dollars except number of Common 
Shares.  See "Financial Statements".

Statement of Operations Data

   
                                  Nine Months Ended            Years Ended
                                    September 30,              December 31
                                ---------------------     ----------------------
                                  1996          1995        1995         1994
                                  ----          ----        ----         ----
Revenues  ...................   $ 906,744    $389,700    $ 606,268    $ 415,330
Gross profit ................     564,382     303,587      423,122      279,858
Operating income ............          77      91,905       88,181        4,508
Net income (loss) ...........    (140,588)     37,767       (1,003)     (62,340)
 Net income (loss)
 per share(1) . .............        (.13)        .03          ---         (.06)
Weighted average number
  of Common Shares 
  outstanding(1).............   1,101,500   1,101,500    1,101,500    1,101,500
    

Balance Sheet Data

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       September 30, 1996                December 31,1995
                                                                     Pro Forma
                                         Actual    Pro Forma (1)  As Adjusted(1)(2)           Actual
                                         ------    -------------  -----------------         ---------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>             <C>                     <C>        
Working capital (deficit)             $ (368,948)  $ (368,948)     $  4,571,052            $  (67,504)
Total assets. . . . . . .              1,417,009    1,517,009         6,357,009             1,513,196
Total liabilities. . . . . . .         2,074,546    2,174,546         1,774,546             2,030,157
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)    (657,537)    (657,537)        4,582,463              (516,961)

- ----------------
</TABLE>


   
(1)  Adjusted to give retroactive effect to the issuance of 100,000 Common 
     Shares pursuant to a certain December 1996 bridge financing discussed
     herein (the "Bridge Financing").  See "Bridge Financing".
    

(2)  Adjusted to give effect of the receipt and application of the net proceeds
     of approximately $5,240,000 from the sale of the Common Shares offered 
     hereby. See "Use of Proceeds".





                                        5

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

           An investment in the securities  offered  hereby is  speculative  and
involves a high  degree of risk and  substantial  dilution  and  should  only be
purchased  by  investors  who  can  afford  to  lose  their  entire  investment.
Prospective purchasers, prior to making an investment, should carefully consider
the following risks and speculative  factors,  as well as other  information set
forth elsewhere in this Prospectus, associated with this Offering, including the
information contained in the financial statements herein.

   
           1. Going  Concern  Uncertainty;  No History of Earnings;  Accumulated
Deficit;  Working Capital Deficit and Stockholders'  Deficit.  The report of the
Company's  independent  auditors on the Company's  financial  statements for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 indicates that such financial  statements
have been prepared  assuming that the Company will continue as a going  concern,
and  references  a note to such  financial  statements  which  states  that such
financial  statements have been prepared in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles which contemplates  continuation of the Company as a going
concern,  and the realization of assets and the  satisfaction of liabilities and
commitments  in the normal course of business.  The note states that the ability
of the Company to continue as a going  concern is dependent  upon the success of
the Company's  marketing efforts and its ability to obtain sufficient funding to
continue operations.  The Company has suffered recurring losses since inception 
and for the year ended December 31, 1995 and nine months ended September  30,  
1996,  the  Company  had a net  loss  of  $1,003  and  $140,588, respectively. 
As of December 31, 1995 and  September  30, 1996,  the  Company's accumulated 
deficit totaled $617,961 and $758,549, respectively. In addition, as of December
31, 1995 and September 30, 1996,  the Company had a working  capital deficit of 
$67,504 and $368,948, respectively. Moreover, as of December 31, 1995 and 
September 30, 1996, the Company had a  stockholders  deficit of $516,961 and
$657,537,  respectively.  Further,  as noted above, a substantial portion of the
Company's assets consists of intangible  assets.  The amortization  expense with
respect thereto will have a material  adverse effect upon the Company's  results
of  operations.  There  can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to
operate profitably. The Company is subject to many business risks which include,
but are not limited to, unforeseen marketing and promotional expenses, potential
negative  publicity  with respect to the Company's  industry and  products,  and
intense competition. Many of the risks may be beyond the control of the Company.
There can be no  assurance  that the Company  will  successfully  implement  its
business plan in a timely or effective manner, or that management of the Company
will be able to market and sell enough products to generate  sufficient revenues
to continue as a going concern. See "Business" and "Financial Statements".

           2.  Dependence on Offering  Proceeds;  Possible  Need for  Additional
Financing.  The Company's  cash  requirements  have been and will continue to be
significant.  The Company is  dependent on the  proceeds  from this  Offering in
order to further  expand  its  operations.  The Company intends to use $400,000,
or 7.7% of the net proceeds of this Offering, to repay certain indebtedness; 
accordingly, such amount will not be available to fund future business 
activities.  The Company plans to increase the reach and frequency of its 
advertising and marketing programs and the expansion and enhancement of its
infrastructure, including, without limitation, hiring additional personnel, and
engaging consultants for particular tasks, such as marketing and computer system
enhancement and other projects, all of which the Company has designed to be 
implemented over the 18 month period following the closing date of the Offering.
Based on the foregoing, the Company  believes  that the net proceeds of this 
Offering, together with anticipated increased revenues from operations, will be 
sufficient to conduct the Company's operations for at least 18  months.  In the 
event  that the  Company's  plans  change,  or the costs of operations  prove 
greater than  anticipated,  the Company  could be required to curtail its 
expansion plans or seek additional financing sooner than currently  anticipated.
    

                                        6

<PAGE>



The Company believes that its operations would be restricted absent expansion.  
The Company has no current arrangements with respect to additional financing and
there can be no assurance that such additional financing, if available, will be 
on terms acceptable to the Company.  See  "Use of  Proceeds"  and  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis Liquidity and Capital Resources".

           3. NASD Complaint Against  Underwriter and Others Alleging Violations
of  Exchange  Act and  NASD  Rules of Fair  Practice.  The  Market  Surveillance
Committee of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers  Regulation,  Inc.
("NASD") filed a complaint on September 18, 1996 (the  "Complaint")  against the
Underwriter and various  individuals  associated or formerly associated with the
Underwriter (collectively, the "Respondents") alleging various violations of the
Exchange Act and the NASD Rules of Fair Practice.  The Complaint  involves three
companies whose initial public  offerings were  underwritten by the Underwriter.
The  Complaint  alleges  the  use of  fraudulent  and  manipulative  devices  in
connection  with the  distribution  and sale of  securities  of such  companies;
failure to comply with  undertakings to submit various documents and information
to the NASD's  Corporate  Financing  Department for review and receipt of unfair
and  unreasonable  underwriting  compensation  in connection  with  transactions
involving  securities held by stockholders of such companies;  fraudulent  sales
practices  and  unauthorized  transactions  with  customers of the  Underwriter;
inadequate  supervision of the activities of sales  representatives  relating to
the various alleged violations; and inadequate written supervisory procedures to
prevent the  allegedly  violative  conduct.  The Company has been advised by the
Underwriter  that it has not yet filed an answer to the complaint and that it is
the  intention  of the  Underwriter  and,  to  the  best  of  the  Underwriter's
knowledge,  the  intention  of  the  other  Respondents  to  deny  all  material
allegations and alleged violations and to vigorously contest the proceeding.  An
unfavorable  outcome or resolution  of the  Complaint  may adversely  affect the
market for, and  liquidity of, the Company's  securities if the  Underwriter  is
unable to make a market in the Company's  securities and other broker-dealers do
not make a market in the Company's securities.

           4. Private  Investigation  Concerning Trading in Securities of Issuer
Underwritten  by  Underwriter.  The Company was advised that the  Securities and
Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")  issued  an order on  March  17,  1995
authorizing  a private  investigation  concerning  trading in the  securities of
Lasergate  Systems,  Inc.  The  Underwriter  acted  as  underwriter  of a public
offering of securities of Lasergate Systems, Inc. in October 1994, and has acted
as a market maker of such issuer's  securities  since that time. An  unfavorable
resolution of the  Commission's  investigation  may adversely  affect the market
for, and liquidity of, the Company's  securities if the Underwriter is unable to
make a market in the Company's securities and other broker-dealers do not make a
market in the Company's securities.

           5. Dependence on Key Management and Qualified Personnel.  The Company
is highly dependent upon the efforts of its senior management.  The loss of the
services of one or more members of the senior management could significantly 
impede the achievement of development objectives.   Although the Company intends
to obtain a $1,000,000 key-man insurance policy on the life of each of Stephen
F. Brandon, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

                                        7

<PAGE>



   
of the  Company,  and Thomas F.  Reed,  Executive  Vice  President  -  Corporate
Development  and a Director of the  Company,  the  Company  does not believe the
proceeds of any policies  obtained  would be adequate to compensate for the loss
of either of them.  It is noted that Jean R. Sperry, a Vice President and a 
director of the Company will only devote 10% of his time to the Company's 
business.  The  Company is also  highly  dependent  upon its ability to attract 
and  retain  qualified  key  management  personnel.   There  is  always
competition  for qualified  personnel in the areas of the Company's  activities,
and there can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  continue  to
attract and retain  qualified  personnel  necessary for the  development  of its
existing  business  and  its  expansion  into  areas  and  activities  requiring
additional  expertise,  such as  marketing.  The loss of, or failure to recruit,
managerial  personnel  could have a material  adverse effect on the Company.  In
addition,  the Company relies on  consultants  to assist it in  formulating  its
research and  development  strategy  and in  conducting  clinical  trials of its
products.  All of the Company's consultants are employed by other employers,  or
are  principals  of other  companies or  professional  practices,  and each such
consultant may have  commitments  to, or consulting or advisory  contracts with,
other  entities  that  may  limit  their   availability  to  the  Company.   See
"Management".
    

           6. Reliance on Two Products. The Company currently relies entirely on
the  sales  of its  two  products,  Mag-Tab(R)SR  and  Unifiber(R),  to  produce
revenues.  Revenues from the sale of  Mag-Tab(R)SR  and  Unifiber(R) (i) for the
year ended December 31, 1995 were  approximately  $516,000,  or 85% of revenues,
and approximately  $90,000, or 15% of revenues,  respectively,  and (ii) for the
nine months ended September 30, 1996 were  approximately  $465,000,  or 51.3% of
revenues,  and  approximately  $434,000,  or  47.9% of  revenues,  respectively.
Although the Company  plans to seek other  product  acquisitions  in the future,
sales of these two  products  are  expected to account for all of the  Company's
revenues  for the  foreseeable  future.  Certain  factors,  such as a decline in
market  demand,  no future  market  acceptance  and  increased  competition  for
superior or alternative  products,  could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's  financial  condition  and  results of  operations.  See  "Business  -
Products".

   
           7.  Dependence  on Major  Customers.  A  significant  portion  of the
Company's  products is  ultimately  sold or supplied to  consumers  and patients
through pharmacies  throughout the United States.  However, the Company does not
supply these outlets directly. The Company markets its products to virtually all
of the drug and dietary  supplement  wholesalers in the United States which,  in
turn, supply pharmacies,  healthcare institutions,  and GPOs acting on behalf of
healthcare  institutions.  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 and the 
nine months  ended  September  30,  1996,  four drug and dietary  supplement
wholesalers accounted for 25% and 19%; 16% and 13%; 13% and 14%; and 13% and 13%
of the Company's operating revenues,  respectively.  Although  each of these  
wholesalers currently supplies most of the pharmacies, GPOs and healthcare 
institutions on a nonexclusive basis, the loss of any one of these customers 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and 
results of operations. See "Business - Sales and Marketing".
    

           8.  No Manufacturing Capability or Experience; Dependence on Others.
The Company currently does not have facilities or personnel capable of directly
manufacturing any of its own products.  The Company has no current plans to 
manufacture its products and is dependent on third parties in this regard.

                                        8

<PAGE>



   
               The Company has an exclusive agreement (the "Schering Agreement")
with Schering Plough, Inc. ("Schering") for the manufacture of Mag-Tab(R)SR.  
Schering, a Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") regulated company, manufactures
Mag-Tab(R)SR for the Company at FDA Good Manufacturing Practices standards 
("GMPs") for drug products, although, as a nutritional supplement, Mag-Tab(R)SR
is not required to comply with those standards.  The Company relies solely on 
Schering for the manufacture and packaging of this product.  Pursuant to the 
Schering Agreement, Schering supplies all raw materials and packaging 
components for the production of Mag-Tab(R)SR according to the Company's 
specifications, and Schering utilizes the quality control and manufacturing 
processes provided by the Company. The initial term of the Schering Agreement 
expires in July 1997 and is automatically renewable for successive two year 
terms,  unless  written notice of  termination is given by either party at least
one year prior to the expiration  of the initial or a successive term. Neither
party has given any notice of termination. Accordingly, the expiration date of 
the Schering Agreement has been extended to July 1999. The terms of the Schering
Agreement provide that, in the event of early termination by Schering, Schering 
will, at the Company's  request,  provide the Company with a supply of 
Mag-Tab(R)SR up to the total amount of product purchased by the Company in the 
previous year. In the event the Schering Agreement is terminated or expires and 
the Company does not renew its relationship with Schering, the Company believes,
but cannot assure, that it will be able to engage an alternative manufacturer on
comparable terms to the Schering  Agreement to manufacture Mag-Tab(R)SR at drug 
product GMPs levels.

           The Company's Unifiber(R) product was manufactured by Dow Hickam
Pharmaceuticals Inc. ("Dow Hickam"), a subsidiary of Mylan Pharmaceuticals Inc.,
until December 31, 1996, pursuant to an agreement (the "Dow Hickam  Agreement")
under which the Company acquired the rights to Unifiber(R).  Pursuant to the Dow
Hickam Agreement, Dow Hickam agreed to manufacture the Unifiber(R) product
in sufficient quantity to meet the Company's projected sales needs through 1997.
Since the Dow Hickam Agreement expired, Dow Hickam is no longer manufacturing 
Unifiber(R).  However, the Company has a 15 month supply, based on current sales
levels, of Unifiber(R) in inventory.   The Company is currently in discussions
with other third party contractors to manufacture Unifiber(R), although no 
understanding or agreement has been reached with any such manufacturer at this 
time.  Additionally, the Company has retained a consultant to assist it in
identifying appropriate third party contract manufacturer candidates.  The
Company believes,  but cannot assure, that there will be no difficulty engaging 
another contract manufacturer.  Based on identification of, and development of 
discussions with, potential third party contract manufacturers, the Company 
anticipates that it will engage a third party contractor to manufacture 
Unifiber(R) by the second quarter of 1997.

           Although the Company's policy is to maintain an  approximately  three
month supply of each of Mag-Tab(R)SR and Unifiber(R) (as noted above, the 
Company has a 15 month supply of Unifiber(R)),  the failure to engage, or
delays in  engaging,  a  manufacturer  for either  product  could  result in the
Company being unable to fill orders on a timely basis,  or at all,  resulting in
cancellation of orders, reduced sales, loss of customers,  loss of goodwill, and
other  events  which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company.
Additionally,  if the  Company  is unable to engage a  manufacturer  on terms at
least as favorable as the Schering  Agreement or the Dow Hickam  Agreement,  the
costs of goods sold may be raised,  reducing  profit  margins.  See  "Business -
Manufacturing".
    

           9.  Uncertainty  of Third Party  Reimbursement  and Product  Pricing.
Although  reimbursement or funding from third party healthcare  payors currently
represents an immaterial portion of the Company's revenues, future profitability
of the  Company may depend in part upon the  availability  of  reimbursement  or
funding from third party  healthcare  payors such as government  programs (e.g.,
Medicaid),  private  insurance  plans and managed care plans.  The United States
Congress is considering a number of legislative and regulatory  reforms that may
affect  companies  engaged in the  healthcare  industry  in the  United  States.
Although the Company cannot predict

                                        9

<PAGE>



whether these  proposals  will be adopted or the effects such proposals may have
on its  business,  the  existence  and pendency of such  proposals  could have a
material adverse effect on the Company.

           In addition, third party payors are continuing their efforts to 
contain or reduce the cost of  healthcare  through  various means.  For example,
third party payors are increasingly  challenging the prices charged for medical
and healthcare products and services. A third party payor may deny reimbursement
if it determines that a product was not used in accordance with cost-effective 
treatment methods or for other reasons. There can be no assurances that Mag-Tab
(R)SR and Unifiber(R) will continue to qualify for  reimbursement by Medicaid in
accordance with guidelines established by the Health Care  Financing  
Administration, by state government payors, or by commercial insurance carriers.
Also, the trend toward managed healthcare in the United States and the 
concurrent growth of organizations, such as  health  maintenance  organizations,
which can control or significantly influence the purchase of healthcare services
and products, as well as legislative proposals to reform healthcare or reduce
government  insurance programs,  may result in lower  prices  for pharmaceutical
products.  The cost containment measures that healthcare providers are 
instituting and the effect of any healthcare reform could materially adversely
affect the Company's ability to sell its products. See "Business - Third Party
Reimbursement".

           10. Uncertainty of Protection of Patents and Proprietary  Rights. The
Company's  success  will  depend in part on its  ability to obtain  and  enforce
patent  protection for its patented  products,  preserve its trade secrets,  and
operate without infringing on the proprietary  rights of third parties,  both in
the United States and in other countries.  In the absence of patent  protection,
the  Company's  business may be adversely  affected by  competitors  who develop
substantially  equivalent technology.  Because of the substantial length of time
and expense  associated  with bringing new products  through  development to the
marketplace,  the pharmaceutical and nutraceutical industries place considerable
importance on obtaining and maintaining  patent and trade secret  protection for
new  technologies,  products and processes.  The Company currently owns a United
States patent  related to its Mag-  Tab(R)SR  product which will expire in March
2008, and a patent  application  relating to  Mag-Tab(R)SR is pending in Canada.
The Unifiber(R)  technology is not patentable.  The trademark  "Unifiber(R)"  is
registered  in the  United  States.  See  "Business  - Patents  and  Proprietary
Information."

           There can be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient 
resources to protect its patent from infringers,  that the Company will acquire
or develop additional products that are patented or patentable, or that present
or future patents will provide sufficient protection to the Company's present or
future technologies, products and processes. In addition,  there can be no 
assurance that others will not independently  develop  substantially  equivalent
proprietary information, design around the Company' s current patents or future
patents, or obtain access to the Company's  know-how,  or that others will not 
successfully challenge the validity of the Company's current patent or future
patents, or be issued patents which may prevent the sale of one or more of the
Company's products,  or require licensing  and the payment of  significant  fees
or  royalties by the Company to third  parties  in order to enable  the  Company
to conduct its business. No assurance can be given as to the degree of 
protection or  competitive  advantage any patents issued to the Company will 
afford,  the validity of any such patents or the Company's ability to avoid 
infringing any patents

                                       10

<PAGE>



issued to others. Further, there can be no guarantee that any patents issued to,
or acquired or licensed by, the Company will not be infringed by the products of
others.  Litigation and other proceedings  involving the defense and prosecution
of patent claims can be expensive and time consuming, even in those instances in
which the outcome is favorable to the Company,  and can result in the  diversion
of resources  from the  Company's  other  activities.  An adverse  outcome could
subject the Company to significant  liabilities  to third  parties,  require the
Company to obtain  licenses  from third  parties or require the Company to cease
any related research and development activities or sales of infringing products.
See "Business - Patents and Proprietary Rights".

   
           11.  Significant Competition.  The Company is engaged in the  
pharmaceutical and nutraceutical industry,  which is characterized by extensive 
research efforts, rapid technological progress and intense competition.  There 
are many public and private  companies,  including well-known  companies engaged
in developing and marketing pharmaceuticals and nutraceuticals,  that  represent
significant competition  to the Company.  Existing  products and therapies and  
improvements thereto do and will compete directly with products the Company 
manufactures and markets,  and may  manufacture  and market in the future.  Many
of the Company's competitors  have  substantially  greater  financial  and  
technical  resources, production and marketing capabilities and experience than 
does the Company.
    

           Competitors who do not rely on third party contract manufacturers may
be able to compete more effectively on price. Additionally,  other technologies 
are, or may in the  future  become,  the basis for  competitive  products.  
Competition  may increase further as a result of the potential advances from 
structure-based drug design and greater  availability of capital for investment
in this field.  There can  be no  assurance  that  the  Company's  competitors 
will not succeed in developing technologies and products that are more effective
than the Company's products or products which the Company may acquire in the
future,  or that would render the Company's  technology and products obsolete or
noncompetitive.  See "Business - Competition".

   
           12. Dependence on Market Acceptance of Company's Products.  The 
Company's continued success will depend upon broad acceptance and adoption by 
physicians and dietary specialists  of the  Company's  products  and the  
therapeutic  benefits of such products,  as well as the Company's  ability to 
broaden sales of its products to patients of these physicians and dietary 
specialists. In order to penetrate this market  more  effectively,  the  Company
has  expanded  its sales and  marketing activities,  including targeted direct
mail, field sales activity, attendance at medical  conventions  and meetings,  
development of product  advocate  programs, medical  and  trade  journal  
advertising  and  telemarketing.  There  can be no assurance that these or other
activities  or programs  will be  successful  in obtaining broader market 
acceptance for the Company's products. Failure to do so could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's business.  See "Business - Sales and Marketing".

           13. Potential of Material Adverse Effect of Product Liability Claims
on the Company.  The Company's business involves the risk of product liability
claims inherent to the pharmaceutical business. If such claims arise in the 
future they could have a material adverse impact on the Company.  The Company
maintains product liability insurance on an occurrence basis in the amount of 
$3 million per occurrence and an aggregate amount of $3 million per policy
    

                                       11

<PAGE>



term  period.  The term of the policy is 12 months  which is renewable for 
successive 12 month periods. Additionally, the Company attempts to reduce its 
risk by obtaining indemnity  undertakings with respect to such claims from  the 
third  party  contract  manufacturers  of its  products.  There is no assurance 
that such coverage or  indemnification  will be sufficient to protect the 
Company from product liability  claims, or that product liability  insurance
will be available to the Company at  reasonable  cost, if at all, in the future.
Currently,  there are no pending or threatened claims known to the Company.  See
"Business - Product Liability Insurance; Indemnification".

           14. Possible Significant Impact of Consumer Laws and Government  
Regulation on the Company's Business and Products.  The Company is subject
to the Federal Food,  Drug and Cosmetics Act (including  the Dietary  Supplement
Health and Education Act of 1994),  the Federal Trade  Commission  Act, the Fair
Packaging  and  Labeling  Act,  the  Consumer  Product  Safety Act,  the Federal
Hazardous Substance Act and product safety laws in foreign jurisdictions as well
as  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Consumer  Product  Safety  Commission.  Such
regulation subjects the Company to the possibility of requirements of repurchase
or  recall of  products  found to be  defective  and the  possibility  of fines,
penalties,  seizure of its products,  injunction,  and criminal  prosecution for
repeated  violations of the law. The FDA regulates product  labeling,  including
product  claims.  The Federal Trade  Commission  ("FTC") also regulates  product
claims made in advertising.  Existing and future  government  regulations  could
impact certain products of the Company. Additionally, products which the Company
may  acquire  in the  future  (if  any)  may be  subject  to  FDA  approval  and
regulation, which could be time consuming and costly. See "Business - Government
Regulation".

   
           15. Risks  Attendant to Expansion.  The Company  intends to utilize a
significant portion of the net proceeds of this Offering to expand its business.
In this regard,  the Company  intends to allocate a  substantial  portion of the
net proceeds for the following purposes: approximately $1,840,000, or 35.1% of 
the net proceeds, to market and advertise the  Company's  products, 
approximately $500,000, or 9.5% of the net proceeds, to acquire new products
and approximately $1,650,000, or 31.5% of the net proceeds, for working capital,
including  general  administrative  costs. Many of the risks of expansion  may
be  unforeseeable  or beyond the control of  management.  At present the Company
has not identified any product acquisition candidates, and it does not have any 
current plans, proposals or arrangements with respect to any acquisitions;
however, it is actively seeking such candidates.  There can be no assurance 
that the Company  will successfully  implement its business plan in a timely or
effective  manner, or that the Company will be able to generate sufficient 
revenue to continue  as a going concern.  Furthermore, there can be no assurance
that the Company will identify any acquisition candidates or, if it does, that 
it will be able to reach any agreements to acquire such products on terms 
acceptable to the Company.  To the extent that the Company may enter into any 
agreements with related parties in the future (of which none are presently 
contemplated), the Company anticipates that the terms of such agreements will be
commercially reasonable and no less favorable to the Company than the Company
could obtain from unrelated third parties.  Additionally, the Company intends 
that such agreements will be approved by a majority of disinterested directors.
See "Use of Proceeds" and " Business - General".
    

           16.  Control  by  Existing  Management  and  Stockholders;  Effect of
Certain  Anti-Takeover  Considerations.  Upon  completion of the  Offering,  the
Company's directors,  executive officers and certain principal  stockholders and
their  affiliates will own beneficially  approximately  42% of the Common Shares
(without   giving  effect  to  the  exercise  of  the   Overallotment   Option).
Accordingly,  such holders,  if acting  together,  may have the ability to exert
significant  influence over the election of the Company's Board of Directors and
other matters submitted to the Company's  stockholders for approval.  The voting
power of these holders may  discourage  or prevent any proposed  takeover of the
Company  unless the terms thereof are approved by such holders.  Pursuant to the
Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation,  Preferred Shares may be issued by the
Company in the future  without  stockholder  approval and upon such terms as the
Board of Directors  may  determine.  The rights of the holders of Common  Shares
will be subject to, and may be adversely  affected by, the rights of the holders
of any  Preferred  Shares  that may be issued in the  future.  The  issuance  of
Preferred Shares

                                       12

<PAGE>



could have the effect of discouraging a third party from acquiring a majority of
the outstanding  Common Shares of the Company and preventing  stockholders  from
realizing a premium on their Common Shares.  The  Certificate  of  Incorporation
also provides for staggered  terms for the members of the Board of Directors.  A
staggered Board of Directors and certain provisions of the Company's by-laws and
of Delaware law  applicable to the Company could delay or make more  difficult a
merger,  tender offer or proxy contest involving the Company.  See "Management",
"Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Description of Securities".

   
           17. Management's Broad  Discretion in Application  of Proceeds. The 
Company intends to use the net  proceeds of this  Offering as  described in the 
"Use of Proceeds"  section  of this  Prospectus for the following purposes: 
approximately $1,840,000, or 35.1% of the net proceeds, to market and advertise 
the Company's products, approximately $550,000, or 10.5% of the net proceeds, to
hire  additional personnel, approximately $500,000, or 9.5% of the net proceeds,
to acquire new products, approximately $400,000, or 7.7% of the net proceeds, to
repay indbtedness (including approximately $295,487, or 5.6% of the net 
proceeds, to repay a loan to Mr. Brandon),approximately $300,000, or 5.7% of the
net proceeds, for reasearch and development, and approximately $1,650,000, or 
31.5% of the net proceeds, for working capital.  However, management  of the  
Company  has broad discretion  to adjust the  application  and  allocation  of 
such net proceeds in order to address changed  circumstances and  opportunities,
including,  without limitation, the possible acquisition of additional  products
which the Company has not yet identified. As a result of the foregoing, the 
success of the Company will  be  substantially  dependent  upon  the  discretion
and  judgment  of the management of the Company with respect to the  application
and allocation of the net proceeds of this  Offering.  Pending use of the 
proceeds,  the funds will be invested in certificates of deposit,  high grade 
commercial paper and government securities or other low risk investments. See 
"Use of Proceeds".
    

           18. Arbitrary Offering Price; Possible Volatility of Stock Price. The
initial public offering price of the Common Shares was determined by negotiation
between the Company and the  Underwriter,  may not be  indicative  of the market
price for such  securities  in the  future,  and does not  necessarily  bear any
relationship  to the  Company's  assets,  book  value,  net worth or  results of
operations of the Company or any other established  criteria of value. Among the
factors  considered  in  determining  the price of the  Common  Shares  were the
history of, and  prospects  for,  the  industry  in which the Company  operates,
estimates of the business  potential  of the Company,  the present  state of the
development of the Company's  business,  the Company's financial  condition,  an
assessment of the Company's management,  the general condition of the securities
markets at the time of this Offering,  and the demand for similar  securities of
comparable  companies.  It should be noted that the stock market in recent years
has experienced  extreme price and volume  fluctuations  that have  particularly
affected  the  market  prices  of  many  smaller  companies.   Frequently,  such
fluctuations   have  been  unrelated  or   disproportionate   to  the  operating
performance of such companies.  These fluctuations,  as well as general economic
and market conditions, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of
the  Common  Shares.   See  "Description  of  Securities",   "Underwriting"  and
"Financial Statements".

           19. Lack of Prior  Market for Common  Shares;  No Assurance of Public
Trading Market. Prior to this Offering, no public trading market existed for the
Common Shares.  There can be no assurances  that a public trading market for the
Common Shares will develop or that a public trading market,  if developed,  will
be sustained.  Although the Company  anticipates  that,  upon completion of this
Offering,  the  Common  Shares  will be  eligible  for  inclusion  on The Nasdaq
SmallCap Market, no assurance can be given that the Common Shares will be listed
thereon.  Under prevailing  rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market,  Inc., in order to
qualify for initial quotation of securities on The

                                       13

<PAGE>



Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  a company,  among  other  things,  must have at least
$4,000,000 in total assets, $2,000,000 in total capital and surplus,  $1,000,000
in market  value of public  float  and a minimum  bid price of $3.00 per  share.
Although the Company may,  upon the  completion  of this  Offering,  qualify for
initial  quotation of the Common Shares on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market,  in order
for the Common Shares to continue to be listed thereon, the Company, among other
things,  generally  must have  $2,000,000 in total  assets,  $1,000,000 in total
capital and  surplus,  $1,000,000  in market value of public float and a minimum
bid price of $1.00 per share.

   
          In order to be included on The Nasdaq SmallCap System, and to maintain
such listing, the Company would need a minimum of two market makers for its 
Common Shares.
    

           The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. has proposed a rule change which, if 
adopted, would impose  substantially  more  stringent  criteria  for the initial
and  continued listing of  securities  on The Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.  The 
proposed new rules provide that, for initial listing on The Nasdaq SmallCap 
Market, a company would need to have,  among other things,  (i) either net 
tangible assets (i.e., net of goodwill) of $4,000,000,  a market  capitalization
of $50,000,000 or net income for two of the last three fiscal years of $750,000,
(ii) a minimum market value of public float of $5,000,000, (iii) a minimum bid
price of $4.00 per share, and (iv)  either  one  year of  operating  history  or
a  market  capitalization  of $50,000,000.  For continued  listing on The Nasdaq
SmallCap  Market,  a company would need to have,  among  other  things,  
(i) either  net  tangible  assets of $2,000,000, a market capitalization of 
$35,000,000, or net income for two of the last three fiscal  years of $500,000 
and (ii) a minimum  market value of public float of  $1,000,000.  Additionally,
for both  initial  listing  and continued listing on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market,
companies would be required to have at least two  independent directors, and an
Audit Committee, a majority of the members of which would need to be independent
directors.

   
          Furthermore, under the proposed rules, the Company would be required
to have at least three market makers  for its Common Shares for inclusion on The
Nasdaq SmallCap Market and two market makers to maintain such listing.
    

           If the Company is unable to satisfy the requirements for quotation on
The Nasdaq SmallCap  Market under the current  rules,  or the proposed  rules, 
if adopted, trading,  if any, in the Common Shares  offered hereby would be 
conducted in the over-the-counter  market in what is commonly referred to as the
"pink sheets" or on the NASD OTC Electronic  Bulletin Board. As a result, an 
investor may find it more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain  accurate  
quotations as to the price of, the securities offered hereby. The above-
described rules may adversely affect the liquidity of the market for the 
Company's  securities.  If a trading market does in fact develop for the Common
Shares offered hereby, there can be no assurance that it will be maintained.  In
any event, because certain restrictions may be placed upon the sale of 
securities at prices under $5.00 per share, if the price of the Common Shares 
falls below such threshold, unless such Common Shares qualify for an exemption
from the "penny stock" rules,  such as a listing on The Nasdaq  SmallCap Market,
some brokerage firms will not effect transactions  in the  Company's  securities
and it is unlikely that any bank or financial  institution  will accept such 
securities as collateral.  Such factors could have a material  adverse effect on
the market for the Common Shares. See "Risk Factors - 'Penny Stock' Regulations
May Impose Certain Restrictions on Marketability of Securities" and 
"Underwriting".

           Although it has no legal obligation to do so, the Underwriter may 
from time to time act as a market maker and may otherwise effect and influence
transactions in the Company's securities.  However,  there is no assurance that
the Underwriter will continue to effect and influence  transactions in the 
Company's securities.  The prices and liquidity of the Company's Common Shares

                                       14

<PAGE>



may be  significantly  affected  by the  degree,  if any,  of the  Underwriter's
participation  in the market.  The Underwriter may voluntarily  discontinue such
participation  at any time.  Further,  the market  for,  and  liquidity  of, the
Company's Common Shares may be materially  adversely affected by the fact that a
significant  portion  of the  Common  Shares  may be  sold to  customers  of the
Underwriter.

   
          The Underwriter has agreed, but is not obligated, to act as a market 
maker for the Company's Common Shares.  Although the Company anticipated it will
have additional market makers, it has not identified any as of the date of this
Prospectus.  If the Company cannot engage additional market makers, it may not 
satisfy the requirements for inclusion, or continued listing, on The Nasdaq 
SmallCap Market.
    

           20. "Penny Stock"  Regulations  May Impose  Certain  Restrictions  on
Marketability  of  Securities.  The  Commission  has adopted  regulations  which
generally define "penny stock" to be any equity security that has a market price
less than $5.00 per share,  subject to certain  exceptions.  If, as anticipated,
the Common  Shares  offered  hereby are  authorized  for quotation on The Nasdaq
SmallCap  Market upon the  completion of this  Offering,  such  securities  will
initially be exempt from the  definition of "penny  stock." If the Common Shares
offered  hereby are removed  from listing on The Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market at any
time,  the  Company's  Common  Shares  may become  subject to rules that  impose
additional  sales  practice   requirements  on  broker-dealers  that  sell  such
securities to persons other than established  customers and accredited investors
(generally  those with assets in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding
$200,000,  or $300,000 together with their spouse).  For transactions covered by
these rules, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for
the  purchase of such  securities  and have  received  the  purchaser's  written
consent  to  the  transaction  prior  to the  purchase.  Additionally,  for  any
transaction  involving  a penny  stock,  unless  exempt,  the rules  require the
delivery,  prior to the transaction,  of a risk disclosure  document mandated by
the Commission  relating to the penny stock market.  The broker-dealer must also
disclose the  commission  payable to both the  broker-dealer  and the registered
representative,  current quotations for the securities and, if the broker-dealer
is the sole market  maker,  the  broker-dealer  must  disclose this fact and the
broker-dealer's  presumed control over the market.  Finally,  monthly statements
must be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the
account and information on the limited market in penny stocks. Consequently, the
"penny  stock"  rules may  restrict  the ability of  broker-dealers  to sell the
Company's  Common  Shares  and may  affect the  ability  of  purchasers  in this
Offering to sell the Company's  Common Shares in the secondary market as well as
the price at which such purchasers can sell any such Common Shares.

   
           21.  Immediate  and  Substantial  Dilution;  Equity  Securities  Sold
Previously at Below Offering Price.  Upon completion of this Offering,  assuming
no exercise  of the  Overallotment  Option,  and  without  giving  effect to the
exercise of the  Underwriter's  Warrant,  but giving  retroactive  effect to the
issuance of the 100,000 Common Shares to the bridge lender (the "Bridge Lender")
in  the  Bridge   Financing  in  the  gross  amount  of  $100,000  (see  "Bridge
Financing"),  the pro forma net tangible  book value per share of the  Company's
Common  Shares as of  September  30, 1996 would have been $1.45.  At the initial
public  offering  price of $5.00 per  share,  investors  in this  Offering  will
experience an immediate dilution of approximately  $3.55 or 71% in pro forma net
tangible  book  value per share,  and  existing  investors  will  experience  an
increase  of  approximately  $3.05 per share.  The present  stockholders  of the
Company have acquired their  respective  equity interest at costs  substantially
below the public  offering  price.  Accordingly,  to the extent that the Company
incurs losses,  the public investors will bear a  disproportionate  risk of such
losses. The exercise of certain options and warrants granted to Stephen F. 
Brandon, Thomas F. Reed, Jean R. Sperry, Allan R. Avery and J. Leslie Glick, the
executive officers and directors of the Company, and an affiliate of Mr. Avery 
to purchase up to an aggregate of 547,500 Common Shares
    

                                       15

<PAGE>




   
will result in further dilution to the public investors. Messrs. Brandon,
Reed, Sperry and Avery, and Dr. Glick are subject to an agreement with the 
Underwriter restricting the transferability of their Common Shares for a period
of two years from the date of this Prospectus without the consent of the 
Underwriter.  See "Dilution", "Management - Executive Compensation", "Certain 
Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Underwriting".
    

           22. No Dividends.  The Company has never paid any dividends on its 
Common Shares and does not intend to pay dividends on its Common Shares in the 
foreseeable future.  Any earnings which the Company may realize in the 
foreseeable future are anticipated to be retained to finance the growth of the 
Company.  See "Dividend Policy".

   
           23. Shares Eligible for Future Sale May Adversely  Affect the Market.
All of the Company's outstanding Common Shares are "restricted  securities" and,
in the  future,  may be  sold  in  compliance  with  Rule  144  or  pursuant  to
registration  under the Act (see  discussion  below  with  respect to the Bridge
Lenders).  Rule 144  currently  provides,  in  essence,  that a  person  holding
"restricted securities" for a period of two years may sell an amount every three
months  up to the  greater  of (a)  one  percent  of the  Company's  issued  and
outstanding  securities of that class of  securities  or (b) the average  weekly
volume of sales of such securities  during the four calendar weeks preceding the
sale if there is adequate current public  information  available  concerning the
Company.  Additionally,  non-affiliates  (who  have not been  affiliates  of the
Company for at least three  months) may sell their  "restricted  securities"  in
compliance  with Rule 144 without volume  limitations  after they have held such
securities  for a period of three years.  An aggregate of 950,000  Common Shares
have been owned by the holders  thereof (all affiliates of the Company) for more
than three years.  However,  an  aggregate of 879,500 of such Common  Shares are
subject to an agreement with the Underwriter  restricting their  transferability
for a period of two years without the Underwriter's consent.  Additionally,  the
holders of an aggregate of 122,000  Common Shares have entered into an agreement
with the Underwriter restricting the transferability of such Common Shares for a
period of six months.
    

           The  Company is  registering  for resale the  100,000  Common  Shares
issued to the Bridge Lender. Such shares may be resold at any time following the
date of this Prospectus,  subject to an agreement  between the Bridge Lender and
the  Underwriter  restricting  the  transferability  of such Common Shares for a
period of two years without the  Underwriter's  consent.  Prospective  investors
should be aware that the  possibility of resales by the Selling  Stockholder and
other  stockholders of the Company may have a material  depressive effect on the
market  price of the  Company's  Common  Shares in any market which may develop,
and,  therefore,  the ability of any  investor to sell his Common  Shares may be
dependent  directly  upon the number of Common Shares that are offered and sold.
See "Bridge Financing" and "Principal and Selling Stockholders".

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

           The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 1,300,000 Common
Shares  offered  hereby,   are  estimated  to  be  $5,240,000  (after  deducting
underwriting discounts of $650,000 and

                                       16

<PAGE>



other  expenses  of  this  Offering  estimated  to be  $610,000,  including  the
Underwriter's non-accountable expense allowance in the amount of 3% of the gross
proceeds of the Offering, and a $100,000 financial consulting fee payable to the
Underwriter  at  the  closing)  (but  not   considering   any  exercise  of  the
Overallotment Option or the Underwriter's  Warrant). The Company, based upon all
currently   available   information,   intends  to  utilize  such  net  proceeds
approximately as follows:

                                        Approximate          Approximate
                                          Amount of           Percentage
                                        Net Proceeds       of Net Proceeds

   
Marketing and advertising (1)           $  1,840,000              35.1%
Hiring of additional personnel (2)           550,000              10.5%
Product acquisition (3)                      500,000               9.5%
Repayment of indebtedness (4)                400,000               7.7%
Research and development (5)                 300,000               5.7%
Working capital (6)                        1,650,000              31.5%
          Total                         $  5,240,000             100.0%
                                        ============          ==========


(1) The Company intends to utilize funds to create sales force literature, sales
brochures  and  advertisements,  hold  educational  symposia  for physicians, 
undertake medical, pharmacy and trade journal advertising and direct mail
campaigns, and supply product samples to physicians and pharmacies.

(2) Upon the closing of this Offering,  the Company  intends to hire  additional
employees,  including a national  field sales  manager,  a controller and six to
twelve field sales representatives.

(3)  Part of the  Company's  strategy  to  develop  its  business  includes  the
acquisition  of  unique  products  that  meet  important  patient  needs  in the
underserved,  neglected  areas of medicine and  healthcare  (a strategy that the
Company  pursued in the  acquisition of  Mag-Tab(R)SR  and  Unifiber(R)).  It is
anticipated that, if less than the full amount or none of the proceeds allocated
for product acquisition is utilized for such purpose,  the unused amount will be
reallocated to working capital.
    

                                       17

<PAGE>



At present, the Company has not identified any acquisition candidates, but it is
actively seeking such opportunities.  See "Business - General".

   
(4)  TO be used for the repayment of (i) a promissory note in the aggregate 
principal amount of $100,000, issued in connection with the Company's Bridge
Financing transaction; and (ii) a certain loan made to the Company by Mr. 
Brandon in January 1991, currently in the principal amount of $295,487, which is
due in January 1998, and which may be prepaid without penalty.  Interest accrues
on the Bridge Financing promissory note at the rate of 10% per annum.  Interest 
accrues on Mr. Brandon's loan at the rate of 10% per annum and is paid monthly. 
See "Bridge Financing" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions".
    

(5) The Company intends to fund clinical studies of its products and research on
new formulations of Mag-Tab(R)SR, including a liquid, a unit dosage package, and
a combination  magnesium  supplement  product  containing other  nutrients.  See
"Business - Products - Mag- Tab(R)SR".

(6) To be used for general operating and overhead  expenses,  the manufacture of
product,  and the payment of a $200,000  installment payment, due in March 1997,
in  connection  with  the   acquisition  of  the  rights  to  Unifiber(R).   See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Business - General".

           The amounts set forth above are estimates.  Should a  reapportionment
or  redirection  of  funds be  determined  to be in the  best  interests  of the
Company,  the actual amount  expended to finance any category of expenses may be
increased or decreased by the Company, at its discretion.

           The Company  believes  that the proceeds of this Offering will enable
it to increase  its annual  revenues  through the  expansion of its business and
development of product  lines.  As a result,  the Company  believes that the net
proceeds of this Offering,  together with  anticipated  increased  revenues from
operations,  will be sufficient to conduct the Company's operations for at least
18 months.

   
           It is anticipated that, to the extent that the Company's expenditures
are less than  projected  and/or the  proceeds  of this  Offering  increase as a
result of the  exercise by the  Underwriter  of its  Overallotment  Option,  the
resulting  balances  will be  retained  and used  for  general  working  capital
purposes.   Conversely,  to  the  extent  that  such  expenditures  require  the
utilization of funds in excess of the amounts anticipated,  additional financing
may be  sought  from  other  sources,  such as  debt  financing  from  financial
institutions.  The Underwriting  Agreement  generally restricts the Company from
issuing  additional  equity  or debt  securities,  in either  public or  private
offerings,  or from  obtaining  debt  financing,  for a period  of  three  years
following the date of this Prospectus  without the prior written approval of the
Underwriter,  which  approval  may  not be  unreasonably  withheld.  Even if the
Underwriter  consents to the Company  obtaining debt financing,  there can be no
assurance  that  such  additional  financing,  if  available,  will be on  terms
commercially  reasonable  or  acceptable  to the  Company.  See "Risk  Factors -
Dependence on Offering  Proceeds;  Possible Need for  Additional  Financing" and
"Risk Factors - Risks Attendant to Expansion".
    

           Pending  use  of  the  proceeds,   the  funds  will  be  invested  in
certificates of deposit, high grade commercial paper and government  securities,
or other low risk investments.





                                       18

<PAGE>



                                    DILUTION

           All references herein to pro forma net tangible book value, pro forma
net  tangible  book value per  Common  Share,  and the  number of Common  Shares
outstanding  on a pro forma basis give  retroactive  effect to the December 1996
issuance of 100,000 Common Shares in the Bridge Financing and assume no exercise
of the  Underwriter's  Overallotment  Option or the Underwriter's  Warrant.  See
"Bridge Financing" and "Underwriting." As of September 30, 1996, the Company had
an aggregate of 1,101,500  Common Shares  outstanding on a pro forma basis and a
pro forma net tangible book value deficit of ($1,764,641), or ($1.60) per Common
Share.  Pro forma net tangible  book value  (deficit) per share  represents  the
total amount of the Company's pro forma tangible  assets,  less the total amount
of its pro  forma  liabilities,  divided  by the total  number of Common  Shares
outstanding on a pro forma basis.

           After  giving  effect to the sale of 1,300,000  Common  Shares by the
Company at the Offering  price of $5.00 per Common  Share,  with net proceeds of
$5,240,000, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of September
30, 1996 would be $3,475,359,  or $1.45 per Common Share. This amount represents
an  immediate  dilution  (the  difference  between the price per Common Share to
purchasers in this Offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per Common
Share as of  September  30,  1996,  after  giving  effect to the issuance of the
1,300,000  Common  Shares)  of  approximately  $3.55  per  Common  Share  to new
investors and an immediate  increase (the  difference  between the pro forma net
tangible  book value per Common  Share as of September  30,  1996,  after giving
effect to the issuance of the 1,300,000 Common Shares, and the net tangible book
value (deficit) per Common Share as of September 30, 1996,  before giving effect
to the  Offering)  of  approximately  $3.05 per  Common  Share to the  Company's
current  stockholders.  Such increase to the Company's  current  stockholders is
solely  attributable  to the cash price paid by  purchasers of the Common Shares
offered for sale by the Company.

The following table illustrates the per share dilution as of September 30, 1996:

  Public offering price per share(1).......................       $5.00

  Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share 
    before giving effect to the Offering...................      $(1.60)
                                                                   ----

  Increase per share attributable to the sale of the
     Common Shares offered hereby..........................        3.05
                                                                   ----
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the
     Offering(2)...........................................        1.45
                                                                   ----
  Dilution per share to purchasers in the Offering (3) ....       $3.55
                                                                   ====

(1) Before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated 
    expenses of the Offering.

                                       19

<PAGE>

(2) After deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated 
    expenses of the Offering.

(3) Does not give effect to the exercise of the Underwriter's Overallotment 
    Option or the Underwriter's Warrant.  See "Underwriting".

    The  following  table  sets  forth the  relative  cost and  ownership
percentage of the Common Shares  offered hereby as compared to the Common Shares
outstanding immediately prior to the Offering.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Common Shares                                         Average
                                     Acquired                Total Consideration          Price
                               ----------------------        ---------------------      ---------
                               Number         Percent        Amount        Percent      Per Share
                               ------         -------        ------        -------      ---------
<S>                           <C>               <C>        <C>                <C>       <C>   
Current Stockholders........  1,101,500         46.0%      $  101,012         1.5%      $  .09
Purchasers of Common
    Shares in the Offering..  1,300,000(1)      54.0%      $6,500,000        98.5%       $5.00
                              ---------       ------        ---------        ----
    Total...................  2,401,500(1)     100.0%      $6,601,012       100.0%
                              =========       ======       ==========      =======
</TABLE>

(1) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriter's Overallotment Option.  See 
    "Underwriting".

                                       20
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

           The following  table sets forth the unaudited  capitalization  of the
Company as of September  30, 1996 and as adjusted to give effect to the issuance
and sale of the  1,300,000  Common  Shares  offered by the  Company at $5.00 per
Common Share,  and the application of net proceeds of  approximately  $5,240,000
therefrom.  This  table  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  financial
statements of the Company,  including the notes thereto,  appearing elsewhere in
this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              September  30, 1996
                                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                                                     Pro forma
                                                       Actual       Pro Forma (1)  As Adjusted(2)
                                                       ------       -------------  --------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>              <C>       
Short-Term Debt....................................  $  542,952      $  642,952       $  542,952
                                                     ==========      ==========       ==========

Long-Term Debt.....................................  $1,410,444     $ 1,410,444     $1,110,444

Stockholders' Equity (Deficit):
  Common Shares, $.00105 par value, 15,000,000
  shares authorized, 1,001,500 shares issued and
  outstanding (actual), 1,101,500 shares issued
  and outstanding (pro forma)(1), and 2,401,500
  shares issued and outstanding, (pro forma, 
  as adjusted).....................................       1,052           1,157          2,522
 
   
  Additional Paid-in Capital.......................      99,960         499,855      5,738,490
 
 Accumulated Deficit (3)..........................     (758,549)     (1,158,549)    (1,158,549)
    

Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)...............    (657,537)       (657,537)     4,582,463

Total Capitalization...............................     752,907         752,907      5,692,907
</TABLE>
(1) Gives retroactive effect to the Bridge Financing. (See "Bridge Financing")

(2) Reflects the issuance of the 1,300,000 Common Shares of the Company offered
    hereby, and the anticipated application of the net proceeds  of  $5,240,000
    therefrom, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
    estimated expenses of the Offering.

   
(3) Accumulated  Deficit (pro forma) and Accumulated  Deficit (pro forma,
    as  adjusted)  include  a  deferred   financing  charge  of  $400,000
    resulting  from  the  Company's  Bridge  Financing  transaction.  See
    "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
    Results of Operations - Overview".
    

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

           Holders of the  Company's  Common  Shares are  entitled to  dividends
when,  as and if  declared  by the  Board  of  Directors  out of  funds  legally
available  therefor.  The Company has not declared or paid any  dividends in the
past and does not currently  anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the
foreseeable  future. The Company intends to retain earnings,  if any, to finance
the  development  and expansion of its business.  Future dividend policy will be
subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be contingent  upon
future   earnings,   if  any,  the  Company's   financial   condition,   capital
requirements,  general business conditions, and other factors.  Therefore, there
can be no assurance that any dividends will ever be paid.

                                BRIDGE FINANCING

           In December 1996, the Company borrowed  $100,000 from an unaffiliated
lender (the "Bridge  Lender") in a financing in which the  Underwriter  acted as
the placement  agent. In consideration  for making the loan to the Company,  the
Bridge Lender  received (i) a $100,000  promissory  note (the "Bridge Note") and
(ii) 100,000 Common Shares.

   
           The Bridge Note bears interest at the rate of 10% per annum and is 
due and payable upon the earlier of(i) December 9, 1997 or (ii) the closing date
of the initial underwritten public offering of the Company's securities 
described in this Prospectus. The Company intends to use a portion of the 
proceeds of this Offering to repay the Bridge Lender. See "Use of Proceeds."
    

           The Company entered into the Bridge Financing  transaction because it
required  additional  financing  to fund  costs and  expenses  relating  to this
Offering, and no other sources of financing were
                                       21
<PAGE>



available to the Company at that time.  As part of the Bridge Financing 
transaction, the Company agreed to register the Common Shares issued to the 
Bridge Lender by the Company for resale under the Act.  Therefore, the 
Registration Statement, of which this Prospectus forms a part, includes the
100,000 Common Shares held by the Bridge Lender.  See "Principal and Selling 
Stockholders" and "Underwriting".


                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

           The  Company  was  formed  in  1991  as  a  Texas   corporation   and
reincorporated  in Delaware in October 1996.  Since  inception,  the Company has
focused  its  business  strategy  on  marketing,   distributing,  and  acquiring
non-prescription  pharmaceutical  and nutraceutical  products.  During 1991, the
Company acquired its first product,  Mag-Tab(R)SR,  a patented sustained-release
magnesium supplement. Mag-Tab(R)SR was the Company's only product until November
1995, at which time the Company  acquired and began selling its second  product,
Unifiber(R), a dietary fiber supplement. See "Business".

           The Company's  revenues are  generated  from sales of its products to
wholesale  drug and dietary  supplement  distributors,  which,  in turn,  supply
retail   pharmacies,   direct  retail  pharmacy   accounts,   and  international
distributors  who  purchase  the  Company's  products  for  resale to patient or
consumer end users.  Since 1991,  annual revenues of the Company have grown from
approximately  $130,000 to more than  $606,000  for the year ended  December 31,
1995.  For 1995,  approximately  $516,000 of revenues was attributed to sales of
MagTab(R)SR, while the remainder was attributed to sales of Unifiber(R). For the
nine months  ended  September  30,  1996,  the Company had revenues of $906,744,
approximately  $465,000 of which was attributed to MagTab(R)SR and approximately
$434,000 of which was attributed to Unifiber(R).

           The Company  believes  that it may be able to achieve  greater  sales
results with sufficient  working capital to pursue its marketing  strategies and
acquire other products. Historically, working capital had been made available by
stockholder  and  director  loans,  and bank loans,  including,  (i) a loan from
Stephen F. Brandon, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board
of the  Company,  originally  in the  principal  amount  of  $500,000,  of which
$295,487 remains outstanding, (ii) loans from certain stockholders and directors
in the aggregate principal amount of $112,500,  (iii) a $250,000 credit facility
from one of the Company's  banks, of which  approximately  $144,000 and $113,000
was  due  and   outstanding  at  December  31,  1995  and  September  30,  1996,
respectively,   guaranteed  by  the  U.S.  Small  Business  Administration,  the
repayment  of which is secured by a pledge of all of the Common  Shares  held by
Mr.  Brandon and (iv) a $300,000  unsecured  loan by another  bank.  See "Use of
Proceeds" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions".


                                       22

<PAGE>



   
           In December 1996, the Company  borrowed  $100,000 from the Bridge
Lender in the Bridge  Financing  transaction.  In consideration for making
the loan to the Company,  the Bridge Lender  received (i) a $100,000 Bridge Note
and (ii)  100,000  Common  Shares.  The Company  has  granted the Bridge  Lender
certain "piggyback"  registration rights with respect to such Common Shares. The
Bridge Note bears interest at the rate of 10% per annum.  The Bridge Note is due
and payable  upon the earlier of (i) December 9, 1997 or (ii) the closing of any
initial public offering of the Company's securities. See "Use of Proceeds" and 
"Bridge Financing".

           The fair value of the Bridge  Lender's  Common  Shares at the date of
issuance, of approximately $400,000, is a non-cash charge which will be recorded
as a deferred  financing cost and amortized over the earlier of (i) the one year
term of the Bridge  Note or (ii) the period  commencing  upon the closing of the
Bridge  Financing and ending upon the closing of this Offering,  if the Offering
closes prior to the payment of the Note.
    

   
          In January 1997, the Company entered into a credit facility loan 
agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with an affiliate of Allan R. Avery, a 
director of the Company, to borrow up to $150,000.  As of the date of this
Prospectus, the Company has borrowed $75,000.  The outstanding amounts under the
Credit Agreement are due and payable on or before January 20, 1998.  Interest
accrues on the unpaid amounts borrowed at the rate of 10% per annum.  In
consideration for entering into the Credit Agreement, the Company issued to the
affiliate of Mr. Avery warrants to purchase an aggregate of 30,000 Common 
Shares, at an exercise price of $6.00 per share, for a period of five years
commencing on the first anniversary date of this Prospectus.  See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions".
    


Results of Operations

Nine Months Ended September 30, 1996 Compared to Nine Months Ended 
September 30, 1995

   
           Revenues for the nine months ended  September 30, 1996 were $906,744
compared to $389,700  for the nine  months  ended  September  30,  1995,  a 133%
increase.  The increase in sales was  attributable to (i) revenues  generated by
the sale of  Unifiber(R)  product,  the rights to which the Company  acquired in
November 1995, and, therefore, such product did not generate revenues during the
first nine months of 1995, and (ii) increased demand for Mag-Tab(R)SR in certain
of the Company's geographic markets.
    

           Gross  profit  for the  nine  months  ended  September  30,  1996 was
$564,382  compared to $303,587 for the nine months ended  September 30, 1995, an
86% increase. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues for the nine months ended
September 30, 1996 decreased to  approximately  62% as compared to approximately
78% for the nine months ended  September 30, 1995. The decrease in profit margin
was due principally to the higher  manufacturing cost of Unifiber(R) compared to
that of MagTab(R)SR. The Company believes, but cannot assure, that gross margins
and the cost of sales for  Unifiber(R)  can be improved by  contracting  with an
alternate third party contract manufacturer, whereby packaging and freight costs
can be reduced.  The Company  anticipates  engaging another third party contract
manufacturer by the second quarter of 1997.

   
          Accounts receivable for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 were 
$217,188 compared to $84,566 for the nine months ended September 30, 1995, a 
157% increase.  This increase was due to (i) new revenues being generated by 
Unifiber(R) that were not present in 1995, and (ii) increased purchase of 
product by the Company's wholesale distributors in response to 5% promotional
allowance offered to them by the Company.  Management anticipates that from time
to time it will continue the practice of offering its wholesalers and retail 
pharmacy customers special promotional discounts, and as such, both revenues and
accounts receivables may vary significantly from month to month or quarter to 
quarter.  All of the accounts receivable outstanding at September 30, 1996 were 
subsequently collected.
    

           Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses were $563,612 for the
nine months ended  September  30, 1996  compared to $211,682 for the nine months
ended  September  31, 1995, a 166%  increase.  Of this  increase,  approximately
$90,000 resulted from increased marketing activities.  Additionally, the Company
added an Executive  Vice  President,  a national key account  sales  manager,  a
contracts and bids manager,  and a  telemarketing  manager,  which accounted for
approximately  $120,000 of new salary expense and approximately $63,000 resulted
from an

                                       23

<PAGE>



increase  in  depreciation  and  amortization.  The  balance of the  increase in
selling,  general,  and  administrative  expense  was  attributed  to  increased
operating and administrative expenses.

           Interest  expense for the nine months  ended  September  30, 1996 was
$144,042  compared to $55,056 for the nine months  ended  September  30, 1995, a
162% increase.  Of this increase,  $84,804 was imputed interest  relating to the
Unifiber(R) acquisition.

           Overall,  the Company had net  operating  income of $770 for the nine
months ended September 30, 1996 compared to net operating  income of $91,905 for
the  nine  months  ended  September  30,  1995,  a  99%  decrease.  The  Company
experienced a net loss of $140,588 for the nine months ended  September 30, 1996
compared  to a net income of $37,767  for the nine months  ended  September  30,
1995. The primary reason for this  difference  was the  significant  increase in
amortization expense relating to Unifiber(R) and the imputed interest attributed
to the Unifiber(R) acquisition.

Year Ended December 31, 1995 Compared to Year Ended December  31, 1994

   
           Revenues for the year ended December 31, 1995 were $606,268 compared
to $415,330 for the year ended  December 31, 1994, a 46% increase.  The increase
in revenues  resulted from an increased demand for Mag-Tab(R)SR and the November
and December 1995 revenues for Unifiber(R).
    

           Gross  profit  for the year  ended  December  31,  1995 was  $423,122
compared to $279,858 for the year ended  December 31, 1994, a 51% increase.  The
increase  was  primarily  due  to the  additional  revenues  from  the  sale  of
Unifiber(R) product. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues for the year ended
December  31, 1995  compared to the year ended  December  31, 1994  increased to
approximately 70% from approximately 67%. This net increase was due to inclusion
of the  settlement of a lawsuit,  offset by smaller gross margins on Unifiber(R)
compared to Mag-Tab(R)SR.  Additionally,  cost of sales increased marginally due
to the  increased  freight costs  associated  with the shipping and receiving of
Unifiber(R).

           Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  for the year  ended
December 31, 1995 was $334,941  compared to $275,350 in the year ended  December
31,  1994,  a 22%  increase.  This  increase  reflects  increased  salaries  and
marketing  costs  incurred by the Company.  The increased  expenses  include the
salary of a new contracts and bids  administrator  as well as acquisition  costs
related  to new  management  information  software  programs  needed to  support
Unifiber(R) and Mag- Tab(R)SR contract sales and chargebacks.  The capability to
handle  contract  sales and  rebates  electronically  positions  the  Company to
compete  favorably with other  companies that serve the large number of existing
GPOs and the expanding managed healthcare marketplace.

           Interest  expense  for the year ended  December  31, 1995 was $91,800
compared to $67,274 for the year ended  December 31, 1994, a 36%  increase.  The
increase was due  principally  to imputed  interest  related to the  Unifiber(R)
acquisition.


                                       24

<PAGE>



           The  Company's  net loss for the year  ended  December  31,  1995 was
$1,003,  compared to a net loss for the year ended December 31, 1994 of $62,340.
The reduction in loss came primarily  from the addition of Unifiber(R)  revenues
and from other income which was derived from the settlement of a litigation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   
           At September 30, 1996, the Company had a working  capital  deficit of
$368,948,  as compared to a working  capital  deficit of $67,504 at December 31,
1995. The increase in the working  capital deficit  primarily  resulted from the
reclassification  of a  $200,000  installment  payment  due  in  March  1997  in
connection with the  acquisition of the rights to Unifiber(R),  from a long-term
liability  to a current liability and losses incurred in the nine month  period 
ended September  30,  1996.  The  Company  intends  to pay  the  March  1997
$200,000 Unifiber(R)  installment  payment out of the working capital portion of
the net proceeds of this Offering.  The aggregate purchase price for the 
acquisition of the rights to Unifiber(R) is the greater of $1,600,000 of 20% of 
annual product sales, but in no event greater than $3,000,000.  Of such purchase
price, $200,000 was paid at the time of acquisition, $200,000 will be paid in 
March 1997 (as discussed above) and the remainder will be payable in increasing 
annual installments from 1998 to 2001 of between $250,000 and $400,000.  The
Company  anticipates that it will pay the remaining annual Unifiber(R)
installment  payments,   from revenues,  the Company's available credit facility
from a bank, and possibly funds from  additional debt or equity financings,  if 
required and if available and  consented to by the Underwriter. However, given 
the length of the remaining payment period, the Company cannot assure that the 
above sources will be  sufficient or available to meet the installment  payments
or that  circumstances  which are currently unforeseeable will not  adversely
impact  the  Company's  ability to make such installment payments.  In order for
the Company to be obligated to pay the maximum amount of $3,000,000, net sales 
of Unifiber(R)  would have to total $15,000,000 over the next four years.  In 
such case, the Company would have estimated gross earnings from Unifiber(R) of
$9,000,000.  Accordingly, the Company does not believe that payment of the 
maximum amount under the Unifiber(R) acquisition agreement would have a negative
effect on the Company's financial position.  See "Use of Proceeds" and 
"Underwriting".
    

           Due to increased  sales during the nine month period ended  September
30,  1996,  the  Company's  accounts  receivable  as of  September  30, 1996 was
$217,188, compared to $84,656 as of December 31, 1995, a 157% increase.

           During the nine months ended  September 30, 1996, a nominal amount of
net cash was provided by operating activities. Such result was due to a decrease
in inventory of $48,673, an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of
$47,198 and imputed  interest  relating to the  acquisition  of  Unifiber(R)  of
$84,804,  and depreciation and amortization  expenses of $88,044,  offset by the
Company's  $140,588 loss for such period and an increase in accounts  receivable
of  $132,532.  There  were  no  significant  differences  in cash  generated  by
operating  activities  in the nine month  periods  ended  September 30, 1996 and
1995.

   
           No  significant  investing  activities  occurred  in the  nine  month
periods ended September 30, 1996 and September 30, 1995.

           There was an increase in cash used for  financing  activities  in the
nine month period ended September 30, 1996 of $133,227 as compared to the nine
month period ended September 30, 1995. This was primarily due to the payment of
notes payable - stockholders of $57,378,  and payment of deferred offering costs
of $47,364 in the nine month  period  ended  September  30, 1996 as compared to
cash received from the issuance of common stock of $45,000 less the repayment of
stockholders'  loan of $14,300 in the nine month  period  ended  September  30,
1995. The cash used for financing
    

                                       25

<PAGE>



   
activities of $134,965 for the nine month period  ended  September 30, 1996 was
the primary reason for the decrease in cash of $135,535 for that period. For the
nine month period ended September 30, 1995, cash increased by a nominal amount.
    

           In  December  1996,  the  Company  received  $100,000  in the  Bridge
Financing  transaction.  Such  proceeds  are  being  used to fund the  costs and
expenses of this Offering.  See "Bridge Financing" and "Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Overview".

           At present,  the Company's sales and marketing efforts are focused on
expanding  the  promotion  of its  existing  products  to  physicians  and other
healthcare  professionals.  The Company  believes  that the  Company's  existing
United  States  markets for its  products  have the  potential  for  substantial
expansion.  Additionally,  the  Company  intends  to  utilize a  portion  of the
proceeds  from this Offering to expand the Company's  product  lines,  which the
Company  believes  will  result in  increased  product  sales and the ability to
compete more aggressively in the niche market segments of the pharmaceutical and
neutraceutical  industries.  The Company,  however,  cannot  assure that it will
identify any products which meet the Company's  acquisition criteria in the near
future, or at all. Additionally, even if such a product is identified, there can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to acquire such product.  See "Use
of Proceeds".

   
           The Company believes that it has a diverse and growing market for its
products.  While the Company is dependent on third party contract  manufacturers
to  supply  its  products,  it  believes  it has  developed  relationships  with
alternative  manufacturers that could supply finished product should the Company
have this need. At the present, the Company's sales are geographically dispersed
across the United States.
    

           The  Company  believes  that  the net  proceeds  from  the  Offering,
together with anticipated revenues from operations, should be sufficient to fund
operations for at least 18 months.  Management intends to utilize  approximately
35% (or $1,840,000) and  approximately  10% (or $500,000) of the net proceeds of
the Offering to expand its business through the marketing and advertising of its
products,  and for the acquisition of new products,  respectively.  In addition,
part of the net proceeds will be used to repay approximately $300,000 of related
party debt, and the $100,000 Bridge Financing. Furthermore, the Company will use
part of the net proceeds to pay the March 1997 $200,000  installment  payment in
connection  with the  acquisition of the rights to  Unifiber(R).  On a long-term
basis,  the Company  believes that the growth of sales of its product lines will
ultimately result in revenues  sufficient to fund the Company's  operations.  To
the extent  that cash flow is not  sufficient  to fund  operations,  it would be
necessary  for the Company to seek  external  debt or equity  financing or scale
back operations.  Management cannot ensure that financing would be obtainable on
terms  favorable to the Company,  or at all. See "Risk  Factors - Dependence  on
Offering  Proceeds;   Possible  Need  for  Additional  Financing"  and  "Use  of
Proceeds".

           The Company's  independent  certified  accountants  issued a modified
going concern opinion with regard to the December 31, 1995 financial  statements
based upon an accumulated deficit of

                                       26

<PAGE>



   
$617,961 and a working  capital  deficit of $67,504 at December  31, 1995.  Such
financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  a  going  concern  basis  which
contemplates  the  realization of assets and the  settlement of liabilities  and
commitments in the normal course of business (including, without limitation, the
Company's lease for its premises which requires minimum rental payments 
aggregating $67,099 in 1997 and 1998, and payments under  employment  agreements
which the Company intends to enter into, which will  require  minimum  payments 
aggregating  $221,000  over a three year period,  commencing on the closing date
of the Offering).  The  continuation of the Company as a going concern is 
dependant upon its  ability  to  generate   sufficient   cash  from  operations 
and  financing activities. The Company's working capital deficit raises 
substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern.  
The Company's viable plans to address the foregoing included and include the 
following:
    

           1. The generation of an additional $100,000 in gross proceeds through
the Bridge Financing transaction in December 1996.  See "Bridge Financing".

   
           2. The establishment of a Credit Agreement with an affiliate of Mr. 
Avery providing the Company with a credit favility of up to $150,000, of which 
$75,000 has been borrowed as of the date of the Prospectus.  See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions".
    
          
   
           3. The closing of this Offering with anticipated net proceeds of 
approximately $5,240,000, a portion of which will be used to satisfy certain 
outstanding obligations of the Company.  See "Use of Proceeds".
    

   
           4. An increase in revenues by substantially increasing its marketing
activities, both in and outside the United States.  See "Business-Sales and 
Marketing".
    

   
           The Company  believes  that the  increase in capital  obtained in the
Bridge  Financing  transaction, under the Credit Agreement, and in this  
Offering  will  enhance the  Company's potential for a transition to profitable 
operations in the future.
    

            The Company believes that these plans can be effectively implemented
in the next twelve months. There can be no assurances, however, that the Company
will be successful in these  endeavors.  The Company's  ability to continue as a
going concern is dependent on the implementation and success of these plans. The
financial  statements do not include any adjustments in the event the Company is
unable to continue as a going concern.

Impact of Inflation

           Inflation  has not been a major  factor  in the  Company's  business.
However, there can be no assurance that this will continue.


                                       27

<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

General

           The Company manufactures through third party contractors, and markets
and  distributes,  non-prescription  pharmaceutical  and  nutraceutical  dietary
supplement  products.  The  Company  seeks to exploit  product  niches that have
generally been overlooked or neglected by the major drug and dietary  supplement
companies  because of the relatively small perceived size of the market for such
products.  The  Company's  current  products  are a patented,  state-of-the-art,
sustained release magnesium supplement marketed under the name Mag-Tab(R)SR, and
a dietary fiber supplement marketed as Unifiber(R).

           In 1991, the Company  acquired all rights to  Mag-Tab(R)SR,  which is
manufactured for the Company by Schering Plough  Corporation  ("Schering").  See
"Risk Factors - No Manufacturing Capability or Experience; Dependence on Others"
and "Business - Manufacturing".

   
           In November 1995, the Company acquired all rights to Unifiber(R) from
Dow  Hickam   Pharmaceuticals   Inc.  ("Dow  Hickam"),  a  subsidiary  of  Mylan
Pharmaceuticals  Inc.  Pursuant to the  acquisition  agreement  (the "Dow Hickam
Agreement"),  Dow Hickam manufactured  Unifiber(R)  for the Company through 
December 31, 1996.  Although Dow Hickam no longer manufacturers Unifiber(R) for 
the Company, the Company currently has a 15 month inventory supply of the 
product, based on current sales levels.  By the second quarter of 1997, the 
Company anticipates that it will engage another third party contractor to  
manufacture Unifiber(R).   The  Company  is  currently  investigating  such 
manufacturing options  and  believes,  but  cannot  assure,  there  will  be no 
difficulty engaging  another  contract  manufacturer.  See  "Risk  Factors - No 
Manufacturing  Capability  or  Experience;  Dependence  on Others" and "Business
Manufacturing".


           The Company markets Mag-Tab(R)SR and Unifiber(R) nationally to 
virtually all of the drug wholesalers in the United States,  which, in turn, 
supply retail pharmacies,  state  and  federal  institutions,   and  group  and 
managed  care purchasing  organizations ("GPOs") acting on behalf of hospitals, 
extended care facilities and nursing homes. See "Business - Sales and 
Marketing".

           In  addition  to   manufacturing   and   selling   Mag-Tab(R)SR   and
Unifiber(R),  the  Company  intends to  explore  opportunities  to add,  through
acquisition or licensing, other unique products that meet important needs in the
underserved,  neglected areas of medicine and healthcare, or that do not fit the
strategic plans of the major drug and dietary supplement companies.  At present,
the Company has not  identified  any  acquisition  candidates but it is actively
seeking such opportunities. See "Risk Factors - Risks Attendant to Expansion" 
and "Use of Proceeds".

          A glossary of certain terms used in this section is included in the 
Prospectus beginning on page 57.
    


                                       28

<PAGE>



   
Industry
- --------
    

  Magnesium

           Numerous  scientific  articles,  published  in  medical  journals  by
leading academic  physicians,  have clearly shown that magnesium is an important
metabolic  electrolyte,  and that magnesium  depletion  accompanies many medical
disorders.  Mag-Tab(R)SR  and other magnesium  formulations  are administered in
pharmacologic or physiologic doses because magnesium  replacement is critical to
preventing  complications  from  magnesium  deficiency  associated  with certain
serious medical conditions.

           Magnesium, the second most abundant intracellular cation, is also one
of the most  crucial,  being an  essential  cofactor in more than 300  enzymatic
reactions in the human body.  Neuromuscular  transmission and protein metabolism
also depend on proper magnesium balance.  Data show, for example, that up to 10%
percent of all hospitalized  persons and 50% of those in critical care units are
magnesium  deficient.  The  scope  of the  problem  is  underscored  by a study,
reported in the Journal of the American Medical  Association (Vol. 263, p. 3063,
1990). The  investigators  measured  magnesium levels from more than 1,000 blood
serum  specimens that had been provided for electrolyte  determinations.  Almost
half of these specimens demonstrated  hypomagnesemia (low- serum magnesium), and
yet  magnesium  measurements  were  specifically  requested  on only  10% of the
specimens.  In the Company's opinion, those findings probably underestimated the
true  incidence  of  magnesium  deficiency  as  serum  magnesium  levels  do not
correlate well with magnesium  tissue stores.  The body stores about 24 grams of
magnesium, but less than 1% of that is in the serum.  Consequently,  while a low
serum magnesium level always indicates a severe deficiency,  a normal level does
not rule out inadequate body stores. Conversely, high magnesium serum levels are
rare and occur only in the  presence  of severe  kidney  disease.  Many  factors
contribute to hypomagnesemia or low magnesium body stores. Anything that impairs
magnesium  absorption through the small bowel or promotes excessive loss through
the  kidney,  including  diarrhea,   malabsorption  syndrome,   diabetes,  renal
disorders, drugs (such as amino glycosides), chemotherapy agents, diuretics used
for hypertension, and alcohol, can lead to magnesium deficiency.

           In 1992, the National Council on Magnesium and Cardiovascular Disease
stated that an increased oral intake of magnesium should be seriously considered
to counter  magnesium  depletion  associated  with the  following  diseases  and
conditions:

           Cardiovascular
           -    Congestive   heart   failure,    ventricular   arrhythmias,
                essential  hypertension,   and  diuretic  therapy  with  or
                without associated hypokalemia (low potassium).

           Co-Morbid Conditions
           -    Diabetes;
           -    Alcohol intake;


                                       29

<PAGE>



           -    Weight loss, especially liquid preparations;
           -    Diarrhea, transient or associated with chronic inflammatory 
                bowel disease.

           Other   published   data   have   indicated   that   oral   magnesium
supplementation may be effective to counter magnesium depletion  associated with
PMS symptoms, migraine headaches,  chronic fatigue syndrome,  dementias (such as
Alzheimer's disease) and osteoporosis.

           The  Company's  market  research  shows  that  approximately   46,000
physicians  are  responsible  for 90% or more of ethical uses for oral magnesium
products  and  that  those  physicians  are  primarily   family   practitioners,
cardiologists,   internists,   neurologists,   obstetricians/gynecologists   and
endocrinologists.  The Company believes that most primary care physicians,  such
as family practice physicians, are unaware of the causes, frequency, and serious
consequences of magnesium  deficiency.  However,  recent  clinical  studies have
shown that magnesium given intravenously,  after myocardial infarction, improves
mortality  rates.  Moreover,  recent  published  data  have  given  the  average
physician a much greater awareness of magnesium deficiency.

           The current United States oral magnesium market is under $10 million,
but independent  market research  indicates that the total potential for current
future  applications  of  magnesium  is  estimated  to exceed $1  billion.  This
estimated potential is based on physician surveys of intent to recommend an oral
magnesium supplement for certain conditions, as well as target population counts
of certain conditions where published scientific data links magnesium deficiency
as a complicating factor.

           A  recent  Gallup  poll  revealed  that  74%  of  the  United  States
population  is  magnesium  deficient.   Published  articles  indicate  that  the
conditions discussed above are often accompanied by magnesium deficiency.  Based
on the  target  population  counts  of these  conditions,  there are at least 20
million  people in the  United  States  who could  benefit  from oral  magnesium
supplementation from a product such as Mag-Tab(R)SR.  In addition to such target
population potential,  healthcare  publications also discuss the potential value
of oral magnesium  supplementation in other situations,  thereby indicating that
the total United  States market  potential  for magnesium  products may actually
exceed 50 million  people.  In support of the  prospects  for a rapidly  growing
magnesium  market in the United States, a comparison may be made to the European
market,  which represents 3% less than the United States.  in terms of the world
healthcare dollar market (i.e. 28% vs 31%).  However,  consistent with its early
adoption of low cost nutritional  usage,  oral magnesium  products in Europe are
approaching  $500 million in sales.  In France alone,  with a population of only
20% of that in the United  States,  oral  magnesium  product sales exceeded $110
million in 1994.

           Notwithstanding  all the publicity that  magnesium is receiving,  the
Company  believes  it may still take  several  years and  significant  financial
resources  to  fully  educate  the  majority  of  physicians  on why and when to
routinely  recommend a magnesium  supplement.  Part of the  Company's  marketing
strategy is to facilitate  physician education and awareness of the potential of
magnesium products in order to achieve Mag-Tab(R)SR's full market potential.


                                       30

<PAGE>



   Fiber

           Dietary fiber refers to certain plant foods not digested in the human
small  intestine.  This  includes  relatively  indigestible   carbohydrates  and
carbohydrate-like components of food, such as cellulose, lignin, hemicelluloses,
pentosans, gums and pectins.

           All fibers can be grouped into two broad categories:  water-insoluble
fibers,  which include cellulose,  lignin and many  hemicelluloses;  and soluble
fibers,  which  include  pectin,   gums,  certain   hemicelluloses  and  storage
polysaccharides. Unifiber(R) is composed of 75% powdered cellulose combined with
corn syrup solids and xanthan gum.

           Physiological effects of dietary fibers differ in the small intestine
and colon. For example, fibers such as guar delay absorption and slow transit in
the small  intestine,  but are rapidly  degraded by colonic  bacteria and have a
relatively minor influence on colonic function. In contrast,  cellulose and bran
(which is high in insoluble fiber) have little physiological effect on the small
intestine and undergo little  degradation  by colonic  bacteria;  however,  both
accelerate colonic transit and increase stool bulk and weight.

           In  recent  years,  much has been  written  about the  importance  of
dietary fiber in a healthy diet and its recognized role in healthy bowel habits,
its  possible  benefits in a variety of  conditions,  including  diverticulosis,
irritable  bowel syndrome and glycemic  responses in diabetics,  elevated lipids
often  associated  with  cardiovascular  disease,  and its  possible  protective
effects against colon cancer.  Much of the impetus for study of dietary fiber in
these  conditions   (particularly   colon  cancer)  has  resulted  from  earlier
publications  of  epidemiological  studies in diverse  cultures and  populations
consuming high-fiber diets. However,  fiber is not the only variable to be taken
into account in establishing  correlations.  For example, the high fiber content
in these cultures and populations  are also typically low in fat.  Additionally,
significant differences in environment cannot be overlooked.

           Recent  animal and clinical  pharmacology  studies have  attempted to
determine the role of high-fiber  foods and certain  fiber  entities  (including
cellulose) in the prophylaxis  and/or treatment of specific  diseases under more
controlled conditions. The data are not always consistent,  however, and whether
or not a dietary supplement such as Unifiber(R), or any other dietary fiber, has
any meaningful  effects to promote healthy bowel  functions in these  situations
has yet to be ascertained.

           Although,  as indicated  above,  there are certain as yet  unresolved
questions regarding dietary fiber in disease therapy, there now appears to be no
question that fiber is considered  an important  part of the diet. In 1986,  the
National  Institutes of Health  recommended that Americans  increase their daily
fiber intake from about 11 grams per day to between 20 and 30 grams per day. The
preferred  approach  of  healthcare  professionals  to  accomplish  this  is  by
increasing the intake of fiber- rich foods as part of a balanced diet.  However,
it is also  recognized that certain  individuals  cannot,  or will not,  consume
adequate amounts of fiber due to such reasons as poor dentition or palatability.
This situation is common among elderly and  institutionalized  individuals,  for
example,  which is significant in that these  populations tend to be predisposed
to constipation. Fiber supplementation

                                       31

<PAGE>



is appropriate in these  individuals,  and the Company  believes that the use of
Unifiber(R)  as a dietary fiber  supplement is well suited for such  individuals
due to its  flexibility  in mixing  with foods and its taste  properties.  Fiber
supplementation programs with Unifiber(R) in nursing homes support this position
and have been  particularly  helpful in promoting healthy bowel function without
laxatives.

           The $250 million  market for bulk fiber  products  has grown,  and is
anticipated to continue to grow, for the  foreseeable  future at the approximate
rate of  15-20%  per year.  See  "Business  Competition".  These  dietary  fiber
products are normally used to treat or prevent  constipation by promoting normal
bowel function.  The target  populations that the Company believes would benefit
from daily fiber supplementation include:

           -  Individuals undergoing kidney dialysis;
           -  Institutionalized  individuals  who  are  in  state  hospitals  or
              extended care facilities;  
           -  Individuals receiving enteral naso-gastric feedings;  
           -  Pregnant women  needing  a  pure  fiber supplement without 
              aspartame as a sweetener; 
           -  Individuals with bowel function problems associated with Diabetes.

Products
- --------

  Mag-Tab(R)SR

           Mag-Tab(R)SR is currently the only patented,  true sustained  release
magnesium  supplement  product on the market. The patent for Mag-Tab(R)SR is for
the formula  composition and the  manufacturing  process that enables  magnesium
L-lactate dihydrate to be compressed into a sustained release tablet formulation
containing 3-10 mEq of elemental magnesium lactate. The benefit of this patented
formulation  is  that  its  delivery  mechanism  releases  a  highly  absorbable
magnesium  lactate to the distal  intestine,  ensuring  10-12 hours of prolonged
absorption  at any given pH level,  without  exceeding  the renal  threshold and
without  the  gastrointestinal  side  effects  that are  often  seen  with  many
competitive brands.  Mag-Tab(R)SR  administration  maintains higher serum levels
over a 12 hour  period  than its major  competitor,  SlowMag(R).  Mag-Tab(R)SR's
patent  expires in March 2008.  See  "Business -  Competition"  and  "Business -
Patents and Proprietary Rights."

           Mag-Tab(R)SR  is  currently  marketed in caplet  form  packaged in 60
caplet and 100 caplet sizes. The Company also plans to market other dosage forms
of Mag-Tab(R)SR in the future, such as a liquid, a unit dosage and a combination
magnesium supplement product containing other nutrients.

Unifiber(R)

           Unifiber(R)  (comprised  of 75% powdered  cellulose) is a unique bulk
bowel management product which offers measurable  differential advantages to its
users.  Unifiber(R) is a non-patented  proprietary dietary fiber supplement with
significant  advantages over competitive  brands.  As compared to all other bulk
fiber supplements, Unifiber(R) requires no forced fluid intake, is electrolyte-

                                       32

<PAGE>



free, contains no aspartame, and is an ultrafine, tasteless, non-gelling powder
that mixes with virtually any soft food or liquid substance.  See "Business - 
Competition."

           The Company  plans to conduct a number of open label  trials with key
physician  groups,  certified  renal  dieticians,  and other decision  makers of
long-term  care  facilities to promote  Unifiber(R)  acceptance  with the target
groups  discussed under "Business - Industry - Fiber" . No such trials have been
undertaken to date and the Company cannot predict the results of such trials.

Sales and Marketing
- -------------------

           The Company uses a very selective and targeted approach to market its
products.  Its overall  strategy  involves  several  steps,  including  securing
meaningful retail  distribution and creating a loyal core base of physicians and
dietary  specialists  to  recommend  the  use  of  the  Company's  products.  In
implementing its strategy,  the Company uses multiple promotional techniques to,
among others, 21,000 targeted physicians,  including targeted direct mail, field
activity  using  its own or  contracted  sales  forces,  attendance  at  medical
conventions and meetings,  developing  product  advocate  programs,  medical and
trade journal advertising,  and telemarketing in the most lucrative metropolitan
and rural markets.

           To  create  physician  and  healthcare   professional   awareness  of
Mag-Tab(R)SR's   benefits,   the  Company's  marketing  materials  have  focused
primarily on (i) education regarding magnesium deficiency,  and (ii) emphasis on
the features and benefits of Mag-Tab(R)SR's unique sustained release formulation
as compared to competitive products.

           The  majority  of bulk  fiber  product  sales  are  accounted  for by
physician  recommendation  and consumer  purchases from retail  pharmacies.  The
Company's  marketing  strategy with  Unifiber(R)  is to focus on certain  target
populations  and market  segments where fiber  supplementation  is important and
where  the  product's  functions  show  it to be the  product  of  choice.  This
opportunity  is with  certain  subsets of persons  listed  above in  "Business -
Industry  -  Fiber",   whose  daily  fiber   supplementation   requires  special
consideration.

           The Company employs a wholesale oriented policy for the supply of its
products.  This practice  results in greater  profitability  for the Company and
creates  cooperation and goodwill with the wholesale drug and dietary supplement
distributors.  The Company  also offers  incentive  programs to its  wholesalers
wherein the Company  provides  discounts in return for product  promotion by the
wholesalers.

           Currently,   virtually  all  of  the  drug  and  dietary   supplement
wholesalers  in the United  States stock two sizes of  Mag-Tab(R)SR  (60 and 100
caplet  packages) and three sizes of  Unifiber(R) (5 ounce, 9 ounce and 16 ounce
powdered  cellulose  packages)  for the  benefit of their  retail  and  hospital
pharmacy   customers.   It  is  estimated  that  the  current   national  retail
distribution  has  reached  approximately  20% of all  the  retail  outlets  for
Mag-Tab(R)SR  and slightly  less for  Unifiber(R).  The Company is targeting the
proper corporate decision makers at major wholesale and chain pharmacy

                                       33

<PAGE>



   
headquarters  and is developing  particular marketing  programs for these 
customers with a view to improving overall distribution in the near future.
These marketing programs include, among other things, seminars tied into medical
and healthcare conventions to link the Company's products with the subject 
matter of such conventions, the undertaking of a 12 month clinical study with a 
view to presenting the results thereof in healthcare and consumer publications, 
and the use of identified contractors for sales and marketing projects in order 
for the Company to implement multimarket promotions of its products.
    

           To complement these activities, direct mail promotional materials are
being mailed to approximately  65,000 targeted independent and chain pharmacists
in key metropolitan  markets across the United States. Trade journal advertising
is also planned to help  reinforce  the  distribution  and  physician  marketing
programs. The Company believes that these tactics will improve Mag- Tab(R)SR and
Unifiber(R) availability in retail outlets and increase demand for the products.
However,  based on results of  operations  to date and the limited time that the
Company has been implementing its marketing strategy, the Company cannot predict
the effect of its  marketing  strategies  or whether they will be  successful at
all.

   
           The Company's direct customers for both  Mag-Tab(R)SR and Unifiber(R)
comprise  virtually all of the drug and dietary  supplement  wholesalers  in the
United States,  GPOs, and state and federal  institutions,  such as state and
county  supported  hospitals  that are affiliated  with medical  schools and the
Veterans   Administration  hospital  system.  The  following  drug  and  dietary
supplement wholesalers,  which supply retail and hospital pharmacies nationwide,
account for the following percentage of annual operating revenues of the Company
for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995 and the nine months ended September
30, 1996, respectively: McKesson Drug Company, 25% and 19%; Cardinal Health 
Company, 16% and 13%; Bergen Brunswig, 13% and 14%; and Amerisource Corporation,
13% and 13%.  The  Company  believes  that its relationship with these customers
is excellent.  However, the loss of any one  of  these  customers  may  have a
substantial adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company.  See "Risk
Factors - Dependence on Major Customers".
    

           GPOs and  institutional  and government  accounts are growing markets
for the sale of Mag-  Tab(R)SR  and  Unifiber(R).  The Company  utilizes  direct
marketing strategies to help penetrate these markets by creating  specifications
for the Company's  products.  Such strategies include providing bids to GPOs and
government  institutions;  encouraging selection of Company products due to cost
effectiveness  and other  previously  discussed  advantages over the competitive
products  and  therapies;  and  participating  in state  Medicaid  reimbursement
programs.

           In addition to the above programs and strategies, the Company intends
to  initiate a press and other media  release  program  through its  advertising
agency to create  product  awareness and  corporate  image.  In the past,  these
tactics have been effective in generating new demand and creating  opportunities
to evaluate new products, services and possible marketing/licensing  agreements;
however,  results of this program  with GPOs and  institutional  and  government
accounts cannot be predicted.

           Within the United States,  the Company  distributes its products from
its warehouse in Roanoke,  Texas (see  "Business - Property")  via UPS,  Federal
Express,  common  carriers (both land and sea) or United States Postal  Service.
The Company has virtually no backlog since orders are generally  shipped out the
same day as they are received.

                                       34

<PAGE>



Foreign Distribution
- --------------------

   
           The Company has a distribution agreement with Laboratorios Rider S.A.
("Laboratorios") of Santiago,  Chile,  pursuant to which Laboratorios is granted
the exclusive right to distribute and market Mag-Tab(R)SR in Chile and
Argentina (the "Laboratorios  Agreement").  The initial term of the Laboratorios
Agreement expires in November 1997 and is automatically renewable for successive
three year periods unless  terminated by either party at least 180 days prior to
the  termination  of the initial or any  renewal  term.  Based on the  Company's
current  relationship with  Laboratorios,  the Company  anticipates,  but cannot
assure,  that  the  Laboratorios  Agreement  will be  renewed  at the end of the
initial term.

           In April 1996,  the Company  entered into an exclusive  marketing and
distribution agreement with Corporation for Russian American Enterprise ("CRAE")
pursuant to which CRAE has the right to  exclusively  market and  distribute 
Mag-Tab(R)SR  in Russia  and the other  republics  comprising  the former
Soviet Union (the "CRAE  Agreement").  The 24-month  term of the CRAE  Agreement
commences  on  the  first  date  that  either  of  the  Company's   products  is
commercially  sold in CRAE's  territory,  which  sales  will be subject to prior
approval from the jurisdictions in its territory.  The Company  anticipates that
such approval will not be obtained in the  foreseeable  future,  and the Company
does not anticipate  that any material  revenues will develop as a result of the
CRAE Agreement.

          Both the Laboratories Agreement and the CRAE Agreement provide that 
the Company will sell Mag-Tab(R)SR to each of the Laboratories and CRAE, 
respectively, in no less than established minimum order amounts on an 
established cost-plus basis.  Both agreements provide for payment to the
Company not later than 60 days from the date of shipment.
    

           To date, revenues from foreign sales have been nominal.

Manufacturing
- -------------

           The Company does not currently  manufacture  its own products and has
no current plans to do so. It plans to continue to avoid this capital expense by
utilizing third party contract manufacturing in FDA-approved facilities.

  Mag-Tab(R)SR

           Mag-Tab(R)SR  is  manufactured  and  packaged  by  Schering,  a major
FDA-regulated  pharmaceutical  company, via a long-term exclusive  manufacturing
agreement (the "Schering Agreement"). The initial term of the Schering Agreement
expires in July 1997 and is  automatically  renewable  for  successive  two year
terms  thereafter  unless written notice of termination is given by either party
at least one year prior to the  expiration  of the initial or  successive  term.
Since neither party has given any notice of termination,  the expiration date of
the Schering Agreement has been extended to July 1999.

           The Schering  Agreement  provides for the manufacture of Mag-Tab(R)SR
in compliance with FDA Good Manufacturing  Practices standards ("GMPs") required
for the  manufacture of FDA- regulated  drugs,  even though  Mag-Tab(R)SR,  as a
dietary supplement, currently need not comply with such drug product GMPs.

                                       35

<PAGE>



           The Company believes that its relationship with Schering is excellent
and anticipates that its relationship will continue for the foreseeable  future.
In the event the  Schering  Agreement is  terminated  or expires and the Company
does not renew its relationship with Schering,  the Company believes, but cannot
assure,  that it will be able to engage another third party to manufacture  Mag-
Tab(R)SR in compliance  with GMPs on terms  comparable to those set forth in the
Schering  Agreement.   See  "Risk  Factors  -  No  Manufacturing  Capability  or
Experience; Dependence on Others".

  Unifiber(R)

   
           The terms of the Dow Hickam Agreement, which covered the Company's 
acquisition of Unifiber(R) from Dow Hickam provided for Dow Hickam to 
manufacture and package Unifiber(R) until December 31, 1996 in quantities 
sufficient to handle all projected  sales by the Company through 1997. At the
date of the Prospectus, the Company had a 15 month inventory supply of 
Unifiber(R) based on current sales levels.  Since its manufacturing obligations 
have expired, Dow Hickam no longer manufacturers Unifiber(R).  The Company
anticipates,  but  cannot  assure,  that it will  contract  with at least one or
several other potential contract manufacturers for Unifiber(R) by the second
quarter  of 1997  to  manufacture  Unifiber(R)  on comparable  terms  with Dow 
Hickam in  compliance  with FDA food GMPs at current manufacturing  standards.  
Dow Hickam has agreed not to compete with the Company with respect to 
Unifiber(R)  anywhere in the world until 2002. See "Risk Factors - No 
Manufacturing Capability or Experience; Dependence on Others".

           Although the Company's policy is to maintain an  approximately  three
month  supply of each of  Mag-Tab(R)SR  and  Unifiber(R), (of which, as noted 
above, it has a 15 month supply) failure  to engage or delays in engaging a 
manufacturer for either product could result in the Company being  unable  to
fill  orders  on a  timely  basis,  or at all,  resulting  in cancellation of 
orders, reduced sales, loss of customers,  loss of goodwill, and other  events 
which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company. Additionally,
if the  Company  is unable to engage a  manufacturer  on terms at least as 
favorable as the Schering Agreement or the arrangement with Dow Hickam, the 
costs of goods sold may be raised,  thereby  reducing  profit  margins.  See
"Risk  Factors  - No  Manufacturing  Capability  or  Experience;  Dependence  on
Others".
    

Competition
- -----------

           The Company  competes  in both the  magnesium  supplement  market and
dietary fiber market with companies that have  substantially  greater resources,
including  capital,  research and development  resources,  and manufacturing and
marketing  capabilities with respect to well established products.  Accordingly,
there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete  successfully
with respect to either of its products.

Mag-Tab(R)SR

   
           Because magnesium  is  presently  emerging as a  dietary supplement
(i.e.  market of less than $10 million),  there are few current competitors. 
The market leader is G.D. Searle ("Searle"), which is estimated to possess more 
than a 70% market share with its product, SlowMag(R). SlowMag(R) is an enteric 
coated dosage form (not  sustained-release)  of  magnesium  chloride. 
earle  invested several
    

                                       36

<PAGE>


million dollars towards  physician and pharmacy  promotion when it launched this
product in 1989 and 1990 and, as a result, Searle has been a major factor in the
magnesium  supplement market.  SlowMag(R) is the only dietary supplement product
that Searle has in its product line.  Even though Searle has greatly reduced its
promotional  efforts with respect to SlowMag(R) in recent years, the product has
grown over 30% in unit volume since 1992.

           The other major competitor of the Company in the magnesium supplement
market is Blaine Co., Inc.  ("Blaine")  whose  product's  trade name is MagOx(R)
(magnesium  oxide  tablets).  Blaine,  a company with no field sales force,  has
gained  significant  market share from  SlowMag(R) in recent  years.  MagOx's(R)
market share is  currently  approximately  15%, a position the Company  believes
Blaine has  accomplished  through  steady  direct  mail  promotion  to  targeted
physicians and specialists.

           Mag-Tab(R)SR's   patented  sustained  release  formulation   provides
significant  advantages  over its major  competitors,  MagOx(R) and  SlowMag(R).
Compared to MagOx(R), (i) Mag-Tab(R)SR's formula (magnesium L-lactate dihydrate)
is  600%  more   soluble   at  any  given  pH  level,   thus   assuring   better
bioavailability,  and (ii)  published  data  suggest  that the  insolubility  of
magnesium  oxide tablets  (MagOx(R))  causes it to be poorly  absorbed,  thereby
leading to a high potential for gastrointestinal  side effects such as diarrhea.
Compared to SlowMag(R),  Mag-Tab(R)SR  provides 33% more elemental magnesium per
dose, thus providing  individuals with a dosage regimen  requiring fewer tablets
at less daily  cost.  In  addition,  Mag-Tab(R)SR's  12-hour  sustained  release
formulation allows patients to take their dose twice daily,  resulting in better
overall patient compliance.

  Unifiber(R)

           Currently,  Proctor  and  Gamble is the leader in the  dietary  fiber
market,  as its Metamucil(R)  (psyllium)  product line has an approximately  70%
market share.  Metamucil(R) is promoted  primarily via consumer  advertising and
limited  professional  sampling.  The Metamucil(R)  product line is offered in a
wide range of flavors and sizes with each  product  containing  almost a totally
different set of ingredients in the formulation.  The Company believes that this
diversity, along with the numerous line extensions on the retail shelf, makes it
difficult  for health care  professionals  and patients to  determine  the right
formula for their  specific  needs,  as the various  formulae may have different
effects on consumers who are pregnant or have renal disease or diabetes.

   
           Other  competitors  in the dietary  fiber market  include  SmithKline
Beecham with Citrucel(R)  (methyl  cellulose)  (with  approximately a 10% market
share),  and several other companies that also have a psyllium product,  such as
Konsyl(R)  (with  approximately  a  5%  market  share).   Citrucel(R)'s  initial
promotional  campaign  focused on the  non-gelling,  better  tasting,  "low gas"
features  of  the  product.   After   establishing  an  ethical  base  with  the
gastroenterologist, Citrucel(R) marketing has shifted more towards the consumer.
Konsyl(R),  owned by Konsyl Pharmaceuticals,  Inc. ("Konsyl"), is an older 
psyllium product similar to  Metamucil(R),  whose  initial base of business was 
established  via ethical  marketing  to  colo-rectal  surgeons  and 
obstetrician/gynecologists.  Currently,  Konsyl continues to market to these 
physician groups but has also initiated consumer promotion.
    


                                       37

<PAGE>



           Compared  to the  aforementioned  competitive  products,  the Company
believes that Unifiber(R)  offers a number of unique  advantages,  including the
following:  (i) there is no requirement for additional forced fluid intake,  and
(ii) Unifiber(R) is electrolyte-free, contains no aspartame and is an ultrafine,
tasteless,  non-gelling powder that mixes with virtually any soft food or liquid
substance. These characteristics are attractive to renal dieticians, home health
care professionals, diabetic educators, long-term care providers and consumers.

           The  Company's  competitive  position in both the magnesium and fiber
markets also depends on its ability to attract and retain  qualified  personnel,
obtain  and  defend  patent  and  other  intellectual  property  protection,  or
otherwise  develop or acquire  proprietary  products  or  processes,  and secure
sufficient  capital  resources to manufacture,  market,  distribute and sell its
products.  See  "Risk  Factors  -  Uncertainty  of  Protection  of  Patents  and
Proprietary Rights" and "Risk Factors Dependence on Key Management and Qualified
Personnel".

Patents and Proprietary Rights
- ------------------------------

           The Company owns a patent on Mag-Tab(R)SR in the United States, which
expires in March 2008.  A patent  application  with respect to  Mag-Tab(R)SR  is
currently  pending in Canada.  Additionally,  the trademark  "Mag-Tab(R)SR" is a
registered trademark in the United States. Unifiber(R) is not patented; however,
Unifiber(R) is a registered trademark in the United States.

           The  Company's   policy  is  to  actively  seek,  when   appropriate,
intellectual property protection for its products and proprietary information by
means  of  United  States  and  foreign  patents,   trademarks  and  contractual
arrangements. In addition, the Company relies upon trade secrets and contractual
arrangements to protect certain of its proprietary information and products.

           The  Company's  success will depend in part on its ability to enforce
its current  patent,  obtain  patent  protection  for any products  which may be
developed or acquired by the Company in the future,  preserve its trade secrets,
and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties,  both
in the United States and other countries.  In the absence of patent  protection,
the  Company's  business may be adversely  affected by  competitors  who develop
substantially  equivalent technology.  Because of the substantial length of time
and expense  associated  with bringing new products  through  development to the
marketplace,  the pharmaceutical and nutraceutical industries place considerable
importance on obtaining and maintaining  patent and trade secret  protection for
new  technologies,  products and  processes.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will have  sufficient  resources to protect its patent from  infringers,
that the Company will develop or acquire  additional  products that are patented
or  patentable,  or that  present  or future  patents  will  provide  sufficient
protection  to the  Company's  present  or  future  technologies,  products  and
processes.  In  addition,  there  can  be no  assurance  that  others  will  not
independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary  information,  design
around the Company's patent, or future patents,  if any, or obtain access to the
Company's know-how, or that others will not successfully  challenge the validity
of the Company's  patents or be issued patents which may prevent the sale of one
or more of the  Company's  products,  or require  licensing  and the  payment of
significant fees or royalties by

                                       38

<PAGE>



the  Company  to third  parties in order to enable  the  Company to conduct  its
business.  No  assurance  can  be  given  as to  the  degree  of  protection  or
competitive  advantage the Company's current patent or any patents issued to, or
acquired  by, the Company  will afford,  the  validity of such  patents,  or the
Company's ability to avoid violating or infringing any patents issued to others.
Further,  there can be no guarantee  that any patents issued to, or licensed by,
the Company will not be infringed  by products of others.  Litigation  and other
proceedings  involving  a  defense  and  prosecution  of  patent  claims  can be
expensive and time  consuming,  even in those  instances in which the outcome is
favorable to the Company,  and can result in the diversion of resources from the
Company's  other  activities.  An adverse  outcome  could subject the Company to
significant liabilities to third parties, require the Company to obtain licenses
from third  parties or require  the Company to cease any  related  research  and
development,  and sales of infringing products.  See "Risk Factors - Uncertainty
of Protection of Patents and Proprietary Rights".

           The  Company  does  not  currently   undertake   basic  research  and
development activities to develop new products.  Instead, the Company's strategy
is to contract with third party manufacturers or dietary supplement  development
companies to formulate  new dosage forms of its existing  products and to target
for licensing or  acquisition  products  that are already  developed and tested.
This  would also  include  existing  products  with  sales  revenues,  which are
generally owned by large pharmaceutical or nutraceutical companies but which are
neglected by them. The Company depends on the unpatentable knowledge, experience
and skills of scientific and technical  consultants to conduct  clinical  trials
commissioned  by the  Company  from  time to  time,  as well as to  develop  new
formulations  of its existing  products.  The Company  requires that each of its
executive  employees,  consultants,  manufacturers,  and distributors  execute a
contract  containing a  confidentiality  agreement with respect to the Company's
proprietary rights.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that these agreements
will provide meaningful protection for the Company's proprietary  information in
the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of such confidential information.

Government Regulation
- ---------------------

   
           The Company is subject to the Federal  Food,  Drug and Cosmetic Act 
(including the Dietary  Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994), the 
Federal Trade  Commission Act, the Fair Packaging and Labeling Act, the Consumer
Product Safety  Act,  the Federal  Hazardous  Substance  Act and product safety 
laws in foreign  jurisdictions,  as well as to the  jurisdiction of the Consumer
Product Safety  Commission.  Such regulation  subjects the Company to the 
possibility of requirements  of repurchase or recall of products  found to be 
defective and the possibility  of  fines,  penalties,  seizure  of its products,
injunction  and criminal  prosecution  for  repeated  violations.   The  FDA  
regulates  product labeling,  including claims. In addition,  the FTC regulates 
product claims made in  advertising.  Existing  and future  governmental  
regulations  could  impact certain  products of the Company.  Additionally, 
products which the Company may acquire in the future (if any) may be subject to 
FDA  approval  and  regulation, which could be time consuming and costly.  See 
"Risk Factors - Possible Significant Impact of Consumer Laws and Government 
Regulation on the Company's Business and Products".
    


                                       39

<PAGE>



Third Party Reimbursement
- -------------------------

           Health  care  reform in the  United  States is  currently  an area of
national  attention.  Certain reforms may influence  customer  purchases and, if
adopted,  could  impose  limitations  on the prices the  Company  may be able to
charge in the United States,  or on the amount of  reimbursement  available from
government agencies and private third party payors for magnesium supplements and
dietary fiber.

           In the  United  States,  the  Health  Care  Financing  Administration
("HCFA") establishes guidelines for coverage and the reimbursement of healthcare
providers  treating  Medicare and Medicaid  patients.  The Medicare  program has
detailed  coverage and  reimbursement  rules, but the program does not currently
provide  reimbursements  for  drugs or  nutritional  supplements.  The  Medicaid
program, which is a Federal program, is state administered.  Therefore, although
Medicaid  reimbursement  codes currently exist for Mag-Tab(R)SR and Unifiber(R),
HCFA does not control the policy of every state.  At present,  approximately  15
states approve patient  reimbursement under Medicaid for the Company's products.
There can be no guarantee that Mag-Tab(R)SR,  Unifiber(R) or any new products of
the  Company  will be covered in the future by  Medicaid  or other  third  party
payors,  and,  if  covered,  there  can  be no  guarantee  as to  the  level  of
reimbursement  that will be provided.  See "Risk Factors - Uncertainty  of Third
Party Reimbursement and Product Pricing".

Product Liability Insurance; Indemnification
- --------------------------------------------

           The  Company's   business  involves  the  inherent  risk  of  product
liability claims. If such claims arise in the future, they could have a material
adverse impact on the Company. The Company maintains product liability insurance
on an  occurrence  basis in the  amount  of $3  million  per  occurrence  and an
aggregate  amount of $3 million  per policy term  period.  The policy term of 12
months is renewable for successive 12 month periods.  There is no assurance that
such  coverage  will be sufficient to protect the Company from risks to which it
may be subject,  or that product  liability  insurance  will be available to the
Company  at a  reasonable  cost,  if at all,  in the  future.  Mag-Tab(R)SR  and
Unifiber(R)  have been on the market for  approximately  seven and twelve years,
respectively.  The Company is not aware of any adverse  side  effects  resulting
from the use of these  products.  However,  the Company cannot assure that users
will not experience  adverse side effects from these products in the future,  or
that claims will not be brought  against  the  Company  arising  from the use of
these products.

   
           Additionally,  the Company  attempts to reduce its risk by  obtaining
indemnity  undertakings  with respect to product liability claims from the third
party  manufacturers  of its products.  The Company may acquire and market other
products in the future,  which may be the subject of claims against the Company,
that may or may not be  covered by any or  adequate  insurance  or  indemnities.
Currently,  the Company is not aware of any pending or threatened claims against
it. See "Risk Factors - Potential of Material Adverse Effect of Product 
Liability Claims on the Company".
    



                                       40

<PAGE>



Employees
- ---------

           The Company currently has seven employees,  three of whom are engaged
in direct  sales and  marketing  activities.  The  remaining  employees  provide
services  with  regard to  finance,  administration,  product  development,  and
customer  service.  No  employees  of the Company are covered by any  collective
bargaining  agreements,  and management  considers its employee  relations to be
excellent. The Company intends to use part of the proceeds from this Offering to
hire additional employees in 1997, including a full-time controller,  a national
field sales manager and six to twelve field sales  representatives.  See "Use of
Proceeds".

Property
- --------

   
           The Company's  principal  executive offices and warehouse are located
at 200 North Oak, Roanoke, Texas, a 5,000 square foot leased facility. The lease
provides  for a term ending on August 31, 2001 and a current  monthly  rental of
$2,000 (which  increases in $200  increments each year until 2000) plus costs of
utilities and taxes.  The lease is renewable for an additional five years by the
Company at a monthly  rental of $2,600.  The Company  believes that its existing
facilities  are  adequate for the  foreseeable  future.  Additionally,  there is
unimproved space adjacent to the building, allowing for expansion of the current
facility if the Company determines that expansion is necessary. The lease grants
the Company an option to purchase the real  property  (including  the  Company's
premises  and the  adjacent  space)  for a period  of 24  months  commencing  on
September  1,  1996 at a price  equal  to  $20,000  above  its  market  value as
determined  by an  appraiser.  The Company has no current  plans to exercise the
option, or lease or acquire any other real estate.  See "Financial Statements - 
Notes to Financial Statements 13 and 15[B]".
    

Litigation
- ----------

           There  is no  litigation  pending  against  the  Company,  nor is the
Company aware of any threatened litigation,  or any proceeding contemplated by a
governmental authority, against it.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

           The names  and ages of,  and the  positions  held by,  the  executive
officers and directors of the Company are set forth below.
                                                                 Class of
Name                      Age     Positions Held                 Directorship(1)
- ----                      ---     --------------                 ---------------

Stephen F. Brandon        50      Chief Executive Officer,       Class III
                                  President, Treasurer and
                                  Chairman of the Board

Thomas F. Reed            51      Executive Vice President -     Class I
                                  Corporate Development,
                                  Secretary and Director


Jean R. Sperry            69      Vice President and Director    Class II

Allan R. Avery            36      Director                       Class III

J. Leslie Glick           56      Director                       Class I
- --------------------

           (1) The Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides for three
classes of  directors.  The term of each class is three  years,  except that the
initial  term of office of the Class I directors  will  expire at the  Company's
annual  meeting of  stockholders  in 1997 and the initial  term of office of the
Class II directors will expire at the Company's annual meeting in 1998.

           Stephen F. Brandon has served as Chief Executive  Officer,  President
and Chairman of the Board of the Company  since its  inception  in 1991.  He was
elected Treasurer of the Company in October 1996. From 1988 to 1991, Mr. Brandon
pursued  entrepreneurial  activities  and served as Executive  Vice President of
Sales & Marketing at Lectus Associates,  a pharmaceutical marketing firm created
by him and two other  associates.  From 1970 to 1988,  Mr. Brandon held numerous
sales and sales management positions with Marion Laboratories,  Inc. ("Marion"),
a major United States pharmaceutical company.

           Thomas  F.  Reed has  served as  Executive  Vice  President-Corporate
Development  and a director  of the  Company  since  1991.  Mr. Reed was elected
Secretary of the Company in October 1996. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Reed
had a 21-year career with Marion,  where he held various  management  positions,
including  Director of  Pharmaceutical  Marketing,  Company Vice President,  and
President of the International  Products Division. In such capacities,  Mr. Reed
was responsible for overseeing the marketing of Marion's prescription  products,
managing the strategic  development and market introduction of Marion's two most
successful   products   (Cardizem  (R)  and  Carafate   (R)),   and   marketing,
manufacturing, licensing and distribution operations.

           Jean R.  Sperry has served as Vice  President  and a director  of the
Company  since  1991.  Mr.  Sperry  is  responsible  for  developing   marketing
strategies,  sales plans, and strategic alliances and devotes  approximately 10%
of his working time to the Company's  business.  For more than 30 years prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Sperry served in various sales and marketing capacities
with Marion,  including  National  Sales  Manager,  Vice  President of Sales and
Senior Vice President of Marketing.

           Allan R.  Avery has been a director  of the  Company  since  February
1996.  Since 1990,  Mr. Avery has served as the  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer of GEM Communications  Inc., a health care communications  company which
he founded.  From 1990 to 1991, Mr. Avery was Vice President of Client  Services
at  PRO  Communications,  a  pharmaceutical  education  project  company.  Prior
thereto, Mr. Avery held various sales and marketing positions at Marion during a
nine year career.


                                       42

<PAGE>



           J. Leslie Glick, Ph.D. has been a director of the Company since 
October 1996.  Since 1992, Dr. Glick has been the Editor-in-Chief of Technology
Management, a management journal.  He has also been an adjunct professor of 
technology management in the Graduate School of Management & Technology at the 
University of Maryland University College since 1988.  Additionally, from 1987
to 1993, Dr. Glick served as Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of
the Board of Bionix Corporation, a biotechnology company. From 1977 to 1987, Dr.
Glick served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Genex Corporation, a 
publicly-traded biotechnology company.  Dr. Glick has also acted as a consultant
to the Underwriter since June 1996.

           The Company  has  undertaken  to have a designee  of the  Underwriter
serve as a director of the Company for a period of three years.  The Company has
been advised by the Underwriter of its intention to designate  Sherman A. Drusin
to such position.

   
           Sherman A. Drusin has been the Director of Corporate  Finance for the
Underwriter  since March 1995.  In  addition,  he is  President  and Director of
Preferred Benefit Plans,  Inc., an estate planning company.  Previously,  he was
Vice  President  for Corporate  Finance for J. Gregory & Company,  an investment
banking firm.  For 25 years prior to his work in the  investment  banking field,
Mr.  Drusin was Chief  Executive  Officer,  President  and a director of several
computer software companies. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of In
Time  Systems  International  Inc.,  a publicly-traded  computer  software  and
consulting company,  Applewood's,  Inc., a publicly-traded distributor of beauty
and body care products,  the Sterling  Foster  Foundation,  and the  Make-A-Wish
Foundation  of Metro New York.  Furthermore,  he is an  advisor  to the Board of
Directors of several publicly-traded corporations.
    

           There are no family relationships  between the executive officers and
directors of the Company.

Executive Compensation
- ----------------------

           The following table provides summary information  concerning cash and
certain other  compensation  paid or accrued by the Company to, or on behalf of,
Mr. Brandon, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, during the last three fiscal
years.  No executive  officer of the Company had a combined  salary and bonus in
excess of $100,000 for any year during such period.



                                       43

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Summary Compensation Table

                                      Annual Compensation Long-Term Compensation
 
                                                                        Awards             Payouts
                                                                 ----------------------    -------
                                                                 Restricted  Securities
Name and Principal                              Other Annual     Stock       Underlying    LTIP        All other
 Positions               Year   Salary  Bonus  Compensation(1)   Award(s)    Options       Payouts    Compensation
- ---------------          ----   ------  ------ ---------------   ----------  ----------    -------    ------------
<S>                      <C>   <C>      <C>    <C>               <C>          <C>          <C>        <C> 
Stephen F. Brandon       1995  $48,000    -        $12,000          -           -            -              -
   Chief Executive       1994   41,400    -         12,000          -           -            -              -
   Officer, President    1993    3,000    -         12,000          -           -            -              -
   and Chairman of the
   Board
</TABLE>


(1) Represents annual club dues paid by the Company on behalf of Mr. Brandon.


           Each  director  of the  Company  is  entitled  to be  reimbursed  for
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of
Directors of the Company.  The members of the Board of Directors  intend to meet
at least quarterly.

Employment Agreements
- ---------------------

   
           At the Closing of the Offering, the Company  intends to enter into an
employment  agreement  with Mr. Brandon  pursuant  to which he shall  serve  as 
the  Company's  Chief  Executive Officer,  President  and  Chairman of the Board
for a period of three years from the date of this Prospectus at a salary of
$120,000 per annum.


           At the Closing of the Offering, the Company  intends to also enter 
into an employment  agreement with Mr.  Reed  pursuant  to which he shall  serve
as the  Company's  Executive  Vice President-Corporate Development  for a period
of three  years  from the date of this Prospectus at a salary of $96,000 per 
annum.
    

           The  employment  agreements  for  Messrs.  Brandon and Reed will each
further  provide for  reimbursement  of  business  expenses.  Additionally,  Mr.
Brandon's  employment  agreement will provide for reimbursement of club dues not
to exceed  $15,000  on an annual  basis.  The  employment  agreements  will also
provide  for the  payment of full  salary in the event of  disability  for three
months and 50% of salary if such  disability  continues for the next three month
period.  The Company will have the right to terminate the employment  agreements
in the event  disability  continues for more than six consecutive  months or for
150 business  days in any nine month  period.  The  employment  agreements  will
contain  a   restrictive   covenant   precluding   Messrs.   Brandon  and  Reed,
respectively,  from competing with the Company during the term, and for a period
of one year after the  termination,  of the  employment  agreement,  without the
Company's consent.  Furthermore,  the employment agreements will entitle Messrs.
Brandon and Reed to  participate  in any health,  compensatory  or other plan or
program adopted by the Company for the benefit of its executive employees.

                                       44

<PAGE>




Stock Options
- -------------

  1996 Senior Executive Stock Option Plan

   
           In December,  1996, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the
1996 Senior Executive Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Senior Executive Plan") which
provides for the grant of options to a certain senior  management  group for the
purchase of up to 405,000 Common Shares of the Company.  The purpose of the 1996
Senior  Executive  Plan is to provide an  incentive  and reward for such  senior
management group to contribute  substantially to the progress and success of the
Company,  to closely align the interests of such employees with the interests of
the stockholders of the Company by linking benefits to performance and to retain
the services of such employees.  In furtherance of that purpose, the 1996 Senior
Executive Plan provides for the grant to Messrs. Brandon, Reed, Sperry and Avery
of options to purchase 283,500,  72,900, 24,300, and 24,300 Common Shares of the
Company,  respectively,  at an  exercise  price of $5.00 per share (the  "Senior
Executive Plan Options").  The Senior  Executive Plan Options shall terminate in
December 2006 and vest in one-third  increments in each of 1998,  1999, and 2000
following  the  issuance  of audited  financial  statements  for the prior year,
provided  the  Company's  cumulative  pre-tax  income  from  operations  exceeds
$300,000  (without  giving effect to any deferred  financing cost resulting from
the  issuance of 100,000  Common  Shares to the Bridge  Lender in the  Company's
Bridge  Financing  transaction),  $3,000,000 and $7,500,000 through the end of
the fiscal years ended December 31, 1997,  December 31, 1998 and December 31, 
1999,  respectively (the  "Cumulative  Goals").  In the event a  particular  
Cumulative  Goal is not reached  through  December 31 of any given year, the  
particular  installment of such Senior  Executive Plan Options will nevertheless
vest in a future year if the  Cumulative  Goal for a succeeding  year is met.  
Following the grant of the Senior Executive Plan Options described herein, no 
further Senior Executive Plan Options will be available under the 1996 Senior 
Executive Plan.
    

  1996 Stock Option Plan


           In February 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted,  and
the  stockholders of the Company approved the adoption of, the 1996 Stock Option
Plan (the "1996 Option  Plan")  which  provides for the grant of options for the
purchase of up to 131,250 Common Shares of the Company.  The purpose of the 1996
Option Plan is to advance the  interests of the Company by providing  additional
incentive  to,  and  to  attract  and  retain,  qualified  competent  employees,
non-employee  directors,  consultants and advisors through the  encouragement of
stock ownership in the Company by such persons.

   
           In  February  1996,  pursuant  to the 1996 Option Plan,  the  Company
granted to Messrs.  Reed and Sperry options to purchase 12,500 and 75,000 Common
Shares,  respectively,  at an exercise price of $1.50 per share. Messrs.  Reed's
and Sperry's options vest in February 1997 and expire in February 2006.
    


                                       45

<PAGE>




           In July 1996,  pursuant to the 1996 Option Plan, the Company  granted
to each of Mr. Avery and Dr. Glick  options to purchase  12,500 Common Shares at
an exercise price of $1.50 per share.  The options vest to the extent of 20% per
year over a period of five years  commencing  in July 1997 and terminate in July
2006.  Other than the options  already granted as described  herein,  no further
options will be granted under the 1996 Option Plan.

  1996 Non-Senior Executive Stock Option Plan

           In December 1996, the Company adopted and the  stockholders  approved
the 1996 Non- Senior Executive Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Non-Senior Executive
Plan")  which  provides  for the grant of  options  to  employees,  non-employee
directors,  consultants  and  advisors  of  the  Company,  other  than  eligible
optionees under the 1996 Senior Executive Plan, to purchase up to 150,000 Common
Shares.  The  purpose  of the 1996  Non-Senior  Executive  Plan is to provide an
incentive and reward the eligible employees, non-employee directors, consultants
and  advisors to  contribute  to the  progress  and success of the  Company,  to
closely align the interests of such eligible optionees with the interests of the
stockholders of the Company by linking  benefits to  performance,  to retain the
services of such employees,  non-employee  directors,  consultants and advisors,
and to attract new employees,  non-employee directors, consultants and advisors.
No options have been granted under the 1996 Non-Senior  Executive Plan as of the
date of this Prospectus.

           No options  were  granted  during the fiscal year ended  December 31,
1995 to any  executive  officer of the  Company.  As of December  31,  1995,  no
options were held by any executive officer of the Company.

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

           The following table sets forth certain  information as of the date of
this  Prospectus  with respect to the  beneficial  ownership of the  outstanding
Common  Shares  of  the  Company  by (i)  any  holder  of  more  than  5% of the
outstanding Common Shares; (ii) the Company's directors; and (iii) the directors
and  executive  officers  of the  Company  as a  group;  and  (iv)  the  Selling
Stockholder:

                                       46

<PAGE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Number of                                       Number of
                          Common                             Number of    Common
                          Shares                             Common       Shares
                          Beneficially     Percentage of     Shares       Beneficially      Percentage of
Name and Address of       Owned Prior      Class Prior to    Offered      Owned After       Class After
Beneficial Owner          to Offering      Offering          Hereby       Offering          Offering (1)
- ----------------          -----------      --------------    ---------    ------------      ------------
<S>                       <C>                <C>             <C>          <C>                 <C> 
Stephen F. Brandon        731,500(2)(3)      66.4%               -0-      731,500(2)(3)        30.5%
200 North Oak
P.O. Box 449
Roanoke, Texas

Jean R. Sperry            122,500(3)(4)      10.4%               -0-      122,500(3)(4)         4.9%
200 North Oak
P.O. Box 449
Roanoke, Texas

Dominant Construction 
  Corp.                   100,000 (5)         9.1%           100,000(6)         -0-                --
523 Route 303
Orangeburg, New York

Thomas F. Reed             98,000(3)(7)       8.8%               -0-       98,000(3)(7)         4.1%
12704 Eaton Circle
Leawood, Kansas

Gerald L. Beckloff,
 M.D                       75,500             6.9%               -0-       75,500               3.1%
Commerce Plaza II, 
  Suite 720
7400 West 110th Street
Overland Park, Kansas

Allan R. Avery             15,000(3)          1.4%               -0-       15,000(3)             *
40 Richards Avenue
Norwalk, Connecticut

J. Leslie Glick               -0-             -0-                -0-          -0-                --
10899 Deborah Drive
Potomac, Maryland

   
All Directors and 
executive officers        967,000(2)(3)      81.3%               -0-      967,000(2)(3)        38.9%
as a group (five                 (4)(6)                                          (4)(6)
persons)..........
</TABLE>
    


- --------------------
 *   Less than 1%

(1)  Does not give effect to the exercise of the Underwriter's Overallotment 
     Option or the Underwriter's Warrant.  See "Underwriting".

(2)  Mr. Brandon's shares are pledged as security for the  epayment of 
     indebtedness.  See "Principal and Selling Stockholders-Changes in Control".

(3)  Does not include shares issuable upon the exercise of options granted under
     the 1996 Senior Executive Plan, the exercisability of which is subject to 
     the attainment of certain performance goals. See "Management-Stock 
     Options".

                                       47

<PAGE>



(4)  Includes 75,000 share issuable upon the exercise of options which are 
     exercisable within 60 days of the date hereof.  See "Management-Stock 
     Options".

   
(5)  Alexa Dove is the sole stockholder, director and officer of Dominant 
     Construction Corp. (the "Selling Stockholder").  Peter M. Dove is the 
     General Manager of the Selling Stockholder and the husband of Alexa Dove.
     Both Alexa and Peter M. Dove may be deemed to be beneficial owners of the
     Common Shares owned by the Selling Seockholder.
    
   
(6)  As noted below, the Selling Stockholder has agreed that it will not 
     transfer any of its Common Shares for a period of two years following the 
     date of this Prospectus without the prior consent of the Underwriter.

(7)  Includes 12,500 shares issuable upon the exercise of options which are 
     exercisable within 60 days of the date hereof.  See "Management-Stock 
     Options".
    


   
           The  Registration  Statement,  of which this Prospectus forms a part,
also covers the resale of 100,000  Common  Shares issued to the Selling 
Stockholder by the Company in connection with the Bridge  Financing completed in
December 1996. See "Bridge Financing".
    

   
           The Company will not receive any of the  proceeds  from the resale of
the Common  Shares by the  Selling  Stockholder.  The Common  Shares held by the
Selling  Stockholder  may be  resold  at any  time  following  the  date of this
Prospectus,  subject to an  agreement  between the Selling  Stockholder  and the
Underwriter  restricting  the transfer of the Common  Shares for a period of two
years without the Underwriter's  consent.  The Underwriter has advised the 
Company that it will not waive the transfer restriction with respect to 
the Selling Stockholder for 30 days following the date of this Prospectus, and 
that it has no plans to waive such transfer restriction prior to its expiration.
However, the Underwriter has informed the Company that it may contemplate the 
waiver of such transfer restriction in the future if the sale of the Selling 
Stockholder's Common Shares would not have an adverse effect on the market price
of the Company's Common Shares and the market could sustain such sale.  The 
foregoing notwithstanding, the sale of such Common Shares or the potential  of 
such  sales at any time may have an  adverse  effect on the market prices of the
Common Shares offered hereby.  See "Risk  Factors-Shares  Eligible For Future 
Sale May Adversely Affect the Market".
    

           The Common  Shares  offered may be sold from time to time directly by
the Selling Stockholder. Alternatively, the Selling Stockholder may from time to
time offer such Common Shares  through  underwriters,  dealers,  or agents.  The
distribution of Common Shares by the Selling  Stockholder may be effected in one
or more  transactions  that  may  take  place  on the  over-the-counter  market,
including ordinary broker's transactions,  privately-negotiated  transactions or
through  sales  to one or more  broker-dealers  for  resale  of such  shares  as
principals,  at market prices  prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related
to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Usual and customary or
specifically negotiated brokerage fees or commissions may be paid by the Selling
Stockholder in connection  with such sales of Common  Shares.  The Common Shares
offered by the Selling  Stockholder  may be sold by one or more of the following
methods,  without  limitation:  (i) a block trade in which a broker or dealer so
engaged  will  attempt to sell the Common  Shares as agent but may  position and
resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the  transaction;  (ii)
purchases by a broker or dealer as principal and resale by such broker or dealer
for  its  account  pursuant  to  this  Prospectus;   (iii)  ordinary   brokerage
transactions  in which the broker  solicits  purchasers;  and (iv)  face-to-face
transactions between seller and purchasers without a broker-dealer. In effecting
sales,  brokers or dealers  engaged by the Selling  Stockholder  may arrange for
other  brokers  or  dealers  to  participate  .  The  Selling  Stockholder,  and
intermediaries   through  whom  such  Common  Shares  are  sold,  under  certain
circumstances,  may be deemed  "underwriters" within the meaning of the Act with
respect to the Common Shares  offered,  and any profits  realized or commissions
received may be deemed underwriting compensation.

           At the time a  particular  offer of  Common  Shares  is made by or on
behalf  of  the  Selling  Stockholder,  to the  extent  required,  a  Prospectus
Supplement  will be  prepared  which will set forth the number of Common  Shares
being offered and the terms of the offering,  including the name or names of any
underwriters, dealers or agents, the purchase price paid by any underwriter for

                                       48

<PAGE>



Common  Shares  purchased  from  the  Selling  Stockholder  and  any  discounts,
commissions  or  concessions  allowed or reallowed  or paid to dealers,  and the
proposed selling price to the public.

Changes in Control
- ------------------

           Mr.  Brandon has  pledged to the First  National  Bank of  Grapevine,
Grapevine,   Texas  (the   "Lender")  and  the  United  States  Small   Business
Administration  (the "SBA") all of his  731,500  Common  Shares of the  Company,
representing  approximately  66% of the Common Shares  outstanding  prior to the
Offering  and  30% of  the  Common  Shares  after  the  Offering  (assuming  the
Underwriter's  Overallotment  Option is not exercised).  Such pledge was made in
furtherance of a loan by the Lender in the original principal amount of $250,000
to the  Company and a guaranty of the loan by the SBA. In the event of a default
under  the loan (the  principal  amount of which as of  September  30,  1996 was
$113,000),  the  Lender  and the SBA have the right to  foreclose  on the Common
Shares  which  could  result  in,  among  other  things,  the Lender and the SBA
obtaining  voting control over a significant  portion of the outstanding  Common
Shares of the Company.


                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

           The  Company  is  obligated  to  repay to Mr.  Brandon  a loan in the
outstanding  principal amount of $295,487 (the "Brandon Loan"). The Brandon Loan
accrues interest at the rate of 10% per annum,  payable monthly,  and is payable
on January 11, 1998.  The Brandon Loan,  originally  in the principal  amount of
$500,000,  was made on  January  11,  1991 and the  term  has been  renewed  for
successive one year terms each year since January 1992.  The Company  intends to
prepay the remaining principal balance out of the proceeds of this Offering. See
"Use of Proceeds."

   
          In January 1997, the Company entered into an unsecured Credit 
Agreement with GEM Communications, Inc. ("GEM"), an entity wholly owned by Allan
R. Avery, a director of the Company, which provides for the Company to borrow up
to $150,000.  The Credit Agreement further provides that all amounts borrowed 
shall be repaid in full on or before January 20, 1998.  Interest accrues on the 
unpaid principal at the rate of 10% per annum and is payable upon demand.  At 
the date of this Prospectus, the Company has borrowed $75,000 under the Credit 
Agreement, all of which is outstanding.  As further consideration to enter into 
the Credit Agreement, the Company issued to GEM warrants to purchase 30,000 
Common Shares of the Company at an exercise price of $6.00 per share, such 
warrants being exercisable for a period of five years commencing on the first
anniversary date of this Prospectus.  The Company entered into the Credit 
Agreement because it required additional financing to fund the Company's working
capital needs and no other sources of financing were available to the Company at
that time.  The Company believes that the terms of the Credit Agreement and the 
warrant are commercially reasonable and are at least as favorable as the Company
could have obtained from an unrelated third party.  Amounts borrowed under the 
Credit Agreement will be repaid out of operating revenues of the Company.  No 
part of the proceeds in this Offering will be utilized to repay the GEM loan.
    
          
   
          To the extent that the Company may enter into any agreements with 
related parties in the future (of which none are presently contemplpated), the 
Company anticipates that the terms of such agreements will be commercially 
reasonable and no less favorable to the Company than the Company could obtain
from unrelated third parties.  Additionally, the Company intends that such
agreements will be approved by a majority of disinterested directors.
    


                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Common Shares
- -------------

           The Company is authorized to issue up to  15,000,000  Common  Shares,
par value $.01 per share, of which  1,101,500  shares are issued and outstanding
as of the date of this  Prospectus.  All of the  issued and  outstanding  Common
Shares are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

           Holders of the Common  Shares of the  Company  are  entitled to share
equally on a per share basis in such  dividends  as may be declared by the Board
of Directors out of funds  legally  available  therefor.  There are presently no
plans to pay dividends with respect to the Common Shares. See "Dividend Policy."
Upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the Company,  after payment of
creditors  and the holders of any senior  securities  of the Company,  including
Preferred  Shares, if any, the assets of the Company will be divided pro rata on
a per share basis among the holders of the Common Shares.  The Common Shares are
not subject to any liability for further assessments. There are no conversion or
redemption privileges nor any sinking fund provisions with respect to the

                                       49

<PAGE>



Common Shares, and the Common Shares are not subject to call. The holders of the
Common Shares do not have any preemptive or other subscription rights.

           Holders of the Common Shares are entitled to cast one vote for each 
share held at all stockholders' meetings, including the annual meeting for the 
election of directors.  The Common Shares do not have cumulative voting rights.

           The Company has agreed  with the  Underwriter  that it will not issue
any Common Shares (other than pursuant to outstanding options and warrants,  the
Underwriter's Warrant, or grants under the 1996 Non-Senior Executive Plan) for a
period of three years from the date of the Prospectus  without the prior written
consent of the Underwriter. See "Underwriting".

Preferred Shares
- ----------------

           The  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  authorizes  2,000,000
"blank check" Preferred Shares,  par value $.01 per share,  whereby the Board of
Directors of the Company shall have the authority, without further action by the
holders of the outstanding Common Shares, to issue Preferred Shares from time to
time in one or more series, to fix the number of shares  constituting any series
and the stated value thereof,  if different  from the par value,  and to fix the
terms of any such series,  including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion
or exchange  rights,  voting rights,  rights and terms of redemption  (including
sinking fund provisions), the redemption price and the liquidation preference of
such series.  As of the date of this  Prospectus,  there are no Preferred Shares
issued and  outstanding,  and the  Company  has no plans to issue any  Preferred
Shares.  The Company has agreed with the Underwriter  that it will not issue any
Preferred  Shares for a period of three  years from the date of this  Prospectus
without the prior written consent of the Underwriter. See "Underwriting".

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law
- --------------------------

           The  Company is  governed  by the  provisions  of Section  203 of the
General  Corporation Law of Delaware,  an anti-takeover  law enacted in 1988. In
general,  the law  prohibits a Delaware  public  corporation  from engaging in a
'business  combination"  with an "interested  stockholder" for a period of three
years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested
stockholder,  unless  it is  approved  in a  prescribed  manner.  As a result of
Section  203,  potential  acquirors  of  the  Company  may be  discouraged  from
attempting to effect acquisition transactions with the Company, thereby possibly
depriving holders of the Company's  securities of certain  opportunities to sell
or otherwise dispose of such securities at above-market  prices pursuant to such
transactions.

Limitation on Liability of Directors; Indemnification
- -----------------------------------------------------

           Article X of the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  eliminates
the personal  liability of  directors  to the Company and its  stockholders  for
monetary  damages  for breach of  fiduciary  duty as a director  to the  fullest
extent permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                                       50

<PAGE>



   
This provision, however, does not eliminate or limit the liability of a director
(i) for any breach of the director's  duty of loyalty to the Company or its 
stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation  of law,  (iii)  arising  under
Section 174 of the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law (with respect to unlawful
dividend payments and unlawful stock purchases or redemptions),  or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
    

           Additionally,   the  Company  has  included  in  its  Certificate  of
Incorporation and its by-laws  provisions to indemnify its directors,  officers,
employees and agents and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising
out of the  performance  of their duties as directors,  officers,  employees and
agents as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General  Corporation law. The
Delaware  General  Corporation  law provides  further  that the  indemnification
permitted  thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
the  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents  may be  entitled  under  the
Company's by-laws or any agreement, or by vote of stockholders, or otherwise.

           The effect of the foregoing is to require the Company,  to the extent
permitted by law, to indemnify the directors,  officers, employees and agents of
the  Company  for any claim  arising  against  such  persons  in their  official
capacities if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe
his conduct was unlawful.

           In  connection  with the  Offering,  the  Underwriter  has  agreed to
indemnify the Company, its directors, and each person who controls it within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Act with  respect to any  statement  in or omission
from the registration statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto if such  statement  or omission  was made in reliance  upon  information
furnished in writing to the Company by the  Underwriter  specifically  for or in
connection with the preparation of the registration  statement,  the Prospectus,
or any such amendment or supplement thereto.

           Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Act may
be permitted to directors,  officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant
to the foregoing provisions,  the Company has been informed that, in the opinion
of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in
the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

           The Company intends to obtain  liability  insurance  coverage for its
officers and directors in the amount of $1,000,000 per person.

Transfer Agent
- --------------

   
        The transfer agent for the Company's Common Shares is Continental Stock 
Transfer and Trust Company.
    




                                       51

<PAGE>



                                  UNDERWRITING

General
- -------

           Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting  Agreement, a
copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus  is a part,  the  Underwriter  has agreed to purchase  the  1,300,000
Common Shares offered hereby from the Company on a "firm  commitment"  basis, if
any are purchased.  The  Underwriter has advised the Company that it proposes to
offer the Common Shares to the public at a price of $5.00 per Common  Share,  as
set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and that it may allow to certain
dealers who are NASD members  concessions  not to exceed $____ per Common Share,
of which an amount not in excess of $___ per Common  Share may be  reallowed  to
other  dealers  who are  members  of the NASD.  After the  Offering,  the public
offering price, concession and reallowance may be changed by the Underwriter.

           The Company has granted an  Overallotment  Option to the Underwriter,
exercisable  during  the 45 day  period  from  the date of this  Prospectus,  to
purchase up to a maximum of 195,000  additional  Common  Shares at the  Offering
price, less the underwriting discount, to cover overallotments, if any.

           The Underwriting  Agreement  provides for reciprocal  indemnification
between  the  Company  and  the  Underwriter   against  certain  liabilities  in
connection with the Registration Statement,  including liabilities arising under
the Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be
provided to officers,  directors or persons controlling the Company, the Company
has been informed that, in the opinion of the Commission,  such  indemnification
is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

           The Company has agreed to pay to the  Underwriter  a  non-accountable
expense  allowance of equal to 3% of the aggregate  Offering price of the Common
Shares offered  hereby,  including any Common Shares  purchased  pursuant to the
Overallotment Option.

   
           The Company has agreed to sell to the Underwriter,  or its designees,
for an aggregate purchase price of $100, a warrant (the "Underwriter's Warrant")
to  purchase  130,000  Common  Shares.   The  Underwriter's   Warrant  shall  be
exercisable  during a three year period  commencing  one year from the Effective
Date.  Any profits  realized  upon the sale of the Common  Shares  issuable upon
exercise  of  the   Underwriter's   Warrant  may  be  deemed  to  be  additional
underwriting compensation. The exercise price of the Common Shares issuable upon
exercise  of the  Underwriter's  Warrant  shall be $7.50 per share  (150% of the
initial public offering price of the Common  Shares).  The exercise price of the
Underwriter's  Warrant  and the  number of Common  Shares  covered  thereby  are
subject to adjustment in certain events to prevent dilution. For the life of the
Underwriter's  Warrant,  the holders  thereof are given,  at a nominal cost, the
opportunity  to profit from a rise in the market price of the  Company's  Common
Shares with a  resulting  dilution in the  interest of other  stockholders.  The
Company may find it more difficult to raise capital for its
    

                                       52

<PAGE>



business  if  the  need  should  arise  while  the   Underwriter's   Warrant  is
outstanding.  At any time when the holders of the Underwriter's Warrant might be
expected to exercise it, the Company would probably be able to obtain additional
capital on more favorable terms. The Company has granted the Underwriter certain
"demand" and "piggyback"  registration  rights with respect to the Underwriter's
Warrant and the underlying Common Shares.

           Upon the closing of the sale of the Common Shares offered hereby, the
Company will enter into a three year financial  advisory and investment  banking
agreement with the Underwriter,  pursuant to which the Company will be obligated
to pay the Underwriter $100,000 in advance for financial and investment advisory
services to the Company.

   
            Additionally, for a period of three years following the date of this
Prospectus, the Underwriter has been granted the right to purchase from any 
officer, director or holder of 5% or more of the  Company's  Common  Shares,  or
any of their  respective  affiliates (collectively,  the "Insiders"),  for its 
account, or to sell for the account of any of such Insiders, any of the 
Company's securities which the Insiders propose to sell  pursuant  to Rule 144
promulgated  under the Act, on terms at least as favorable as the Insiders can 
secure elsewhere.  
    

           The Company  has also  agreed to have a designee  of the  Underwriter
serve as a director of the Company, or as an observer of the Board of Directors,
for a  period  of  three  years  following  the  date  of this  Prospectus.  See
"Management".

   
           The Insiders and the Selling  Stockholder  have agreed that they will
not transfer any of their Common Shares for a period of two years  following the
date of this  Prospectus  without  the  prior  consent  of the  Underwriter.
The Underwriter has advised the Company that it will not waive the 
transfer restrictions with respect to the Selling Stockholder for 30 days 
following the date of this Prospectus, and that in any event, it has no plans to
waive such transfer restriction prior to its expiration.  However, the 
Underwriter has informed the Company that it may contemplate the waiver of such 
transfer restriction in the future if the sale of the Selling Stockholder's 
Common Shares would not have an adverse effect on the market price of the
Company's Common Shares and the market could sustain such sale.  In addition,  
all other  persons who are  holders of the  Company's  Common  Shares
immediately  prior to the date of this Prospectus have agreed that they will not
transfer  their Common  Shares for a period of six months  following the date of
this Prospectus, without obtaining the prior consent of the Underwriter. See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders".
    

           The  Company has agreed not to issue any  securities  for a period of
three years from the date of this  Prospectus,  without prior written consent of
the  Underwriter  (not  to  be  unreasonably   withheld),   subject  to  certain
exceptions. See "Description of Securities".

           The  Underwriter,  a registered  broker-dealer,  purchases  and sells
securities  on  behalf  of  its  customers.  The  Underwriter  also  engages  in
investment  banking  activities and provides  companies with financial  advisory
services.

   
           The Underwriter does not intend to sell any of the Company's Common 
Shares to accounts for which it exercises discretionary authority.
    

           The foregoing is a summary of certain  provisions of the Underwriting
Agreement  and  Underwriter's  Warrant  which have been filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

                                       53

<PAGE>




Determination of Public Offering Price
- --------------------------------------

           Prior to this  Offering,  there  has been no  public  market  for the
Common Shares.  The initial public offering price for the Common Shares has been
determined by negotiations  between the Company and the  Underwriter.  Among the
factors considered in the negotiations were an analysis of the areas of activity
in which the Company is engaged,  the present state of the  Company's  business,
the Company's financial  condition,  the Company's  prospects,  an assessment of
management,  the general  condition of the securities market at the time of this
Offering and the demand for similar  securities  of  comparable  companies.  The
public offering price of the Shares does not necessarily  bear any  relationship
to assets,  earnings,  book value or other  criteria of value  applicable to the
Company.  See "Risk Factors - Arbitrary Offering Price;  Possible  Volatility of
Stock Price".

           The  Company  anticipates  that the Common  Shares will be listed for
quotation on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol "NCHE", but there can
be no  assurance  that  an  active  trading  market  will  develop,  even if the
securities are accepted for quotation.  The Underwriter intends to make a market
in the Common Shares of the Company.  See "Risk Factors - NASD Complaint Against
Underwriter  and Others  Alleging  Violations  of Exchange Act and NASD Rules of
Fair Practice" and "Risk Factors - Private  Investigation  Concerning Trading in
Securities of Issuer Underwritten by Underwriter".

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

           The validity of the  securities  being offered  hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by Certilman  Balin Adler & Hyman,  LLP, 90 Merrick Avenue,
East Meadow, New York 11554.  Certilman Balin Adler & Hyman, LLP has served, and
continues to serve, as counsel to the  Underwriter in matters  unrelated to this
Offering.  Certain  legal  matters  will be passed upon for the  Underwriter  by
Olshan  Grundman  Frome & Rosenzweig  LLP, 505 Park Avenue,  New York,  New York
10022.

                                     EXPERTS

           The  financial  statements of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and
for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 included in this  Prospectus have
been audited by Moore  Stephens,  P.C., 331 Madison  Avenue,  New York, New York
10017,  independent  certified public accountants,  as set forth in their report
thereon appearing elsewhere herein and are included in reliance upon such report
given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.






                                       54

<PAGE>



                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

           This Prospectus  constitutes part of a Registration Statement on Form
SB-2 filed by the Company with the  Commission  under the Act and omits  certain
information contained in the Registration Statement. Reference is hereby made to
the  Registration  Statement  and to its exhibits for further  information  with
respect  to the  Company  and  the  Common  Shares  offered  hereby.  Statements
contained herein concerning provisions of documents are necessarily summaries of
such documents,  and each statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the copy of the applicable document filed with the Commission.

           The Registration  Statement,  including the exhibits thereto,  may be
inspected  without charge at the public reference  facilities  maintained by the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  Washington,  D.C. 20549,  and at the offices of
the Commission  located at 7 World Trade Center, New York, NY 10048 and Citicorp
Center,  500 West Madison  Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661-2511.
Copies of such material may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission  at 450 Fifth Street,  Washington,  D.C.  20549 at prescribed  rates.
Furthermore,  the  Commission  maintains a Web site that will  contain  reports,
proxy and information  statements and other  information  regarding the Company.
The address of such Web site is http://www.sec.gov.


                                    GLOSSARY

           As used in this  Prospectus,  the terms set forth have the  following
meanings:

amino  glycosides - bactericidal  antibiotics used primarily in the treatment of
gram negative infections.

aspartame - an  artificial  sweetener  (a compound  formed from two amino acids,
phenylalanine and aspartate, and methanol).

bioavailability  - an absolute term that indicates  measurement of both the rate
and total amount  (extent) of  supplement  or nutrient  that reaches the general
circulation from an administered dosage form.

cellulose - a fibrous form of polysaccharide constituting the supporting 
framework of plant.

co-morbid - joint factor related to disease.

cofactor - the substance that activates an enzyme.

dentition - the process and time of teething.

distal - farthest  point of the medical line when  referencing  the anatomy of a
living organism.

                                       55

<PAGE>



diverticulosis - inflammation in the intestinal tract.

elemental magnesium - the absolute amount of the mineral magnesium contained in
the salt presentation (e.g. the amount of magnesium cation in magnesium
L-lactate dihydrate).

enteral - within or by way of the intestine.

enteric - pertaining to the intestinal tract.

enzymatic reaction - a catalytic reaction produced by living cells.

epidemiological - pertaining to the study of infectious disease.

ethical  pharmaceutical  -  refers  to  pharmaceuticals  that are  dependent  on
healthcare professionals' recommendation or prescription for use.

glycemic- condition of sugar or glucose in the blood.

guar - a legume.

gum - any resinlike substance given off by plants.

hemicellulose - a polysaccharide that is intermediate in complexity between 
sugar and cellulose.

intracellular  cation -  magnesium,  potassium,  calcium and sodium are the four
major   cations  or   positively   charged  ions  in  fluids.   Their   relative
concentrations  determine the integrity of the cell membrane and the  electrical
potential of tissues.  All of the cations work together to maintain  proper cell
function.

lignin - a polymer  that  functions  as a natural  binder  and  support  for the
cellulose fiber of woody plants.

lipid - fats that are insoluble in water.

magnesium  L-lactate  dihydrate- a highly soluble  magnesium salt containing 10%
elemental  magnesium  by weight (e.g.  850  milligrams  of  magnesium  L-lactate
dihydrate contains 84 milligrams of elemental magnesium).

metabolic electrolyte - electrically conducting ions, i.e. negatively or 
positively charged atoms, that are associated with the chemical process of 
maintaining life.

myocardial infarction - development of an area of necrotic tissue in the heart.


                                       56

<PAGE>



naso-gastric -  the area between the nasal cavity and the stomach.

nutraceutical - pertaining to nutritional supplements.

pectin - a plant carbohydrate that forms a gelatinous mass.

pentogens - any one of a group of complex carbohydrates found with cellulose in
many woody plants and yielding pentoses, i.e. five-carbon sugars, upon 
hydrolysis.

pharmaceutical  - an oral,  injectable,  liquid,  or  topical  dosage  form of a
chemical entity dispensed by healthcare professionals.

   
pharmacologic  - the activity of a supplement  or nutrient  which will produce a
physiologic or qualitatively different effect in a living organism.
    

physiologic  - the dose of a  naturally  occurring  agent,  within  the range of
concentrations or potencies that would occur naturally, capable of affecting the
activity, functions, and/or processes of a living organism.

polysaccharide - a carbohydrate consisting of a polymer of simple sugars, which,
as a dietary or nutritional supplement,  is capable of affecting the activities,
functions, and/or processes of a living organism.

prophylaxis - the preventive treatment of disease.

renal - pertaining to, or in the region of, the kidneys.

serum - the liquid portion of whole blood.

ventricular arrhythmias - an irregularity of the heart's action affecting one of
the lower chambers of the heart, which propel blood into the arteries.

                                       57

<PAGE>

                        


NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


INDEX
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                                                    Page to Page

Independent Auditor's Report....................................... F-1....

Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1996 
[Unaudited] and December 31, 1995.................................. F-2....  F-3

Statements of Operations for the nine 
months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995
[Unaudited] and for the years ended 
December 31, 1995 and 1994......................................... F-4....

Statements of  Stockholders'  [Deficit] 
for the nine months ended September 30,
1996 [Unaudited] and for the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1994......................................... F-5....

Statements of Cash Flows for the nine 
months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995
[Unaudited] and for the years ended 
December 31, 1995 and 1994......................................... F-6....  F-7

Notes to Financial Statements...................................... F-8.... F-17




                          . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


<PAGE>






                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
   Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
   Roanoke, Texas


                  We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheet  of  Niche
Pharmaceuticals,  Inc. as of December 31, 1995,  and the related  statements  of
operations, stockholders' [deficit], and cash flows for each of the two years in
the  period  ended  December  31,  1995.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

                  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial  statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.  We believe  that our audits  provide a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

                  In our opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred to above
present  fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of Niche
Pharmaceuticals, Inc. as of December 31, 1995, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period  ended  December  31,
1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                  The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  prepared
assuming  that the Company  will  continue as a going  concern.  As shown in the
financial statements and as discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the
Company has  suffered  recurring  losses  since its  inception  in 1991;  has an
accumulated deficit at December 31, 1995 of $617,961;  and has a working capital
deficit of $67,504. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company's
ability to continue as a going  concern.  Management's  plans in regard to these
matters are  described in Note 3. The  financial  statements  do not include any
adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.



                                   
                                   MOORE STEPHENS, P.C.
                                   Certified Public Accountants.

New York, New York
November 15, 1996




                                       F-1


<PAGE>

NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE SHEETS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                            September 30,        December 31,
                                               1 9 9 6              1 9 9 5
                                             [Unaudited]

Assets:
Current Assets:
   Cash                                    $        21,237     $       156,772
   Accounts Receivable                             217,188              84,656
   Inventory                                        56,729             105,401
                                           ---------------     ---------------

   Total Current Assets                            295,154             346,829
                                           ---------------     ---------------

Property and Equipment - Net                        13,724              20,173
                                           ---------------     ---------------

Other Assets:
   Intangible Assets - Net                       1,059,740           1,140,166
   Miscellaneous Receivable and Deposit              1,027               6,028
   Deferred Offering Costs                          47,364                  --
                                           ---------------     ---------------

   Total Other Assets                            1,108,131           1,146,194
                                           ---------------     ---------------

   Total Assets                            $     1,417,009     $     1,513,196
                                           ===============     ===============


Substantially all assets are pledged.

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                       F-2

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


BALANCE SHEETS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         September 30,        December 31,
                                                            1 9 9 6              1 9 9 5
                                                          [Unaudited]
<S>                                                   <C>                  <C>   

Liabilities and Stockholders' [Deficit]:
Current Liabilities:
   Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses               $       121,150     $        73,952
   Note Payable - Bank                                         300,000             300,000
   Current Portion of Long-Term Debt                            42,952              40,381
   Notes Payable - Product Acquisition and Financing           200,000                  --
                                                       ---------------     ---------------

   Total Current Liabilities                                   664,102             414,333
                                                       ---------------     ---------------

Long-Term Liabilities:
   Long-Term Debt - Less Current Maturities                     70,873             103,679
   Note Payable - Product Acquisition and Financing            931,584           1,046,780
   Notes Payable - Stockholders                                407,987             465,365
                                                       ---------------     ---------------

   Total Long-Term Liabilities                               1,410,444           1,615,824
                                                       ---------------     ---------------

Commitments and Contingencies [14]                                   --                  --
                                                       ---------------     ---------------

Stockholders' [Deficit]:
   Preferred Stock, $.01 Par Value, 2,000,000 Shares
     Authorized, No Shares Issued and Outstanding                   --                  --

   Common Stock, $.00105 Par Value, 15,000,000 Shares
     Authorized, 1,001,500 and 1,000,000 Shares Issued
     and Outstanding in 1996 and 1995, Respectively              1,052               1,050

   Additional Paid-in Capital                                   99,960              99,950

   Accumulated [Deficit]                                      (758,549)           (617,961)
                                                       ---------------     ---------------

   Total Stockholders' [Deficit]                              (657,537)           (516,961)
                                                       ---------------     ---------------

   Total Liabilities and Stockholders' [Deficit]       $     1,417,009     $     1,513,196
                                                       ===============     ===============

</TABLE>




The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Nine months ended                          Years ended
                                           September 30,                           December 31,
                                    1 9 9 6             1 9 9 5             1 9 9 5              1 9 9 4
                                    -------             -------             -------              -------
                                  [Unaudited]         [Unaudited]

Revenues:
- ---------

<S>                             <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>   

   
Sales - Net                     $       906,744    $        323,553    $       540,121     $       415,330
Other Revenues                               --              66,147             66,147                   --
                                ---------------    ----------------    ---------------      --------------
   Total Revenues                       906,744             389,700            606,268             415,330
    

Cost of Sales                           342,362              86,113            183,146             135,472
                                ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Gross Profit                         564,382             303,587            423,122             279,858

Selling, General and 
   Administrative Expenses              563,612             211,682            334,941             275,350
                                ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Income from Operations                   770              91,905             88,181               4,508
                                ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

Other [Expense] Income:
   Interest Expense                    (144,042)            (55,056)           (91,800)            (67,274)
   Interest Income                        2,684                 918              2,616                 426
                                ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Other [Expense]                     (141,358)            (54,138)           (89,184)            (66,848)
                                ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Net [Loss] Income            $      (140,588)   $         37,767    $        (1,003)    $       (62,340)
                                ===============    ================    ===============     ===============

   Net [Loss] Income Per 
    Share                       $          (.13)   $            .03    $            --     $          (.06)
                                ===============    ================    ===============     ===============

   Weighted Average Number
     of Shares                        1,101,500           1,101,500          1,101,500           1,101,500
                                ===============    ================    ===============     ===============
</TABLE>



The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                       F-4

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' [DEFICIT]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Common Stock              Additional                             Total
                                    Number of         Par Value         Paid-in          Accumulated      Stockholders'
                                     Shares           [$.00105]         Capital           [Deficit]         [Deficit]
                                     ------                             -------            -------           ------- 
<S>                            <C>                <C>              <C>                <C>                <C>           

Balance - January 1,
   1994                                 950,000   $          998   $             2    $     (554,618)    $     (553,618)

   Stock Issuance                        27,500               28            54,972                --             55,000

   Net [Loss]                                --               --                --           (62,340)           (62,340)
                                ---------------   --------------   ---------------    --------------     --------------

Balance - December 31,
   1994                                 977,500            1,026            54,974          (616,958)          (560,958)

   Stock Issuance                        22,500               24            44,976                --             45,000

   Net [Loss]                                --               --                --            (1,003)            (1,003)
                                ---------------   --------------   ---------------    --------------     --------------

Balance - December 31,
   1995                               1,000,000            1,050            99,950          (617,961)          (516,961)

   Stock Issuance                         1,500                2                10                --                 12

   Net [Loss]                                --               --                --          (140,588)          (140,588)
                                ---------------   --------------   ---------------    --------------     --------------

Balance - September 30,
   1996 [Unaudited]                   1,001,500   $        1,052   $        99,960    $     (758,549)    $     (657,537)
                                ===============   ==============   ===============    ==============     ==============
</TABLE>



The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                       F-5

<PAGE>

NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Nine months ended                          Years ended
                                                          September 30,                           December 31,
                                                   1 9 9 6             1 9 9 5             1 9 9 5              1 9 9 4
                                                   -------             -------             -------              -------
                                                 [Unaudited]         [Unaudited]
<S>                                            <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>          
Operating Activities:
   Net [Loss] Income                           $      (140,588)   $         37,767    $        (1,003)    $       (62,340)
                                               ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------
   Adjustments to Reconcile Net [Loss]
     Income to Net Cash [Used for]
     Provided by Operating Activities:
     Depreciation and Amortization                      88,044              25,081             51,626              33,997
     Amortization of Imputed Interest
       Discount                                         84,804                  --             18,845                  --

   Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
     [Increase] Decrease in:
       Accounts Receivable                            (132,532)            (16,315)           (61,139)              2,119
       Inventory                                        48,673              (3,158)           (94,514)             17,162
       Other Assets                                      5,000              (5,000)            (5,488)                463

     Increase [Decrease] in:
       Accounts Payable and Accrued
         Expenses                                       47,198             (28,995)             2,516             (34,656)
                                               ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

     Total Adjustments                                 141,187             (28,387)           (88,154)             19,085
                                               ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Net Cash - Operating Activities                         559               9,380            (89,157)            (43,255)
                                               ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

Investing Activities:
   Purchases of Property and
     Equipment                                          (1,169)             (7,480)           (14,745)               (407)
   Payment for Purchases of Intangible
     Assets                                                 --                  --            (59,469)                 --
                                               ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Net Cash - Investing Activities                      (1,169)             (7,480)           (74,214)               (407)
                                               ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

Financing Activities:
   Principal Payments on Long-Term
     Debt                                              (30,235)            (30,138)           (35,381)            (33,720)
   Principal Payments on Notes Payable -
     Stockholders                                      (57,378)             (2,300)           (33,974)                 --
   Proceeds of Note Payable - Bank                          --                  --            300,000                  --
   Proceeds from the Issuance of
     Capital Stock                                          12              45,000             45,000              55,000
   [Repayment] Proceeds of
     Stockholders' Loans                                    --             (14,300)           (14,300)             14,300
   Payment for Deferred Offering Costs                 (47,364)                 --                 --               --
                                                    -----------             ------             -------             ----

   Net Cash - Financing Activities                    (134,965)             (1,738)           261,345              35,580
                                               ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Net [Decrease] Increase in Cash                    (135,535)                162             97,974              (8,082)

Cash - Beginning of Periods                            156,772              58,798             58,798              66,880
                                               ---------------    ----------------    ---------------     ---------------

   Cash - End of Periods                       $        21,237    $         58,960    $       156,772     $        58,798
                                               ===============    ================    ===============     ===============
</TABLE>

The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                       F-6

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Nine months ended              Years ended
                                                          September 30,               December 31,
                                                   1 9 9 6         1 9 9 5      1 9 9 5       1 9 9 4
                                                   -------         -------      -------       -------
                                                 [Unaudited]    [Unaudited]
<S>                                              <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>   
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
   Cash paid during the periods for:
     Interest                                    $    65,838    $   55,548      $96,046       $76,769
</TABLE>

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:
   The Company  purchased  the rights,  title and  interest in a  pharmaceutical
product [See Note 4]. In connection with the purchase, the Company paid $200,000
during 1995 and assumed an obligation discounted to its net present value at the
date of  acquisition of $1,227,935  [net of discount of $472,065].  The $200,000
paid at closing  was used to  purchase  inventory  and a portion  of  intangible
assets.





The Accompanying Notes are an Integral Part of These Financial Statements.

                                       F-7

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
[Information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 is
 Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[1] Principles of Organization and Business

Niche  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  [the  "Company"],  was
incorporated  pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware on October 14, 1996.
The Company is the successor to Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Texas corporation
["Niche Pharmaceuticals - Texas"] which was incorporated pursuant to the laws of
the  State  of  Texas in  1991.  The  Company  was  organized  to  enable  Niche
Pharmaceuticals  - Texas to merge with and into the Company in November  1996 in
order to effectuate a reincorporation in the State of Delaware.  Pursuant to the
terms of the  merger,  the  Company  effectuated  a 1.25 to 1 stock split of all
shares of common stock on the date of merger.  These  financial  statements have
been prepared giving retroactive effect to the merger.

   
The  Company   manufactures,   through  contract   manufacturers,   markets  and
distributes  non-prescription pharmaceutical and nutraceutical dietary 
supplement products. The pharmaceutical and nutraceutical industry is 
characterized by extensive research efforts,  rapid technological  progress and 
intense competition.  There are many public  and   private   companies,  engaged
in developing and  marketing pharmaceuticals and nutraceuticals,  that represent
significant  competition to the Company.
    

[2] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

[A] Use of Estimates - The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities,  the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the  financial  statements,  and the  reported  amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

[B]  Economic  Dependency  - The  Company  has  an  exclusive  agreement  with a
pharmaceutical manufacturer and distributor for the manufacture and packaging of
one of its products. The initial term of the such agreement expires in July 1997
and is  automatically  renewable for successive  two year terms,  unless written
notice of  termination  is given by either  party at least one year prior to the
expiration  of the initial or a  successive  term.  Neither  party has given any
notice of  termination.  Accordingly,  the expiration date of this agreement has
been  extended to July 1999.  The terms of this  agreement  provide that, in the
event  of  early  termination  by  such   manufacturer  and  distributor,   such
manufacturer and distributor will, at the Company's request, provide the Company
with a supply of up to the total  amount of product  purchased by the Company in
the previous year. If the  relationship  with such  manufacturer and distributor
were to cease, the Company believes,  but cannot assure, that it will be able to
engage an  alternative  manufacturer  on comparable  terms to such  agreement to
manufacture such product at comparable levels.

   
The Company's other product is being  manufactured by another  manufacturer  and
distributor,  pursuant  to an  agreement  which  expires on December  31,  1996.
Pursuant to such  agreement,  the  manufacturer  and distributor is obligated to
manufacture this product in sufficient  quantity to meet the Company's projected
sales needs,  which the Company  estimates to be approximately  $1,000,000  for
1997.  By the second quarter of 1997, the Company  expects to engage another
third party  contractor to  manufacture  this product. The Company is currently 
investigating such manufacturing  options and believes,  but cannot assure, that
there will be no difficulty engaging another contract manufacturer.
    

The Company  earned a substantial  portion of its revenues  from four  customers
during each of the years ended  December 31, 1995 and 1994.  Revenues from these
customers  were  approximately  25%,  16%,  13% and 13% of  operating  revenues,
exclusive of amounts  received in  settlement  with a supplier  [See Note 14] in
1995 and 22%, 16%, 11% and 10% of operating  revenues in 1994.  Amounts included
in accounts  receivable  from these customers were $13,118,  $5,198,  $5,045 and
$7,417 at December 31, 1995.  The loss of any one of these  customers may have a
substantial adverse effect on the Company.

                                       F-8

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #2
[Information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 is
 Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[2] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Continued]

[C]  Concentration  of Credit Risk - The Company extends credit to its customers
which  results  in  accounts   receivable   arising  from  its  normal  business
activities.  The Company does not require  collateral  from its  customers,  but
routinely  assesses the  financial  strength of the  customers  and,  based upon
factors  surrounding  the  credit  risk  of the  customers,  believes  that  its
receivable  credit  risk  exposure is limited.  Such  estimate of the  financial
strength of the customers may be subject to change in the near term.

[D] Inventories - Inventories,  which consist solely of finished  products,  are
stated at the  lower of cost or  market.  Cost is  determined  on the  first-in,
first-out [FIFO] method.

[E]  Property  and  Equipment - Property  and  equipment  are  recorded at cost.
Expenditures  for normal  repairs  and  maintenance  are  charged to earnings as
incurred.  When assets are retired or  otherwise  disposed  of,  their costs and
related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting
gains or losses are included in operations.  Depreciation  and  amortization are
recorded using the straight-line  method over the shorter of the estimated lives
of the related asset or the remaining lease term.  Estimated useful lives are as
follows:

Office Equipment                               5 - 7 Years
Computer Equipment                                 5 Years
Furniture and Fixtures                         5 - 7 Years
Leasehold Improvements                             5 Years

[F] Intangibles - Intangibles  include  contract  rights,  trademarks,  patents,
educational materials,  clinical data, covenants-not-to compete and organization
costs.  Amortization  of  intangibles is being  recognized on the  straight-line
method  based upon the  economic  lives of the assets.  The Company  continually
reevaluates  the carrying  values of these  assets,  by reviewing  the estimated
useful lives to  determine  whether  current  events and  circumstances  warrant
adjustments to the carrying  value and estimates of useful lives.  At this time,
the Company believes that no significant impairment of these assets has occurred
and that no reduction of the  estimated  useful  lives is  warranted.  Estimated
useful lives are as follows:

Contract Rights                                   15 Years
Trademarks                                     10-15 Years
Patent                                            17 Years
Educational Materials, Clinical Data and
   Covenant-not-to Compete                         7 Years
Organization Costs                                 5 Years

   
[G] Deferred Offering Costs - These costs represent legal and accounting fees in
connection  with the proposed  public  offering of the  Company's  common stock.
These costs will be charged to additional paid-in capital upon completion of the
proposed public offering.  If the offering is not completed, these costs will be
expensed.
    

[H] Earnings Per Share - Earnings per share are based on 1,101,500 shares issued
for all periods  presented  including the 100,000 shares in the bridge financing
[See Note 16A].  Shares or equivalents  issued within a one year period prior to
the initial filing of the initial public offering of the registration  statement
are treated as outstanding for all periods presented.

[I]  Advertising and Marketing - Advertising  and marketing  expense,  primarily
comprised of print media  distributed  to current and  potential  customers,  is
expensed as incurred.  Advertising and marketing expense amounted to $40,397 and
$48,206 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.



                                       F-9

<PAGE>

NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #3
[Information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 is
 Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[2] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Continued]

[J] Stock  Options  and Similar  Equity  Instruments  Issued to  Employees - The
Company  uses the  intrinsic  value  method to  recognize  compensation  expense
related to stock  options and similar  equity  instruments  issued to employees,
which is based on the  difference  between the fair  market  value of the common
stock and the exercise price at the grant date.

[K] Cash and Cash Equivalents - The Company considers all highly liquid invest-
ments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash 
equivalents.  The Company had no cash equivalents at December 31, 1995.

[3] Going Concern

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been prepared in conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles which contemplates  continuation of the
Company as a going concern,  and the realization of assets and the  satisfaction
of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business.  As of December
31,  1995,  the Company  had an  accumulated  deficit of $617,961  and a working
capital  deficit of $67,504.  

The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent  upon the
success of the Company's  marketing efforts and its ability to obtain sufficient
funding to continue operations. The Company has been funded through December 31,
1995 by loans from its  principal  stockholders,  and  through  third party debt
which has been guaranteed by various  stockholders and by the sale of stock [See
Notes  7, 8 and 9].  The  ability  of the  Company  to  effect  its  transition,
ultimately,  to  profitable  operations  is dependent  upon  obtaining  adequate
financing  through a private  placement or initial public offering and achieving
an increase in  revenues.  The  Company has  acquired a product  that has proven
market  acceptance and management  plans to increase  revenues by  substantially
increasing  its  marketing  activities  both in and outside  the United  States.
Management believes that these plans can be effectively  implemented in the next
twelve months.  There can be no assurance that  management will be successful in
these  endeavors.  The  Company's  ability  to  continue  as a going  concern is
dependent  on the  implementation  and  success of these  plans.  The  financial
statements do not include any  adjustments in the event the Company is unable to
continue as a going concern [See Notes 16A and 16B].

[4] Product Acquisition and Financing

On  October  17,  1995,  pursuant  to  an  agreement  between  a  pharmaceutical
manufacturer  and the  Company,  the Company  purchased  all  rights,  title and
interest to a product  manufactured by such  pharmaceutical  manufacturer.  Such
agreement  requires the Company to pay the greater of  $1,700,000  [$200,000 was
paid at the date of acquisition] or 20% of the annual product sales payable over
a five year  installment  period  with a maximum  payment  of  $3,000,000.  Such
installment  plan did not  include a stated  rate of  interest,  therefore,  the
payments were  discounted to a net present value of $1,227,935  using an imputed
interest  rate of 11% which  resulted  in a discount  of  $472,065  that will be
amortized over the life of the agreement  using the effective  interest  method.
The note is guaranteed by the principal stockholder of the Company.

The following is a summary of the minimum payments  required to be made March 31
of each year indicated below under this agreement as of December 31, 1995:

Years Ending                             Minimum Payment Due
December 31,
   1997                                   $      200,000
   1998                                          250,000
   1999                                          300,000
   2000                                          350,000
   2001                                          400,000
                                          --------------

   Total                                       1,500,000
   Less: Unamortized Discounts                   453,220

     Net Present Value Due                $    1,046,780
     ---------------------                ==============

                                      F-10

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #4
[Information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 is
 Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[4] Product Acquisition [Continued]

The cost of this product was allocated to the following assets:

   Asset                               Amount

Inventory                           $      140,531
Trademark                                  300,000
Educational Materials                       50,000
Clinical Data                              200,000
Covenant-not-to Compete                    100,000
Contract Rights                            437,404
                                    --------------

   Total                            $    1,227,935
   -----                            ==============

Interest  expense from  discount  amortization  amounted to $18,845 for the year
ended December 31, 1995.

[5] Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 1995:

Furniture and Fixtures              $       21,289
Machinery and Equipment                     19,283
Leasehold Improvements                       7,527
                                    --------------

Total                                       48,099
Less:  Accumulated Depreciation             27,926

   Total                            $       20,173
   -----                            ==============

Depreciation  expense for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 amounted to
$5,250 and $4,148, respectively.

[6] Intangibles

Intangibles consist of the following at December 31, 1995:

                                     Original Cost

Contract Rights                     $      442,404
Organizational Costs                       122,039
Patents                                     84,000
Trademarks                                 303,000
Educational Material                        50,000
Clinical Data                              200,000
Covenant-not-to Compete                    100,000
                                    --------------

Total                                    1,301,443
Less:  Accumulated Amortization           (161,277)

   Total                            $    1,140,166
   -----                            ==============

Amortization  expense for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 amounted to
$46,376 and $29,849, respectively.

                                      F-11

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #5
[Information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 is
 Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[7] Long-Term Debt

Long-term  debt consists of a note payable to a bank, in the original  principal
amount of $250,000 payable with interest currently  calculated at the prime rate
plus 2.25%  [10.75% at  December  31,  1995].  Such  interest  rate is  adjusted
annually.  The amount due is payable in monthly  installments  of  approximately
$4,400  including  principal  and  interest  through  April  1999.  The  note is
collateralized by the Company's accounts receivable, inventory, working capital,
intangibles  and  the  common  shares  of the  Company  held  by  its  principal
stockholder.  In  addition,  the  repayment  of the  note is  guaranteed  by the
Company's  principal  stockholder  and,  in part,  by the  United  States  Small
Business Administration.

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 1995:

Total Long-Term Debt                $      144,060
Less: Current Portion                       40,381
                                    --------------

   Total                            $      103,679
   -----                            ==============

At December 31, 1995, aggregate maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

Year Ending                               Amount
December 31,
   1996                             $       40,381
   1997                                     42,663
   1998                                     48,683
   1999                                     12,333
                                    --------------

   Total                            $      144,060
   -----                            ==============

Interest expense on this debt for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 was
$17,747 and $17,340, respectively.

[8] Note Payable - Bank

Pursuant to an agreement dated October 11, 1995, the Company  borrowed  $300,000
from a bank,  evidenced by a note payable. The note bears interest at the bank's
prime rate plus 1% [calculated  at 9.50% at December 31, 1995].  Interest is due
quarterly  and the note  matures on October 11, 1996 [See Notes 9 and 15C].  The
note payable is unsecured and  guaranteed by a stockholder  of the Company.  The
stockholders'  notes payable are subordinated to this debt.  Interest expense on
this note for the year ended December 31, 1995 was $6,600.  The weighted average
interest rate in this  short-term  debt was 9.5% for the year ended December 31,
1995.

   
[9[ Notes Payable - Stockholders                        December 31, 1995
    

Unsecured note to stockholder,  interest at
10% per annum, made January 11, 1991 in the
original amount of $500,000, due January 11,
1998 with automatic renewal of one year 
periods until written notice of termination
at least 30 days prior to the end of the 
initial or any renewal term.                            $  352,865

Unsecured note to stockholder, interest at 
10% per annum, made December 10, 1991 in the
in the original amount of $37,500, due January
10, 1998, unless accelerated pursuant to the 
terms of the agreement.                                     37,500
                                                            ------

Total - Forward                                         $  390,365

                                      F-12

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #6
[Information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 is
 Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   
[9] Notes Payable - Stockholders
                                                        December 31, 1995
    

Total - Forwarded                                       $  390,365

Unsecured note to stockholder, interest at 10%
per annum, made December 10, 1991 in the 
original amount of $37,500, due January 10, 
1998, unless accelerated pursuant to the terms
of the agreement.                                           37,500

Unsecured note to stockholder, interest at 10%
per annum, made December 10, 1991 in the 
original amount of $37,500, due January 10,
1998, unless accelerated pursuant to the terms
of the agreement.                                           37,500
                                                        ----------
   Total Notes Payable - Long-Term                      $  465,365
   -------------------------------                      ==========

At December 31, 1995, aggregate maturities of notes payable - stockholders is as
follows:

Year Ending
December 31,
   1996                             $            --
   1997                                          --
   1998                                     465,365
                                    ---------------

     Total                          $       465,365
     -----                          ===============

These notes are subordinated to the note payable - bank [See Note 8].

Interest expense on the notes for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 was
$48,608 and $49,934, respectively.

[10] Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Generally accepted  accounting  principles require disclosing the fair value, to
the extent  practicable,  for  financial  instruments  which are  recognized  or
unrecognized in the balance sheet.  The fair value of the financial  instruments
disclosed therein is not necessarily  representative of the amount that could be
realized  or  settled,   nor  does  the  fair  value  amount  consider  the  tax
consequences of realization on settlement.  For certain  financial  instruments,
including  cash,  accounts  receivable,  payables and accrued  expenses,  it was
estimated that the carrying value approximates fair value because of the near
term maturities of such obligations.  Management believes that the fair value of
the Company's stockholders' debt approximates its carrying value. The fair value
of the product financing, long-term  debt and  notes  payable - bank is based on
current  rates at which the  Company  could  borrow  funds at similar  rates and
maturities. The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value.

[11] Income Taxes

   
For  financial  reporting  purposes,  at December 31, 1995,  the Company has net
operating loss carry forwards of $595,000 expiring by 2010. The Tax Reform Act
of 1986 includes  provisions  which may limit the net operating loss carry 
forwards available  for  use in  any  given  year  if  certain  events  occur,  
including significant  changes  in  stock  ownership.  If the  Company  is  
successful  in completing  an  initial  public  offering  [See Note  15E],  
utilization  of the Company's  net  operating  loss carry forwards  to offset  
future  income may be limited due to income tax regulations  regarding  
substantial changes in company ownership.
    
                                      F-13

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #7
[Information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 is
 Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[11] Income Taxes [Continued]

   
The expiration dates of net operating loss carry forwards are as follows:
    

December 31,                           Amount

   2006                             $  114,000
   2007                                289,000
   2008                                126,000
   2009                                 52,000
   2010                                 14,000
                                    ----------

   Total                            $  595,000
   -----                            ==========

   
A deferred tax asset arising  primarily  from the benefits of net operating loss
carry forwards  of approximately  $202,000 is offset by an allowance of $202,000
due to the uncertainty of its ultimate realization.
    

[12] Stockholders'  Deficiency

The  Company  originally  sold  20,000  shares of stock at $5 per share  [50,000
shares as adjusted for stock splits] during the period  November 1, 1994 through
March 31, 1995 in a private placement.

   
During 1994, the Board of Directors  declared a 3.8 to 1 split. In addition,  in
February  1996,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a 2 to 1 stock  split  for
stockholders of record. In addition, as part of the reincorporation of the 
Company in Delaware, the Company also effectuated a 1.25 to 1 stock split.
The financial  statements have been retroactively  restated to reflect  all such
stock  splits  which  reduced  the par value of the  Company's shares from $.01 
to $.00105.
    

Preferred Shares - Pursuant to the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation  [the
"Certificate of Incorporation"], preferred stock may be issued by the Company in
the  future  without  stockholder  approval  and upon such terms as the Board of
Directors may determine.  The rights of holders of common shares will be subject
to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred
shares that may be issued in the future.

[13] Other Related Party Transactions

   
Until September 1996, the Company leased its office and warehouse space on a 
month to month basis from its president and principal  stockholder [See Note
15B].  Rental expense for the office and warehouse for the years ended  
December 31, 1995 and 1994 was $16,749 and $15,261, respectively.
    

[14] Commitments and Contingencies

The Company  reached a  settlement  in its lawsuit  with a supplier in which the
Company  sought a recovery  from such  supplier  for damages it  sustained  as a
result  of  conduct  on the  part  of  such  supplier  pertaining  to one of its
products. The Company received net proceeds of $66,147 during 1995 and agreed to
terminate all litigation in return. Such amount has been included in revenue for
the year ended December 31, 1995.

The Company  leases  equipment for its operations  under five (5)  noncancelable
operating leases expiring at various dates through November 1998.



                                      F-14

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #8
[Information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 is
 Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[14] Commitments and Contingencies [Continued]

Future minimum rental payments under the above noncancelable operating leases as
of December 31, 1995 are as follows:

Years ending                            Amount
December 31,
   1996                             $   39,735
   1997                                 36,293
   1998                                 30,806
                                    ----------

   Total                            $  106,834
   -----                            ==========

[15] Subsequent Events

[A] 1996 Stock  Option Plan - In February  1996,  the Board of  Directors of the
Company  adopted,  and the stockholders of the Company approved the adoption of,
the 1996 Stock Option Plan [the "1996 Stock Plan"] which  provides for the grant
of options for the purchase of up to 131,250 common shares of the Company.

In February 1996,  pursuant to the 1996 Stock Plan,  the Company  granted to two
directors of the Company  options to purchase  12,500 and 75,000 common  shares,
respectively, at an exercise price of $1.50 per share.

In July 1996,  pursuant to the 1996 Option Plan, the Company  granted to each of
two other  directors  options to purchase  12,500  common  shares at an exercise
price of $1.50 per share.  The options vest to the extent of 20% per year over a
period of five years commencing in July 1997 and terminate in July 2006.

[B] Lease of Premises - In September  1996, the principal  stockholder  sold the
office  and  warehouse  premises  to a third  party  [See  Note  13].  Effective
September  1996,  the  Company  entered  into a  five  (5)  year  noncancellable
operating  lease with the new  owners of the same  premises.  The  lease,  which
expires in August of 2001,  requires  an annual  rental of $24,000 for the first
year,  with annual  increases  of $2,400 each year for the next three (3) years.
The  Company  has the  option  to renew the lease for a period of up to five (5)
years at a monthly rental of $2,600. The Company pays property taxes, insurance,
utilities and certain repairs related to the leased property.

[C] Renewal of Note Payable - Bank - On October 11, 1996,  this note was renewed
by the bank with a maturity date of October 11, 1997,  with terms similar to the
original note payable [See Note 8].

[16] Subsequent Events [Unaudited]

   
[A] Bridge Loan - In December  1996, the Company  borrowed  $100,000 in a bridge
loan  financing  from  unaffiliated  persons  at the rate of 10%  simple  annual
interest.  Such  loans are to be repaid at the  earlier  of the  closing  of the
proposed  public  offering  or the first  anniversary  date of the  bridge  loan
closing. In further consideration of the bridge loan, the Company issued 100,000
shares  of  common  stock.  The fair  value of the  common  stock at the date of
issuance,  of  approximately  $400,000 will be recorded as a deferred  financing
cost and  amortized  over the lesser of a one year term or the life of the debt.
The shares of common stock will be  registered  as part of the proposed  initial
public offering.
    

                                      F-15

<PAGE>



NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #9
[Information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 is
 Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[16] Subsequent Events [Unaudited] [Continued]

[B] Proposed  Initial Public  Offering - The Company is offering for public sale
1,300,000  shares of common  stock at a price of $5.00 per  share.  Although  no
assurance  can be given  that  the  proposed  initial  public  offering  will be
successful,  the Company  intends to utilize the net proceeds  from the proposed
initial public offering of approximately $5,240,000 for the partial repayment of
debt,  product  acquisition,  research  and  development,  hiring of  additional
personnel and working capital purposes.

[C] 1996 Senior  Executive  Stock Option Plan - This Plan provides for the grant
of  options  to a certain  management  group for the  purchase  of up to 405,000
common shares of the Company.  The 1996 Executive Plan provides for the grant to
executives  and  directors  of the Company  options to purchase  405,000  common
shares of the  Company,  respectively,  at an exercise  price of $5.00 per share
[the "Executive  Plan  Options"].  The Executive Plan Options shall terminate in
2006 and vest in one-third  increments in each of 1998,  1999 and 2000 following
the issuance of audited  financial  statements for the prior year,  provided the
Company's  cumulative pre-tax income from operations  exceeds $300,000,  without
giving  effect to any charge to  earnings  resulting  from an issuance of common
shares to bridge  lenders  [See Note 16A],  $3,000,000  and  $7,500,000  for the
fiscal years ending December 31, 1997,  December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1999,
respectively [the "Cumulative Goals"]. In the event a particular Cumulative Goal
is not reached through December 31 of any given year, the particular installment
of such  Executive Plan Options will  nevertheless  vest in a future year if the
Cumulative Goal for a succeeding year is met.

[D] 1996  Non-Executive  Stock Option Plan - This Plan provides for the grant of
options to employees of the Company other than to eligible  optionees  under the
1996 Senior Executive Stock Option Plan to purchase up to 150,000 common shares.
No options have been granted under the 1996 Non-Executive Stock Option Plan.

[E] Consulting Agreement - Pursuant to the proposed underwriting agreement,  the
Company  anticipates  entering into a three-year  consulting  agreement with the
underwriter to provide  services with its mergers and  acquisitions  and general
business management. The fee for such services will be $100,000.

[F]  Employment  Agreement  - The  Company  intends to enter into an  employment
agreement with the President and Chief Executive  Officer,  and  Executive  Vice
President on the closing date of the initial public offering for an initial term
of three  years,  providing  for a salary of $120,000  and  $96,000,  per annum,
respectively.

   
[G]  Underwriter's  Purchase  Warrants  - As a part of the consideration  of its
services in  connection  with the Company's  proposed  initial  public  offering
described  herein  [See  Note  16B],  the  Company  has  agreed  to issue to the
underwriter,  for  nominal  consideration,  warrants to  purchase up to 130,000
shares of common stock at an exercise price of 150% of the public offering price
of such shares, such warrants being exercisable for a three year period 
commencing  one year after the effective date of the proposed initial public 
offering. The non-cash cost of such warrants,  representing  a cost of raising  
capital,  will be  approximately $277,000  and will be  recorded as a charge and
credit to  stockholders'  equity when the warrants are issued.

[H]  Line of Credit - Related Party - In January 1997 the Company was extended a
$150,000 line of credit from a related party.  $75,000 of this facility was 
drawn upon in January 1997.  Any amounts drawn on the line are to be repaid
on the first anniversary of the effective date of the initial public offering.
Interest is payable on demand at an annual rate of 10 percent.  In further
consideration for the loan, the Company will issue warrants to purchase 
30,000 shares of the Company's common stock.  Such warrants become exercisable 
for a five year period commencing on the first anniversary date of the initial 
public offering at $6 per share.
    


                                      F-16

<PAGE>


NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #10
[Information as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 is
 Unaudited]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   
[16] Subsequent Events [Unaudited}{Continued}
    
   
[H]  Line of Credit - Related Party [Continued} - The fair value of the warrants
at the date of issuance, of approximately $94,000, will be recorded as a debt 
discount and will be amortized over the term of the debt into interest expense.
    

[17] Authoritative Pronouncements [Continued]

   
The Financial Accounting Standards Board ["FASB"] issued the Statement of 
FInancial Accounting Standards ["SFAS"] No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," in March of
1995, SFAS No. 121 establishes accounting standards for the impairment of long-
lived assets, certain identifiable intangibles, and goodwill related to those
assets to be held and used, and for long-lived assets and certain identifiable 
intangibles to be disposed of.  SFAS No. 121 is effective for financial 
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995.  The
Company implemented SFAS No. 121 on January 1, 1996. In addition, because the 
long lived assets are deemed material to the total assets of the Company, an 
impairment of such long lived assets would have a material impact on the 
Company's financial statements.  As of September 30, 1996, management does not 
believe an impairment of such long lived assets exists.
    

The  FASB  has  also   issued  SFAS  No.  123,   "Accounting   for   Stock-Based
Compensation,"  in October 1995.  SFAS No. 123 uses a fair value based method of
recognition for stock options and similar equity instruments issued to employees
as contrasted to the intrinsic  valued based method of accounting  prescribed by
Accounting Principles Board ["APB"] Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued
to  Employees."  The  optional  recognition  requirements  of SFAS  No.  123 are
effective  for  transactions  entered  into in fiscal  years  that  begin  after
December  15,  1995.  The  Company  will  continue  to apply  Opinion  No. 25 in
recognizing its stock based employee arrangements.  The disclosure  requirements
of SFAS  No.  123 are  effective  for  financial  statements  for  fiscal  years
beginning   after  December  15,  1995.  The  Company   adopted  the  disclosure
requirements  on January 1, 1996. SFAS 123 also applies to transactions in which
an entity  issues  its equity  instruments  to acquire  goods or  services  from
non-employees.  Those transactions must be accounted for based on the fair value
of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued,
whichever  is more  reliably  measurable.  This  requirement  is  effective  for
transactions entered into after December 15, 1995.

[18] Unaudited Interim Statements

The  financial  statements  as of September  30, 1996 and for the periods  ended
September 30, 1996 and 1995 are  unaudited.  In the opinion of  management,  the
interim  financial  statements  include all  adjustments  which are necessary in
order to make the interim financial  statements not misleading.  The results for
interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be obtained for
a full fiscal year.






                            . . . . . . . . . . . . .

                                      F-17

<PAGE>




- ---------------------------------------
No dealer, salesman or other person
has been authorized to give any information or
to make any representations not contained in
this Prospectus and if given or made, such
information or representations must not be
relied upon as having been authorized by the
Company or the Underwriter.  Neither the
delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made
hereunder shall under any circumstances
create any implication that there has been no
change in the affairs of the Company since the
date hereof.  This Prospectus does not
constitute an offer of any securities other than
the securities to which it relates or an offer to
any person in any jurisdiction in which such an
offer would be unlawful.
             -----------
         TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                Page

Prospectus Summary...............................
Risk Factors.....................................
Use of Proceeds..................................
Dilution.........................................
Capitalization...................................
Dividend Policy..................................
Bridge Financing.................................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
   Financial Condition and Results of
   Operations....................................
Business.........................................
Management.......................................
Principal and Selling Stockholders...............
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions...
Description of Securities........................
Underwriting.....................................
Legal Matters....................................
Experts..........................................
Additional Information...........................
Glossary.........................................
Financial Statements.............................


               -------------
  Until               , 1997 (25 days after the
date of this Prospectus),  all dealers effecting  
transactions in the registered securities, whether
or not participating in this distribution, may be
required to deliver a Prospectus.  This is in 
addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a
Prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
====================================================
                                       58
<PAGE>



                        1,300,000 Shares of Common Stock








                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.











                                  ------------
                                   PROSPECTUS








                           S T E R L I N G F O S T E R
                        I N V E S T M E N T B A N K E R S









                                     , 1997




                  ===========================================

                                       59

<PAGE>




                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

           Article X of the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  eliminates
the personal  liability of  directors  to the Company and its  stockholders  for
monetary  damages  for breach of  fiduciary  duty as a director  to the  fullest
extent  permitted  by  Section  102 of the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,
provided  that this  provision  shall not  eliminate or limit the liability of a
director (i) for any breach of the director's  duty of loyalty to the Company or
its stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation  of law,  (iii)  arising  under
Section 174 of the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law (with respect to unlawful
dividend payments and unlawful stock purchases or redemptions),  or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

           Additionally,   the  Company  has  included  in  its  Certificate  of
Incorporation and its by-laws  provisions to indemnify its directors,  officers,
employees and agents and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising
out of the  performance  of their duties as directors,  officers,  employees and
agents as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General  Corporation law. The
Delaware  General  Corporation  law provides  further  that the  indemnification
permitted  thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
the  directors,  officers,  employees  and  agents  may be  entitled  under  the
Company's by-laws, any agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise.

           The effect of the  foregoing  is to require the Company to the extent
permitted by law to indemnify the officers,  directors,  employees and agents of
the  Company  for any claim  arising  against  such  persons  in their  official
capacities if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe
his conduct was unlawful.

           In  connection  with the  Offering,  the  Underwriter  has  agreed to
indemnify the Company, its directors, and each person who controls it within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Act with  respect to any  statement  in or omission
from the registration statement or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto if such  statement  or omission  was made in reliance  upon  information
furnished in writing to the Company by the  Underwriter  specifically  for or in
connection with the preparation of the registration  statement,  the Prospectus,
or any such amendment or supplement thereto.

           The Company  intends to obtain has liability  insurance  coverage for
its officers and directors in the amount of $1,000,000 per person.

   
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the securities act may 
be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant
to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that, in the opinion
of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against 
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
    

                                      II-1

<PAGE>




Item 25.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

           The  estimated  expenses to be incurred by the Company in  connection
with the issuance and  distribution of the securities  being  registered,  other
than underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated as follows:

   
     SEC Registration Fee                                $  2,712.10
     NASD Filing Fee                                        2,000.00
     Blue Sky Fees and Expenses                            21,000.00
     Registrant's Counsel Fees and Expenses               125,000.00
     Accountant's Fees and Expenses                        35,000.00
     Underwriter's Non-Accountable Expense Allowance      195,000.00
     Underwriter's Consulting Fee                         100,000.00
     Printing Expenses                                     35,000.00
     NASDAQ Listing Fees                                    7,500.00
     Blue Sky Counsel Fees                                 35,000.00
     Transfer Agent and Registrar's Fee and Expenses        2,000.00
     Miscellaneous Expenses                                49,787.90
                                                         ------------
     Estimated Total                                     $610,000.00
    

Item 26.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

           The Company sold the  following  Common  Shares during the past three
years.  The number of Common Shares referred to herein gives effect to a 2 for 1
stock split on February 8, 1996,  and a 1.25 for 1 stock split  effective  as of
October 15, 1996 in connection with the Company's  reincorporation  in the State
of Delaware.

   
           During the period November  1994 through March 1995,  the Company
sold the  following  number of Common Shares in a private  offering,  for $2.00 
per share in cash,  to the  following persons in the years indicated below:
    
   
1994
- ----
                                    Number of       Aggregate
                                     Common           Cash
Name                                 Shares        Consideration
- ----                                ---------      -------------
Roger G.  Boyer                       2,500          $  5,000
Frank E.  Putt                        2,500             5,000
Joseph A.  Spinella                   2,500             5,000
B.J. Shaw                             2,500             5,000
Richard L.  Shumate, Jr.              2,500             5,000
Billy J.  Baxley                      7,500            15,000
Allan Avery                           7,500            15,000
                                     ------           -------
Total                                27,500          $ 55,000
    

1995
- ----
                                    Number of       Aggregate
                                     Common           Cash
Name                                 Shares        Consideration
- ----                                ---------      -------------
       

David A.  Wang                        2,500             5,000
Ronald Tennissen                      2,500             5,000
Don J. Teague                         2,500             5,000
W.  Craig Carlisle                    2,500             5,000
Ron L.  Montgomery                    2,500             5,000
Robert T.  Meyer                      2,500             5,000
Allan Avery                           7,500            15,000
                                     ------            ------
Total                                22,500          $ 45,000

                                      II-2

<PAGE>




   
           In  December  1996,  the  Company  borrowed  $100,000  from  Dominant
Construction Corp. (the "Bridge Lender") in a Bridge Financing  transaction.  In
consideraton for making the loan,  the Company  issued to the Bridge Lender  
100,000 Common Shares.

          In January 1997, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with an 
affiliate of Allan R. Avery which provided the Company with a $150,000 credit 
facility of which the Company has borrowed $75,000.  In consideration for 
providing the credit facility, the Company issued Mr. Avery's affiliate a 
warrant to purchase 30,000 Common Shares of the Company at an exercise price of 
$6.00 per share, such warrant being exercisable for a period of five years 
commencing on the first anniversary date of the Prospectus included in this 
Registration Statement.
    

           All the foregoing transactions were private transactions not 
involving a public offering and were exempt from the registration provisions of
the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.  Except as otherwise  indicated below,
sales of the Common Shares were without  the  use  of  an  underwriter, and the
certificates  evidencing  the securities  relating to the foregoing transactions
bear restrictive legends permitting the transfer thereof only upon  registration
of such securities or an exemption under the Act.

           The  Underwriter  of this Offering  acted as placement  agent for the
Company in connection with the Bridge Financing on a "best efforts, all or none"
basis.  The Underwriter  received a placement fee of 7% of the gross proceeds of
the  bridge  financing,   or  $7,000.   The  Company  also  paid  the  fees  and
disbursements of the  Underwriter's  counsel in connection with representing the
Underwriter  in  its  capacity  of  placement  agent  in  the  Bridge  Financing
transaction.

Item 27.   Exhibits.

  Exhibit
  Number    Title of Exhibit
  ------    ----------------

   
  1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement by and between the Company and the
            Underwriter.

  1.2       Form of Financial Consulting Agreement between the Underwriter and
            the Company.

  2.1       Agreement of Merger between the Company and Niche Pharmaceuticals,
            Inc., a Texas corporation.*

  3.1       Articles of Incorporation of the Company.*

  3.2       By-Laws of the Company.*

  4.1       Specimen Common Share Certificate.

  4.2       Form of Underwriter's Common Share Purchase Warrant.

  5.1       Opinion of Certilman Balin Adler & Hyman, LLP, counsel for the 
            Company.

  10.1      Loan Agreement, dated January 11, 1991, between Stephen F. Brandon 
            and the Company.

  10.2      $500,000 Promissory Note (the "Brandon Note"), dated January 11, 
            1991, by the Company to Stephen F. Brandon.*
    


                                      II-3

<PAGE>



   
  10.3      Letter Agreement dated November 22, 1996, between Stephen F. Brandon
            and the Company, extending the payment date of the Brandon Note to
            January 11, 1998.*

  10.4      Authorization and Loan Agreement among the U.S. Small Business
            Administration (dated January 9, 1992), the Company (dated April 8,
            1992), and First National Bank of Grapevine (dated April 8, 1992).*

  10.5      $250,000 Promissory Note, dated April 8, 1992, of the Company to 
            First National Bank of Grapevine.*

  10.6      $300,000 Promissory Note, dated October 11, 1996, of the Company to
            Mercantile Bank of Kansas City.*

  10.7      Purchase Agreement, dated October 17, 1995, between the Company and
            Dow Hickam Pharmaceuticals, Inc.*

  10.8      Lease, dated July 30, 1996, between Eva L. Zweifel Huntsman and the
            Company.*

  10.9      Third Party Manufacturing Agreement between the Company (dated 
            December 24, 1991) and Schering Corporation (dated January 27, 
            1992)*

  10.10     Form of Employment Agreement, between the Company and Stephen F.
            Brandon.*

  10.11     1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended.*

  10.12     1996 Senior Executive Stock Option Plan.
    
   
  10.13     1996 Non-Senior Executive Stock Option Plan.
    
   
  10.14     Credit Agreement, dated January 20, 1997, between GEM
            Communications, Inc. and the Company.
    
   
  10.15     Promissory Note, dated January 20, 1997, by the Company to GEM 
            Communications, Inc.
    
   
  10.16     Common Share Purchase Warrant, dated January 20, 1997, isseud to
            GEM Communications to purchase 30,000 Common Shares.
    
   
  23.1      Consent of Moore Stephens, P.C., independent certified public 
            accountants.
    

  23.2      Consent of Certilman Balin Adler & Hyman, LLP (included in its 
            opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).

  23.3      Consent of Sherman A. Drusin, the Underwriter's designee to the 
            Company's Board of Directors.

  27.0       Financial Data Schedule.



   
_____________________
*Previously filed.
    


                                      II-4

<PAGE>

Item 28.   Undertakings.

(a)        Rule 415 Offering.

           The undersigned Company will:

(1)        file,  during any period in which  offers or sales are being made,  a
           post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

           (i)   include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

           (ii)  reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, 
                 individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the
                 information set forth in the registration statement; and

           (iii) include any additional or changed material information on the 
                 plan of distribution.

(2)        for determining  liability  under the Act, treat each  post-effective
           amendment as a new registration  statement of the securities offered,
           and the  offering  of the  securities  at that time to be the initial
           bona fide offering.

(3)        file a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of
           the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

(b)        Equity Offerings of Nonreporting Small Business Issuers.

           The  undersigned  Company  will  provide to the  Underwriter,  at the
closing specified in the underwriting  agreement,  Common Share  certificates in
such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by the Underwriter
to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c)        Indemnification.

           Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Act may
be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the Company
pursuant  to  the  provisions  referred  to  in  Item  24 of  this  Registration
Statement, or otherwise, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

           In  the  event  that  a  claim  for   indemnification   against  such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the Company of expenses incurred or paid
by a director,  officer or controlling  persons of the Company in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer
or controlling  person in connection with the securities being  registered,  the
Company  will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled
by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the
question  whether  such  indemnification  by  it is  against  public  policy  as
expressed  in the Act and will be  governed  by the final  adjudication  of such
issue.

(d)        Rule 430A.

           The undersigned Company will:

(1)        for  determining  any liability  under the Act, treat the information
           omitted  from  the  form  of   prospectus   filed  as  part  of  this
           Registration  Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
           form of prospectus  filed by the Company under Rule  424(b)(1) or (4)
           or 497(h) under the Act, as part of this Registration Statement as of
           the time the Commission declared it effective;

(2)        for   determining   any   liability   under  the  Act,   treat   each
           post-effective  amendment that contains a form of prospectus as a new
           registration statement for the securities offered in the Registration
           Statement,  and that  offering of the  securities at that time as the
           initial bona fide offering of those securities.

   
(e)       Rule 424(c) Supplement; Post Effective Amendment.

          The undersigned Company will, in the event the Underwriter in this 
          Offering enters into transactions with the Selling Stockholder, or 
          waives the "lock-up" restrictions applicable to such Selling 
          Stockholder's Common Shares:

(1)       involving from 5% up to 10% of the Selling Stockholder's Common 
          Shares, file "sticker" supplements to the Prospectus pursuant to 
          Rule 424(c) under the Act; or
    
   
(2)       involving over 10% of the Selling Stockholder's registered Common
          Shares, file a post-effective amendment to the Registration 
          Statement.
    

>
       
                  
                                      II-5

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

   
           In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the Company certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it
meets  all of the  requirements  for  filing on Form  SB-2 and  authorized  this
Registration  Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  in the
City of Roanoke, State of Texas, on January 28, 1997.
    

                                       NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

                                       By:/s/ Stephen F. Brandon
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                          Stephen F. Brandon, President
                                          Chief Executive Officer, and Treasurer


           In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Registration  Statement was signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates stated.

  Signature                        Title                           Date
  ---------                        -----                           ----

   
/s/Stephen Brandon         President, Chief Executive       January 28, 1997
Stephen F. Brandon         Officer, Treasurer Principal
                           Accounting Officer and
                           Director

*                          Executive Vice President-        January 28, 1997
Thomas F. Reed             Corporate Development
                           and Director
    

*                           Vice President and Director      January 28, 1997
Jean R. Sperry


   
*                          Director                         January 28, 1997
Allan R. Avery

*                          Director                         January 28, 1997
J. Leslie Glick
    
   
*By: /s/ Stephen F. Brandon
- --------------------------
    Stephen F. Brandon
     Attorney-in-Fact
    



                                      II-7
<PAGE>










                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                     between

                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

                                       and

                           STERLING FOSTER & CO., INC.


                                  Dated: , 1997


120243.3

<PAGE>



                        1,300,000 Shares of Common Stock

                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


                                                              New York, New York
                                                                          , 1997

Sterling Foster & Co., Inc.
125 Baylis Road
Melville, N.Y. 11747

Dear Sirs:

                  The  undersigned,  NICHE  PHARMACEUTICALS,  INC.,  a  Delaware
corporation (the "Company"),  hereby confirms its agreement with STERLING FOSTER
& CO.,  INC.  (being  referred to herein as "you," the  "Representative"  or the
"Underwriter"), as follows:

1.       Purchase and Sale of Securities.

         1.1      Firm Shares.

                  1.1.1   Purchase  of  Firm   Shares.   On  the  basis  of  the
representations and warranties and subject to the terms and conditions contained
herein, the Company will issue and sell to the Underwriter 1,300,000 shares (the
"Firm  Shares") of the  Company's  Common  Stock,  $.01 par value per share (the
"Common Stock"),  and the Underwriter agrees to purchase from the Company all of
such  shares,  at a  purchase  price of $5.00 per Firm  Share.  There will be an
underwriting   discount  of  ten   percent.   The  total  gross   discount   and
non-accountable  expense  allowance shall be subject to approval by the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

                  1.1.2  Delivery and  Payment.  Delivery of and payment for the
Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 A.M.,  New York time,  on or before the fifth
business  day  following  the  effective  date  (the  "Effective  Date")  of the
Registration  Statement (as hereinafter defined), or at such other time as shall
be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at the offices of Sterling
Foster & Co.,  Inc.  or at such  other  place as  shall  be  agreed  upon by the
Representative  and the  Company.  The date of delivery and payment for the Firm
Shares is called the "Closing  Date."  Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made
on the Closing Date by certified or bank cashier's check(s) in New York Clearing
House (next day) funds, payable to the order of the Company upon delivery to the
Representative of certificates (in form and substance  complying with applicable
law and satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Firm Shares for the
account of the Underwriter.

120243.3

<PAGE>



The  Firm  Shares  shall  be  registered  in such  names  and  shall  be in such
denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two (2) full
business  days  prior  to  the  Closing  Date.  The  Company  shall  permit  the
Representative  to examine and package the Firm Shares for delivery at least one
(1) full  business  day prior to the  Closing  Date.  The  Company  shall not be
obligated to sell or deliver the Firm  Shares,  except upon tender of payment by
the Underwriter for all the Firm Shares.

         1.2      Overallotment Option.

                  1.2.1  Grant of  Option.  For the  purposes  of  covering  any
overallotments  in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Shares,
the  Underwriter  is hereby  granted an option (the  "Overallotment  Option") to
purchase  up to an  additional  195,000  shares of  Common  Stock  (the  "Option
Shares") from the Company. The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Shares." The purchase price to be paid for each
Option Share shall be the same as the price paid for each Firm Share pursuant to
Section 1.1.1 hereof.

                  1.2.2  Exercise  of Option.  The  Overallotment  Option may be
exercised by the  Representative  as to all or any part of the Option  Shares at
any time,  from time to time,  within  forty-five  (45) days after the Effective
Date. The  Underwriter  shall not be under any obligation to purchase any Option
Shares  prior to the exercise of the  Overallotment  Option.  The  Overallotment
Option  granted  hereby  may be  exercised  by the  giving of oral,  written  or
telegraphic  notice (any such oral notice to be  confirmed by letter or telecopy
within  24 hours of such  oral  notice)  to the  Company  by the  Representative
setting forth the number of Option Shares to be purchased, the date and time for
delivery of and payment for the Option Shares and stating that the Option Shares
referred to therein are to be used for the purpose of covering overallotments in
connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Shares.  If such notice is
given two (2) full business  days prior to the Closing Date,  the date set forth
therein for such  delivery and payment shall be the Closing Date. If such notice
is given  thereafter,  the date set forth  therein for such delivery and payment
shall not be  earlier  than five (5) full  business  days  after the date of the
notice. If such delivery and payment for the Option Shares does not occur on the
Closing  Date,  the date and time of the closing for such Option Shares shall be
as set forth in the notice (the "Option  Closing  Date").  Upon  exercise of the
Overallotment  Option, the Company shall convey to the Underwriter the number of
Option Shares specified in such notice, and, subject to the terms and conditions
set forth herein, the Underwriter shall purchase all of the Option Shares.

                  1.2.3  Delivery and Payment.  Payment for the Option Shares
shall be made by certified or bank cashier's check(s) in New York Clearing House
(next day) funds, payable to the order of the

120243.3
                                       -2-

<PAGE>



Company and shall be made at the offices of the  Representative or at such other
place  as shall be  agreed  upon by the  Representative  and the  Company,  upon
delivery to you of certificates  representing  the Option Shares being purchased
for the account of the  Underwriter.  The  certificates  representing the Option
Shares to be delivered  shall be in such  denominations  and  registered in such
authorized  names as the  Representative  requests  not  less  than two (2) full
business days prior to the Closing Date or the Option  Closing Date, as the case
may be. The  Company  will  permit the  Underwriter  to examine  and package the
Option  Shares for delivery at the aforesaid  office of the  Company's  transfer
agent or  correspondent  not less than one (1) full  business  day prior to such
Closing Date.

         1.3      Representative's Warrants.

                  1.3.1  Purchase and Sale.  The Company shall issue and sell to
you and/or to such persons as you may designate,  on the Closing Date,  warrants
for the  purchase  of an  aggregate  of  130,000  shares  of Common  Stock  (the
"Representative's  Warrants") for an aggregate  purchase  price of $100.00.  The
Representative's  Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of the Representative's Warrants are hereinafter referred to collectively as the
"Representative's  Securities." The Shares and the  Representative's  Securities
are hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Securities."

                  1.3.2  Delivery  and  Payment.  Delivery  and  payment for the
Representative's  Warrants  shall be made on the Closing Date. The Company shall
deliver to the  Representative,  upon  payment  therefor,  certificates  for the
Representative's Warrants in the authorized name or names and in such authorized
denominations as the Representative may request. The  Representative's  Warrants
shall be exercisable  for a period of three years  commencing one year after the
Effective  Date at an  initial  exercise  price of $7.50  per share and shall be
substantially in the form of the Representative's  common stock purchase warrant
attached hereto as Exhibit A.

2.       Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company represents
and warrants to the Underwriter that:

         2.1      Filings under Securities Laws.

                  2.1.1  Pursuant  to the Act.  The  Company  has filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") a registration  statement
and  an  amendment  or  amendments  thereto,  on  Form  SB-2  (Registration  No.
333-17767),   including  any  related   prospectus   subject  to  completion  (a
"Preliminary  Prospectus"),  for the  registration  of the Securities  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), which registration statement and
amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with

120243.3
                                       -3-

<PAGE>



the  requirements  of the Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
under the Act (the  "Regulations").  Except as the  context may otherwise 
require,  such registration  statement,  as amended,  on file with the 
Commission at the time the registration  statement becomes effective  (including
the  prospectus,  financial  statements,   schedules,  exhibits  and  all  other
documents  filed as a part thereof or  incorporated  therein and all information
deemed to be a part thereof as of such time  pursuant to  paragraph  (b) of Rule
430A of the Regulations),  is hereinafter  called the "Registration  Statement,"
and  the  form  of the  final  prospectus  dated  the  Effective  Date  (or,  if
applicable,  the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission  pursuant to
Rule 424 of the  Regulations),  is  hereinafter  called  the  "Prospectus."  The
Registration  Statement has been declared effective on or prior to the effective
date of this Agreement.

                  2.1.2 Pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Company has filed with
the Commission a Form 8-A  Registration  Statement (File No. 0-_____)  providing
for the registration under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), of the shares of Common Stock.  Such registration of the Common
Stock has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof.

         2.2 No Stop or Other  Orders.  Neither  the  Commission,  nor any state
regulatory  authority,  has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of
any  Preliminary  Prospectus  or has  instituted  or threatened to institute any
proceedings with respect to such an order.

         2.3      Disclosures in Registration Statement.

                  2.3.1   Representation  as  to  Contents.   At  the  time  the
Registration  Statement became effective and at all times subsequent  thereto up
to the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, the Registration  Statement and
the  Prospectus  shall contain all material  statements  that are required to be
stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations,  and shall in all
material  respects  conform to the  requirements of the Act and the Regulations;
neither the  Registration  Statement  nor the  Prospectus,  nor any amendment or
supplement  thereto,  on such dates,  shall  contain any untrue  statement  of a
material fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be stated  therein
or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading.  When any Preliminary Prospectus was first
filed with the Commission  (whether filed as part of the Registration  Statement
for the  registration of the Securities or any amendment  thereof or pursuant to
Rule 424(a) of the  Regulations)  and when any  amendment  thereof or supplement
thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus and any
amendments  thereof  and  supplements  thereto  complied  or will  comply in all
material respects with the applicable provisions of the Act and the Regulations,
and did not

120243.3
                                       -4-

<PAGE>



and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
material  fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary in order to make the
statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances  under which they were made,
not misleading.  The representation and warranty made in this Section 2.3.1 does
not apply to  statements  made or  statements  omitted in  reliance  upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the
Underwriter  expressly  for  use  in  the  Registration  Statement,  Preliminary
Prospectus,  or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement  thereto.  The
Company  acknowledges  that  the  information  referred  to in  the  immediately
preceding  sentence  consists  solely  of  the  information  under  the  heading
"Underwriting"  "Risk  Factors-NASD  Complaint  against  Underwriter  and Others
Alleging  violations of Exchange Act and NASD Rules of Fair  Practice" and "Risk
Factors - Private  Investigation  Concerning  Trading  in  Securities  of Issuer
Underwritten by Underwriter" in the Prospectus.

                  2.3.2  Disclosure Regarding Contracts.  The description in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus of contracts, instruments and other 
documents is accurate in all material respects and presents fairly the 
information required to be disclosed therein.   There are no contracts, 
instruments or other documents of a character required to be described in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as 
exhibits to the Registration Statement, which have not been so described or 
filed.  Each contract, instrument and other document (however characterized or 
described) to which the Company is a party or by which its property or business
is or may be bound or affected and which is referred to in the Prospectus, or 
is material to its business, has been duly and validly executed, is in full 
force and effect and is enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance 
with its terms and none of such contracts, instruments or documents has been 
assigned by the Company.  Neither the Company nor, to the best knowledge of the 
Company, any other party thereto is in default thereunder and no event has 
occurred which, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would 
constitute a default by the Company thereunder.

                  2.3.3 Prior  Securities  Transactions.  No  securities  of the
Company  have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit
of, any person or persons  controlling,  controlled  by, or under common control
with the  Company  (or any  predecessor),  within  three years prior to the date
hereof, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

         2.4      Changes After Dates in Registration Statement.

                  2.4.1   No Material Adverse Change.  Since the respective 
dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the 
Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein, (i) there has been
no material adverse

120243.3
                                       -5-

<PAGE>



change  in  the  condition,  financial  or  otherwise,  or  in  the  results  of
operations,  assets, properties,  business or business prospects of the Company,
including,  but not limited to, any material loss of, or interference  with, its
business from fire, storm,  explosion,  flood or other casualty,  whether or not
covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action,
order or decree,  whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and
(ii) there have been no  transactions  entered into by the  Company,  other than
those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the
condition, financial or otherwise, or to the results of operations,  business or
business prospects of the Company.

                  2.4.2 Recent Securities  Transactions,  Etc. Subsequent to the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration  Statement
and the  Prospectus,  and except as may  otherwise be indicated or  contemplated
herein or therein, the Company has not (i) issued any securities or incurred any
liability or  obligation,  direct or  contingent,  for borrowed  money;  or (ii)
declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to
its capital stock.

         2.5  Independent  Accountants.  To the best  knowledge  of the Company,
Moore Stephens,  P.C.,  whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the
Registration  Statement,  are independent accountants as required by the Act and
the  Regulations.  The statements  included in the  Registration  Statement with
respect to such accountants are true and correct in all material respects.

         2.6 Financial Statements. The financial statements, including the notes
thereto and supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement
and Prospectus fairly present the financial position,  the results of operations
and cash  flows of the  Company  at the dates and for the  periods to which they
apply;  and such  financial  statements  have been prepared in  conformity  with
United States generally accepted  accounting  principles,  consistently  applied
throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules,  if any, included
in the  Registration  Statement  present fairly the  information  required to be
stated therein.  No other  financial  statements or schedules are required to be
included in the Registration Statement. The selected financial data set forth in
the  Prospectus  under  the  captions   "Summary   Financial   Information"  and
"Capitalization"  fairly present the  information set forth therein on the basis
stated in the Registration Statement.

         2.7  Capitalization.  As used herein,  the term the  "Preferred  Stock"
shall mean the Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par value per share, of the Company.  The
Company had at the date or dates  indicated in the  Registration  Statement  and
Prospectus duly authorized,  issued and outstanding  capitalization as set forth
in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus.  Based on the  assumptions
stated in

120243.3
                                       -6-

<PAGE>



the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  the Company will have on the
Closing Date the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein.  Except as set
forth in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,  on the Effective Date
and on the Closing Date and any Option  Closing Date,  there will be no options,
warrants,  or other rights to purchase or otherwise  acquire any  authorized but
unissued shares of Common Stock or Preferred  Stock or any security  convertible
into shares of Common Stock or Preferred  Stock, or any contracts or commitments
to issue or sell shares of Common Stock or Preferred  Stock or any such options,
warrants, rights or convertible securities.

         2.8      Representations Regarding Securities.

                  2.8.1  Outstanding  Securities.  All  issued  and  outstanding
securities of the Company have been duly  authorized  and validly issued and are
fully paid and non-assessable;  the holders thereof have no rights of rescission
with  respect  thereto,  and are not subject to personal  liability by reason of
being such holders;  and none of such securities were issued in violation of the
preemptive  rights of any  holder of any  security  of the  Company  or  similar
contractual rights granted by the Company.  The outstanding options and warrants
to purchase shares of Common Stock constitute the valid and binding  obligations
of the Company,  enforceable  in  accordance  with their terms,  except (i) such
enforceability  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,   reorganization,
fraudulent  conveyance,  marshaling  and/or  similar  laws,  now or hereafter in
effect affecting  creditors rights and remedies and (including such as made deny
giving  effect to waivers of  debtors'  rights,  (ii) as  enforceability  of any
indemnification  provision may be limited  under  Federal and State laws,  (iii)
that the  remedy of  specific  performance  and  injunction  and other  forms of
equitable relief may be subject to the equitable  defenses and to the discretion
of the courts before which any proceeding therefor may be brought (regardless of
whether such enforceability is considered a proceeding in equity or in law). The
authorized  Common Stock,  the Preferred Stock and the  outstanding  options and
warrants to purchase  shares of Common Stock conform to all statements  relating
thereto contained in the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus.  The offers
and sales of the  outstanding  Common  Stock,  and the options  and  warrants to
purchase  shares of Common Stock,  were at all relevant times either  registered
under the Act and  applicable  state  securities or Blue Sky Laws or were exempt
from such registration requirements.

                  2.8.2 Securities Sold Hereunder. The Securities have been duly
authorized and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable  and the  holders  thereof  are not and  will not be  subject  to
personal  liability by reason of being such holders;  the Securities are not and
will not be subject to the  preemptive  rights of any holders of any security of
the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and

120243.3
                                       -7-

<PAGE>



all corporate  action required to be taken for the  authorization,  issuance and
sale of the  Securities  has been  duly and  validly  taken.  When  issued,  the
Representative's  Warrants will constitute valid and binding  obligations of the
Company to issue and sell,  upon  exercise  thereof  and payment  therefor,  the
number  and  type of  securities  of the  Company  called  for  thereby  and the
Representative's Warrants are enforceable against the Company in accordance with
their  respective  terms,  except  (i) such  enforceability  may be  limited  by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, marshaling and/or
similar laws, now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors rights and remedies
and  (including  such as made deny giving effect to waivers of debtors'  rights,
(ii) as  enforceability  of any  indemnification  provision may be limited under
Federal  and State  laws,  (iii) that the  remedy of  specific  performance  and
injunction  and other forms of equitable  relief may be subject to the equitable
defenses  and to the  discretion  of the  courts  before  which  any  proceeding
therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered
a proceeding in equity or in law).

         2.9 No Registration  Rights. No holder of any securities of the Company
or of any options or warrants of the Company  exercisable  for or convertible or
exchangeable into securities of the Company has the right to require the Company
to register any such  securities  of the Company under the Act or to include any
such  securities  in a  registration  statement  to be  filed  by  the  Company,
including the Registration Statement, except as disclosed in the Prospectus.

         2.10  Representations  Regarding This  Agreement.  The Company has full
power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to enter into this Agreement. This
Agreement has been duly and validly  authorized  by the Company and  constitutes
the valid and  binding  agreement  of the  Company,  enforceable  against  it in
accordance  with its  terms,  except (i) such  enforceability  may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, marshaling and/or
similar laws, now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors rights and remedies
and  (including  such as made deny giving effect to waivers of debtors'  rights,
(ii) as  enforceability  of any  indemnification  provision may be limited under
Federal  and State  laws,  (iii) that the  remedy of  specific  performance  and
injunction  and other forms of equitable  relief may be subject to the equitable
defenses  and to the  discretion  of the  courts  before  which  any  proceeding
therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered
a proceeding in equity or in law).  The execution,  delivery and  performance by
the  Company  of  this  Agreement,  the  consummation  by  the  Company  of  the
transactions  herein  contemplated  and the  compliance  by the Company with the
terms and conditions hereof have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
action  and do not and will not,  with or  without  the  giving of notice or the
lapse of time or both, (i) result in a breach of, or conflict with any of

120243.3
                                       -8-

<PAGE>



the terms and  provisions  of, or constitute a default  under,  or result in the
creation,  modification,  termination  or  imposition  of any  lien,  charge  or
encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of,
any indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  note, loan or credit agreement or any
other  agreement or instrument  evidencing an obligation for borrowed  money, or
any other  agreement or  instrument  to which the Company is a party or by which
the  Company  may be bound or to which  any of the  property  or  assets  of the
Company is subject,  which  breach,  conflict  or default  would have a material
adverse  effect on the condition  (financial or other),  business,  prospects or
properties of the Company; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the
Certificate of  Incorporation  or the By-Laws of the Company;  (iii) violate any
existing  applicable  law, rule,  regulation,  judgment,  order or decree of any
governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign,  having jurisdiction over the
Company or any of its  properties or business;  or (iv) have a material  adverse
effect on any permit, license, certificate,  registration,  approval, consent or
franchise concerning the Company; except in the case of (i) or (iii), where such
default, breach,  violation or effect, either singly or in the aggregate,  would
not have  material  adverse  effect on the  financial  condition  or  results of
operations.

         2.11 No Improper  Payments.  Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge,
any director,  officer, employee or agent of the Company has made any payment of
funds of the Company or received or retained  any funds in violation of any law,
rule or regulation or of a character required to be disclosed in the Prospectus.

         2.12 No Defaults; Violations. Except as set forth in the Prospectus, no
default  exists in the due  performance  and  observance  of any material  term,
covenant or condition of any license,  contract,  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of
trust,  note,  loan or credit  agreement,  or any other  agreement or instrument
evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material  agreement or
instrument  to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound
or to which any of the  properties  or assets of the  Company  is  subject.  The
Company is not in  violation  of any term or  provision  of its  Certificate  of
Incorporation  or By-Laws.  The Company is not in  violation  of any  franchise,
license,  permit,  applicable law, rule,  regulation,  judgment or decree of any
governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over such
company or any of its properties or business,  which violation would result in a
material  adverse  change  in the  condition  (financial  or  other),  business,
prospects or properties.

         2.13     Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.

                  2.13.1    Conduct of Business.  The Company has all requisite
corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, 
orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental

120243.3
                                       -9-

<PAGE>



regulatory  officials and bodies to own or lease its  properties  and conduct 
its business as described in the  Prospectus, and such  company is and has been 
doing  business  in  compliance  with all such authorizations,  approvals, 
orders, licenses,  certificates and permits and all federal,  state and local 
laws, rules and regulations,  except where the failure to so  comply  would not
have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  condition (financial or other), 
business, prospects or properties of the Company.

                  2.13.2  Required  Consents.   The  Company  has  obtained  all
consents,  authorizations,  approvals and orders required in connection with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the  performance of its obligations
hereunder. No consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court,
government  agency or other body is required  for the valid  issuance,  sale and
delivery of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement and as contemplated by the
Prospectus,  except those required under applicable federal and state securities
laws.

         2.14 Title to Property;  Insurance. The Company has good and marketable
title to, or valid and enforceable  leasehold  estates in, all items of real and
personal  property  (tangible  and  intangible)  owned or leased by it, free and
clear of all  liens,  encumbrances,  claims,  security  interests,  defects  and
restrictions  (collectively,  "Restrictions") of any material nature whatsoever,
other than those  referred to in the  Prospectus.  The  Company  has  adequately
insured its  properties  against  loss or damage by fire or other  casualty  and
maintains such other insurance, in adequate amounts, as is usually maintained by
companies engaged in the same business or in similar businesses.

         2.15  Litigation.  Except as set forth in the  Prospectus,  there is no
action, suit, proceeding,  inquiry,  arbitration,  investigation,  litigation or
governmental   proceeding  pending  or  threatened  against,  or  involving  the
properties  or business of, the Company  which might  materially  and  adversely
affect  the  financial  position,  prospects,  value  or  the  operation  or the
properties or the business of the Company, or which question the validity of the
capital  stock of the Company or this  Agreement or of any action taken or to be
taken by the Company pursuant to, or in connection  with, this Agreement.  There
are no  outstanding  orders,  judgments  or decrees  of any court,  governmental
agency or other  tribunal  naming the Company  and  enjoining  the Company  from
taking,  or requiring the Company to take, any action,  or to which the Company,
or any of its properties or business, is bound or subject.

         2.16     Organization; Good Standing.  The Company has been duly
organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under
the laws of its state of incorporation.  The Company is duly qualified and 
licensed and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in
which ownership or leasing of any properties or the character of its operations

120243.3
                                      -10-

<PAGE>



requires such qualification or licensing, except where the failure to qualify 
would not have a material adverse effect  on  the  condition   (financial  or  
otherwise)  business  prospects or properties of the Company.

         2.17 Taxes. The Company has filed all returns (as hereinafter  defined)
required  to be filed with  taxing  authorities  prior to the date hereof or has
duly obtained  extensions of time for the filing  thereof.  The Company has paid
all taxes (as hereinafter  defined) shown as due on such returns that were filed
and has paid all taxes  imposed on or assessed  against it, other than any which
the Company is contesting in good faith.  The provisions  for taxes payable,  if
any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration
Statement  are  sufficient  for all  accrued  and unpaid  taxes,  whether or not
disputed,  and for all  periods  to and  including  the dates of such  financial
statements. No issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing
authority in  connection  with any of the returns or taxes  asserted as due from
the  Company,  and no waivers of  statutes  of  limitation  with  respect to the
returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested  from the Company
or any subsidiary  thereof.  The term "taxes" means all federal,  state,  local,
foreign,  and other net income,  gross income,  gross receipts,  sales,  use, ad
valorem,  transfer,  franchise,  profits,  license, lease, service, service use,
withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium,
property,  windfall profits,  customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments,
or charges of any kind  whatever,  together with any interest and any penalties,
additions to tax, or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term "returns"
means all  returns,  declarations,  reports,  statements,  and  other  documents
required to be filed in respect to taxes.

         2.18     Transactions Affecting Disclosure to NASD.

                  2.18.1  Finders'  Fees. To the best  knowledge of the Company,
there are no claims,  payments,  issuances,  arrangements or understandings  for
services in the nature of finders' or origination  fees with respect to the sale
of  the   Securities   hereunder   or  any   other   arrangements,   agreements,
understandings,  payments or  issuances  with  respect to the  Company  that may
affect  the  Underwriter's  compensation,  as  determined  by NASD,  other  than
payments  to the  Representative  of a placement  agent fee with  respect to the
Companies  private  placement of a $100,000  promissory  note and 100,000 Common
Shares which closed on December 9, 1996.

                  2.18.2 Payments Within Twelve Months. The Company has made any
direct or  indirect  payments  (in cash,  securities  or  otherwise)  (i) to any
person, as a finder's fee, investing fee or otherwise,  in consideration of such
person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who
provided capital to the Company, (ii) to any NASD member, or (iii) to any person
or

120243.3
                                      -11-

<PAGE>



entity that has any direct or indirect  affiliation  with an NASD member  within
the twelve  month  period  prior to  December  12,  1996,  the date on which the
Registration  Statement  was filed with the  Commission  (the "Filing  Date") or
thereafter, other than payments to the Representatives.

                  2.18.3  Use of  Proceeds.  None  of the  net  proceeds  of the
offering will be paid by the Company to any participating  NASD member or any of
its  affiliates  or  associated  persons.  The  Underwriter  shall  approve  the
Company's proposed "Use of Proceeds" of the offering.

                  2.18.4  Insiders' NASD  Affiliation.  No officer,  director or
holder of five  percent (5%) or more of any class of  securities  of the Company
has any direct or indirect  affiliation or association with any NASD member.  No
beneficial owner of the unregistered securities of the Company has any direct or
indirect  affiliation  or  association  with any NASD  member.  The Company will
advise the  Representative and the NASD if the Company becomes aware that any 5%
or greater  shareholder,  or any officer or director,  of the Company becomes an
affiliate or associated person of an NASD member.

         2.19  Internal  Accounting  Controls.  The Company  maintains,  and the
Company  will  continue to  maintain,  a system of internal  accounting  control
sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in
accordance   with   management's   general  or  specific   authorization;   (ii)
transactions  are  recorded as  necessary  to permit  preparation  of  financial
statements in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting  principles and to
maintain  accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in
accordance with  management's  general or specific  authorization;  and (iv) the
recorded   accountability  for  assets  is  compared  with  existing  assets  at
reasonable  intervals  and  appropriate  action  is taken  with  respect  to any
differences.

         2.20  Nasdaq Listing.  As of the Effective Date, the Shares have been
approved for listing on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
Quotation ("Nasdaq") SmallCap Market System [and the Boston Stock Exchange].

         2.21 Intangibles.  The Company owns or possesses the requisite licenses
or rights to use all  trademarks,  service marks,  service  names,  trade names,
patents and patent applications,  copyrights and other rights (collectively, the
"Intangibles") owned or used by it. The Intangibles owned or used by the Company
has been registered in the United States Patent and Trademark  Office and/or the
United States  Copyright  Office and have been fully  maintained and are in full
force  and  effect.  There is no claim or action by any  person,  or  proceeding
pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, and the Company has not
received  any notice of  conflict  with the  asserted  rights of  others,  which
challenges the exclusive

120243.3
                                      -12-

<PAGE>



right of the Company with respect to any Intangibles  used in the conduct of the
business  of  the  Company.  To  the  knowledge  of  the  Company,  neither  its
Intangibles,  nor its current products,  services and processes  infringe on any
intangibles  held by any third party.  To the best knowledge of the Company,  no
others have infringed or are infringing upon the Intangibles of the Company.

         2.22     Employee Matters.

                  2.22.1  Relations  With  Employees.  The Company has generally
enjoyed a satisfactory relationship with its employees and is in compliance with
all federal,  state and local laws and regulations  respecting the employment of
its employees and employment  practices,  terms and conditions of employment and
wages and hours relating thereto. There are no pending investigations  involving
the Company by the U.S.  Department  of Labor or any other  governmental  agency
responsible  for the  enforcement  of such  federal,  state  or  local  laws and
regulations.  There is no unfair labor practice charge or complaint  against the
Company  pending  before  the  National  Labor  Relations  Board or any  strike,
picketing,  boycott, dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending or threatened against
or involving the Company or any predecessor  entity, and none has ever occurred.
No issue  concerning  representation  exists  respecting  the  employees  of the
Company  and no  collective  bargaining  agreement  or  modification  thereof is
currently  being  negotiated  by  the  Company.   No  grievance  or  arbitration
proceeding  is pending or  threatened  under any expired or existing  collective
bargaining agreement of the Company, if any.

                  2.22.2 Employee Benefit Plans.  Other than as set forth in the
Registration Statement, the Company does not maintain, sponsor or contribute to,
nor is it  required  to  maintain,  sponsor or  contribute  to,  any  program or
arrangement  that is an "employee  pension  benefit plan," an "employee  welfare
benefit plan," or a, "multi-employer plan" (each, an "ERISA Plan") as such terms
are defined in Sections  3(2),  3(1) and 3(37),  respectively,  of the  Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"). The Company has at
any time  maintained  or  contributed  to a defined  benefit plan, as defined in
Section 3(35) of ERISA.  If the Company does maintain or contribute to a defined
benefit plan, any termination of the plan on the date hereof would not give rise
to  liability  under  Title IV of ERISA.  No ERISA  Plan (or any  trust  created
thereunder)  has  engaged in a  "prohibited  transaction"  within the meaning of
Section 406 of ERISA or Section  4975 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as
amended  (the  "Code"),  which could  subject the Company to any tax penalty for
prohibited transactions and which has not adequately been corrected.  Each ERISA
Plan  is in  compliance  with  all  material  reporting,  disclosure  and  other
requirements  of the  Code and  ERISA as they  relate  to any such  ERISA  Plan.
Determination  letters have been received from the Internal Revenue Service with
respect to each ERISA Plan that is intended to comply with Code Section  401(a),
stating that such ERISA Plan and

120243.3
                                      -13-

<PAGE>



the attendant trust are qualified thereunder.  The Company has not ever 
completely or partially withdrawn from a "multi-employer plan."

         2.23     Investment Company Representations.  The Company is not an 
"investment company" or an "affiliated person" of, or "promoter" or "principal
underwriter" for, an "investment company," as such terms are defined in the 
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

         2.24     Officer's Certificate.  Any certificate signed by any duly
authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to your counsel shall
be deemed a representation and warranty by such Company to the Representative as
to the matters covered thereby.

         2.25 Lock-Up  Agreements  With  Insiders.  The Company has caused to be
duly executed  legally binding  agreements  enforceable in accordance with their
respective terms,  except (a) such  enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  fraudulent  conveyance,  marshaling and/or similar
laws,  now or hereafter in effect  affecting  creditors  rights and remedies and
(including such as made deny giving effect to waivers of debtors' rights, (b) as
enforceability of any indemnification provision may be limited under Federal and
State laws, (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunction and other
forms of equitable  relief may be subject to the  equitable  defenses and to the
discretion  of the courts  before which any  proceeding  therefor may be brought
(regardless of whether such  enforceability is considered a proceeding in equity
or in law)  pursuant  to which (i) the  persons  listed on Appendix I hereto and
their  family  members  and  affiliates  (as  defined  in the  securities  laws)
(collectively,  the "Insiders")  agree not to sell any shares of Common Stock or
warrants or options to purchase  Common  Stock or  securities  convertible  into
Common Stock owned by them (either  pursuant to Rule 144 of the  Regulations  or
otherwise)  for a period of two years  following the Effective Date and (ii) the
persons listed on Appendix II hereto and their family members and affiliates (as
defined in the securities laws) (collectively,  the "Non-Insider  Shareholders")
agree not to sell any shares of Common  Stock or warrants or options to purchase
Common Stock or securities  convertible  into Common Stock owned by them (either
pursuant to Rule 144 of the  Regulations  or otherwise)  for a period of six (6)
months  following the Effective  Closing Date,  except in any such case with the
prior written consent of the  Representative  (other than by the laws of descent
and distribution). In order to enforce such agreements, the Company shall impose
stop  transfer  instructions  with respect to all such shares of Common Stock or
warrants or options to purchase  Common  Stock or  securities  convertible  into
Common Stock until the end of the applicable period.


120243.3
                                      -14-

<PAGE>



         2.26 No Stabilization or Manipulation.  Neither the Company, nor any of
its  officers,  directors  or  controlling  persons,  has  taken,  or will take,
directly  or  indirectly,  any action  designed,  or which  reasonably  might be
expected, to cause or result, under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,  in,
or that has  constituted,  stabilization  or  manipulation  of the  price of any
security of the Company or to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

         2.27  Subsidiaries.  The  representations  and  warranties  made by the
Company  in  this  Agreement  shall,  in  the  event  that  it has  one or  more
subsidiaries (the "subsidiary(ies)") also apply and be true with respect to each
subsidiary, individually (except as the context otherwise requires) and taken as
a whole with the  respective  company of which it is a subsidiary  and all other
subsidiaries  thereof,  as if each  representation and warranty contained herein
made  specific  reference to each  subsidiary  each time the term  "Company" was
used.  Except as  described  in the  Prospectus,  the  Company  does not own any
interest in any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other business
entity.

         2.28  Other  Agreements.   The  Company  shall  enter  into  three-year
employment  contracts with each of Steve F. Brandon and Thomas F. Reed and adopt
a 1996 Senior Executive Stock Option Plan, as described in the Prospectus,  with
terms subject to the Underwriter's approval.


3.       Representative's Representations and Warranties.

         The Representative represents and warrants to the Company that:

         3.1 Organization: Good Standing. The Representative has been duly 
organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under
the laws of its state of incorporation.

         3.2  Corporate  Power;   Licenses;   Consents.  The  Representative  is
registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission and in
each state where such registration is required where the Representative  acts as
a broker-dealer.

         3.3  Binding  Obligation;   Enforceability.   This  Agreement  and  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby have been duly  authorized by, an executed on
behalf of the Representative and constitute the valid and binding obligations of
the  Representative,  enforceable in accordance with its terms,  except (i) such
enforceability  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,   reorganization,
fraudulent  conveyance,  marshaling  and/or  similar  laws,  now or hereafter in
effect affecting  creditors rights and remedies and (including such as made deny
giving effect to waivers of debtors' rights, (ii) as

120243.3
                                      -15-

<PAGE>



enforceability of any indemnification provision may be limited under Federal and
State laws,  (iii) that the remedy of specific  performance  and  injunction and
other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable  defenses and to
the discretion of the courts before which any proceeding therefor may be brought
(regardless of whether such  enforceability is considered a proceeding in equity
or in law).

4.       Covenants of the Company.  The Company covenants and agrees with the 
Underwriter as follows:

         4.1 Amendments to Registration Statement.  The Company shall deliver to
the  Representative,  prior  to  filing,  any  amendment  or  supplement  to the
Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  proposed to be filed after the Effective
Date and  shall  not  file  any  such  amendment  or  supplement  to  which  the
Representative shall reasonably object.

         4.2      Federal Securities Laws.

                  4.2.1  Compliance.  During  the  time  when  a  Prospectus  is
required to be  delivered  under the Act, the Company  shall use all  reasonable
efforts  to  comply  with  all  requirements  imposed  upon it by the  Act,  the
Regulations and the Exchange Act and by the regulations  under the Exchange Act,
as from time to time in force,  so far as necessary to permit the continuance of
sales of or dealings in the Shares in accordance with the provisions  hereof and
the  Prospectus.  If at any time when a  Prospectus  relating  to the  Shares is
required  to be  delivered  under the Act,  any event  shall have  occurred as a
result of which,  in the  opinion of counsel  for the Company or counsel for the
Underwriter,  the  Prospectus,  as then  amended or  supplemented,  includes any
untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required
to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in light of
the  circumstances  under  which they were  made,  not  misleading,  or if it is
necessary  at any time to amend  the  Prospectus  to  comply  with the Act,  the
Company shall notify the  Representative  promptly and prepare and file with the
Commission,   subject  to  Section  4.1  hereof,  an  appropriate  amendment  or
supplement in accordance with Section 10 of the Act.

                  4.2.2   Filing of Final Prospectus.  The Company shall file 
the Final Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative)
with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Rule 424 of the Regulations.

                  4.2.3   Exchange Act Registration.  For a period of five years
from the Effective Date, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain 
registration of the Common Stock under the provisions of the Exchange Act.


120243.3
                                      -16-

<PAGE>



                  4.2.4   Financial Printer.  The Preliminary Prospectuses shall
be printed by a financial printer selected by the Company and approved by the 
Underwriter.

         4.3 Blue Sky  Filings.  The Company  shall  endeavor in good faith,  in
cooperation with the Representative and its counsel, at or prior to the time the
Registration Statement becomes effective, to qualify the Shares for offering and
sale under the securities laws of such  jurisdictions as the  Representative may
reasonably  designate,  provided that no such qualification shall be required in
any  jurisdiction  where, as a result  thereof,  the Company would be subject to
service of general  process or would be  required to qualify to do business as a
foreign  corporation.  In each jurisdiction  where such  qualification  shall be
effected,  the Company shall, unless the Representative  agrees that such action
is not at the time necessary or advisable,  use all  reasonable  efforts to file
and make such  statements  or reports at such times as are or may be required by
the laws of such  jurisdiction.  All blue sky work shall be undertaken by Olshan
Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig  LLP,  counsel to the  Underwriter,  and the Company
shall pay for all related expenses and disbursements incurred by such counsel.

         4.4 Delivery of Filings to  Underwriter.  The Company  shall deliver to
the  Underwriter,  without charge,  from time to time during the period when the
Prospectus  is required to be delivered  under the Act or the Exchange Act, such
number  of copies  of each  Preliminary  Prospectus  and the  Prospectus  as the
Underwriter  may  reasonably  request and,  immediately  after the  Registration
Statement  or any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto  is filed,  deliver to the
Representative  two (2) executed  original  Registration  Statements,  including
exhibits,  and all  post-effective  amendments  thereto and copies of  documents
filed therewith or incorporated  therein by reference and all executed  original
consents of certified experts.

         4.5  Effectiveness  and Events Requiring Notice to the  Representative.
The Company  shall use its best efforts to cause the  Registration  Statement to
remain  effective  until the later of the  completion by the  Underwriter of the
distribution of the Shares (but in no event more than 9 months after the date on
which the Registration  Statement shall have been declared effective) or 25 days
after the date on which the  Registration  Statement  shall  have been  declared
effective and shall notify the  Representative  immediately  and shall  promptly
confirm  the  notice in  writing of (i) the  effectiveness  of the  Registration
Statement and any amendment thereto,  (ii) the issuance by the Commission of any
stop order or of the initiation, or the threatening,  of any proceeding for that
purpose,   (iii)  the  issuance  by  any  state  securities  commission  of  any
proceedings for the suspension of the  qualification  of the Shares for offering
or sale in any  jurisdiction or of the initiation,  or the  threatening,  of any
proceeding for that purpose, (iv) the mailing and delivery to the Commission for
filing of any amendment or supplement to the  Registration  Statement or
 
120243.3
                                      -17-

<PAGE>



Prospectus,  (v) the receipt of any  comments  or request  for any  additional  
information  from the Commission,  and (vi) the happening of any event during 
the period  described in Section  4.4 hereof  that  makes any  statement  of a 
material  fact made in the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus  untrue or
that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the 
Prospectus in order to make the statements  therein,  in light of the 
circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or
any state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such 
qualification  at any time, the Company shall make every reasonable effort to 
obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

         4.6   Unaudited   Financials.   The  Company   shall   furnish  to  the
Representative  as early as practicable prior to the date hereof and the Closing
Date, but no later than two (2) full business days prior thereto,  a copy of the
latest  available   unaudited  interim  financial   statements  (the  "Unaudited
Financials") of the Company  prepared in a manner  consistent with that included
in the Registration Statement (which in no event shall be as of a date more than
sixty  (60)  days  prior to the  Effective  Date)  which  have  been read by the
Company's  independent  accountants,  as stated in their  letter to be furnished
pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof.

         4.7      Reports to the Underwriters.

                  4.7.1  Periodic  Reports,  Etc. For a period of five (5) years
following the Effective Date, the Company shall, simultaneously with the release
or filing thereof, as the case may be, furnish to the Representative, (i) copies
of such  financial  statements  and other  periodic  and special  reports as the
Company  from time to time  furnishes  generally  to holders of any class of its
securities, (ii) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to
file with the  Commission,  (iii) a copy of every  press  release and every news
item and article with  respect to the Company or its affairs  which was released
by the Company,  (iv) copies of each Form SR filed by the Company, (v) a copy of
each Form 8-K or Schedules  13D, 13G, 14D-1 or 13E-4 received or prepared by the
Company,  and (vi) such additional documents and information with respect to the
Company  and the  affairs  of any  future  subsidiaries  of the  Company  as the
Representative may from time to time reasonably request.

                  4.7.2  Transfer  Sheets.  For a period of three years from the
Closing Date,  the Company will furnish to the  Representative  at the Company's
sole  expense  such  transfer   sheets  of  the  Company's   securities  as  the
Representative may request, including the daily, weekly and monthly consolidated
transfer sheets of the transfer agent of the Company.

         4.8      Delivery of Representative's Warrants.  On the Closing
Date, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Representative

120243.3
                                      -18-

<PAGE>



the Representative's Warrants substantially in the form filed as Exhibit __ to 
the Registration Statement.

         4.9      Payment of Expenses.

                  4.9.1 General  Expenses.  The Company shall pay on each of the
Closing  Date and any Option  Closing Date to the extent not paid at the Closing
Date, all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company
under this  Agreement,  including,  but not  limited  to,  (i) the  preparation,
printing,  filing and mailing  (including the payment of postage with respect to
such mailing) of the Registration  Statement,  the Preliminary  Prospectuses and
the  Prospectus  and the  printing  and  mailing of this  Agreement  and related
documents,  including  the cost of all  copies  thereof  and any  amendments  or
supplements thereto supplied to the Underwriter in quantities as may be required
by the Underwriter,  (ii) the printing,  engraving, issuance and delivery of the
Shares and the Representative's Warrants, including any transfer taxes and other
taxes  payable  thereon,  (iii) the  qualification  of the Shares under state or
foreign securities or Blue Sky laws, including the costs of printing and mailing
the  "Preliminary  Blue Sky  Memorandum,"  and all  amendments  and  supplements
thereto,  fees and disbursements for the Underwriter's  Blue Sky counsel,  which
fees  shall not  exceed an  aggregate  of  $35,000.00  ($15,000.00  of which has
already been paid),and fees and disbursements of local counsel, if any, retained
for such purpose, (iv) applications for assignments of a rating of the Shares by
qualified  rating  agencies,  (v) filing fees,  costs and  expenses  incurred in
registering  the  offering  with the NASD,  (vi)  costs of  placing  "tombstone"
advertisements  in  publications  that  shall  be  reasonably  selected  by  the
Representative,  (vii) fees and disbursements of the transfer agent,  (viii) the
Company's  expenses  associated  with "due diligence"  meetings  arranged by the
Representative;  (ix) the preparation,  binding and delivery of four transaction
bound volume sets for the  Representative;  (x) any listing of the Shares on the
Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market System or on any securities  exchange or any listing in
Standard & Poor's Corporation Records or Moody's OTC Industrial Manual, and (xi)
all other costs and  expenses  incident to the  performance  of its  obligations
hereunder  that are not  otherwise  specifically  provided  for in this  Section
4.9.1. Since an important part of the public offering process is for the Company
to appropriately  and accurately  describe both the background of the principals
of the Company and the  Company's  competitive  position  in its  industry,  the
Company will  engage,  if  requested  by the  Underwriter,  and will pay for, an
investigative  search  firm  of  the  Representative's   choice  to  conduct  an
investigation  of principals of the Company and its  predecessors and affiliates
designated by the  Representative.  The  Representative  may deduct from the net
proceeds of the offering  payable to the Company on the Closing  Date, or on any
Option Closing Date, the expenses set forth herein to be paid by the Company. If
this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason

120243.3
                                      -19-

<PAGE>



whatsoever,  the Company shall remain liable for all of its actual out-of-pocket
expenses pursuant to this Section 4.9.1.

                  4.9.2  Representatives'  Expenses. In addition to the expenses
payable pursuant to Section 4.9.1, the Company shall pay to the Representative a
non-accountable expense allowance in an amount not to exceed (i) $195,000 on the
Closing Date, and (ii) $29,250 on the final Option Closing Date, in each case by
certified or bank cashier's check or, at the election of the Representative,  by
deduction from the proceeds of the offering contemplated hereby. If the offering
contemplated by this Agreement is not  consummated  for any reason,  the Company
shall be liable for the accountable expenses of the Representatives,  including,
but not limited to, legal fees,  Blue Sky counsel fees,  and "road show" and due
diligence expenses, to a maximum of $200,000,  less any payments previously made
therefor.

         4.10  Application  of Net  Proceeds.  The  Company  shall apply the net
proceeds  from  the  offering  received  by it in a manner  consistent  with the
application  described under the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus and
shall file such  reports  with the  Commission  with  respect to the sale of the
Shares and the application of the proceeds therefrom as may be required pursuant
to Rule 463 under the Act.

         4.11     Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders.  The
Company shall make generally available to its security holders as soon as 
practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth full calendar 
month following the Effective Date, an earnings statement (which need not be 
certified by independent public or independent certified public accountants 
unless required by the Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the
provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Act) covering a period of
at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning on the date immediately after 
the Effective Date.

         4.12  Reservation  of  Shares.  The  Company  shall  reserve  and  keep
available that maximum  number of its  authorized but unissued  shares of Common
Stock as is issuable upon the exercise of the Representative's Warrants.

         4.13 Board of Directors. For a period of three years from the Effective
Date, the Company will (i) pay a financial consulting fee to the Underwriter, to
be accrued at the rate of  $2,777.78  per month  (which  shall be prepaid in its
entirety on the Closing  Date);  and (ii)  recommend and use its best efforts to
elect a designee of the  Underwriter  as a member of its Board of Directors.  If
for whatever reason the Underwriter does not designate a member of the Company's
Board of Directors,  the Underwriter shall nevertheless have the right to send a
representative  (who need not be the same individual from meeting to meeting) to
observe each meeting of the Board of Directors.  The Company  agrees to give the
Underwriter

120243.3
                                      -20-

<PAGE>



written  notice of each such  meeting  and to provide  the  Underwriter  with an
agenda and  minutes of the  meeting no later than the time it gives such  notice
and provides such items to the other  directors.  The Company  agrees to provide
such director or  representative  of the Underwriter:  (i) the same compensation
and  expense  reimbursement  as would be paid to  non-officer  directors  of the
Company;  and (ii) the  same  indemnification  and  insurance  protection  as is
afforded generally to officers and directors of the Company.

         4.14 Press  Releases.  The Company  shall not issue a press  release or
engage in any other  publicity until  twenty-five  (25) days after the Effective
Date, without the  Representative's  prior written consent,  which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld.

         4.15  Nasdaq  Maintenance.  For a period  of five  years  from the date
hereof,  the Company  shall use its best  efforts to maintain the listing of the
Common Stock on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market [and the Boston Stock Exchange] for
not less than five years, unless otherwise agreed to by the Underwriter.

         4.16 Key Person  Life  Insurance.  For a period of at least three years
following  the  Effective  Date,  the  Company  shall  maintain  key person life
insurance  with an insurance  company  which is reasonably  satisfactory  to the
Representative  in an amount no less than $2  million  in the  aggregate  on the
lives of each of Steve F. Brandon and Thomas F. Reed,  naming the Company as the
sole beneficiary thereof.

         4.17  Disqualification  of Form S-1 (or other appropriate  form). For a
period equal to seven years from the date hereof,  the Company will not take any
action or actions which may prevent or disqualify  the Company's use of Form S-1
(or other  appropriate  form) for the  registration  under the Act of the shares
underlying the Representative's Warrants.

         4.18  Transfer Agent. The Company shall retain a transfer agent
acceptable to the Underwriter for the Common Stock for a period of five years 
following the Effective Date.

         4.19 Accountants.  For a period of three years from the Effective Date,
the Company  will not effect a change in its  accounting  firm without the prior
written  consent of the  Representative,  which consent will not be unreasonably
withheld, except that no such consent is required if the new firm is a member of
the so-called "Big Six."

         4.20 Professional Services.  The Company shall retain attorneys and 
accountants acceptable to the Underwriter to assist the Company in preparation 
of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.  If requested by the 
Underwriter, the Company will retain a financial public relations firm and/or an
advertising

120243.3
                                      -21-

<PAGE>



agency to assist in the preparation of the Registration Statement and Prospectus
and for up to two years after the Effective Date.

         4.21 Sale of Securities.  The Company will not,  without  obtaining the
prior written of the Representative, (i) issue or sell in any manner, whether by
private placement,  public offering or otherwise,  any of its securities,  other
than the  Representative's  Warrants,  Common  Stock  upon the  exercise  of the
Representative's  Warrants or any other currently outstanding warrant or option,
options (and Common Stock,  upon the exercise thereof) under the Company's stock
option plans as currently in effect,  or securities issued in connection with an
acquisition or corporate  combination,  for a period of two years  following the
Closing  Date,  or (ii)  permit or cause a private or public  sale or private or
public offering of any of its securities (in any manner,  including  pursuant to
Rule 144  under  the Act)  owned  nominally  or  beneficially  by (A) any of the
Insiders for a period of two years  following the Closing Date or (B) any of the
Non-Insider Shareholders for a period of six months following the Closing Date.

         4.22 Exercise Price of Options/Warrants.  For a period of twelve months
after  the  Effective  Date,  the  Company  will not grant or issue  options  to
purchase more than 150,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock pursuant to the
Company's 1996 Non-Senior Executive Stock Option Plan, and the exercise price of
such options shall not be less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on
the date of the grant.

         4.23  Insiders  Sales.  During  the three  year  period  following  the
Effective  Date,  the  Underwriter  shall  have the  right to  purchase  for the
Underwriter's  account  or to  sell  for  the  account  of any of the  Company's
officers or  directors,  by any persons or entities  currently  owning shares or
options to purchase  five  percent or more of the shares of Common  Stock on the
Effective  Date, or by the Insiders,  any  securities of the Company sold by the
Insiders  pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act. Each of the Insiders will agree to
offer  the  Underwriter  the  exclusive  opportunity  to  purchase  or sell such
securities  on terms at least as  favorable  to the  Insiders as they can secure
elsewhere.

5.  Conditions  of  the  Underwriter's  Obligations.   The  obligations  of  the
Underwriter  to purchase and pay for the Shares,  as provided  herein,  shall be
subject to the continuing  accuracy of the representations and warranties of the
Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing  Date and any Option
Closing Date to the accuracy of the  statements  of officers of the Company made
pursuant to the provisions  hereof and to the  performance by the Company of its
obligations hereunder and to the following conditions:

         5.1      Regulatory Matters.


120243.3
                                      -22-

<PAGE>



                  5.1.1   Effectiveness of Registration Statement.  The 
Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:00 P.M.,
New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as
shall be consented to in writing by you, and, at each of the Closing Date and 
any Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the 
Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for the purpose
shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission
and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall
have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of Olshan Grundman Frome 
& Rosenzweig LLP, counsel to the Underwriter.

                  5.1.2 NASD  Clearance.  On or before the Effective  Date,  the
Representative  shall have received  clearance from the NASD as to the amount of
compensation  allowable  or  payable  to the  Underwriter  as  described  in the
Registration Statement.

                  5.1.3 No Blue Sky Stop Orders. No order suspending the sale of
the Shares in any jurisdiction  designated by you pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof
shall have been issued  either on the Closing Date or any Option  Closing  Date,
and no  proceedings  for that  purpose  shall have been  instituted  or shall be
contemplated.

         5.2      Counsel Matters.

                  5.2.1  Closing Date Opinion of Counsel.  On the Closing  Date,
the Representative  shall have received the favorable opinion of Certilman Balin
Adler & Hyman, LLP, counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date, addressed to
the Underwriter and in form and substance  satisfactory to Olshan Grundman Frome
& Rosenzweig LLP, counsel to the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                           (i)    The Company has been duly organized and is
validly  existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its
state of  incorporation  and is duly qualified and licensed and in good standing
as a foreign corporation in Texas, which to the knowledge of such counsel is the
only  jurisdiction  in which its  ownership or leasing of any  properties or the
character of its operations  requires such  qualification  or licensing  (except
where the  failure  to be so  qualified  or  licensed  would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company).

                           (ii)    The Company has all requisite corporate power
and authority, and, to such counsel's knowledge, has all necessary 
authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and 
from all governmental or regulatory officials and bodies, to own or lease its 
properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and, to 
such counsel's knowledge, is in compliance with all such authorizations,
approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits and all federal, state and
local laws, rules and regulations.  The Company has all requisite corporate 

120243.3
                                      -23-

<PAGE>



power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the terms and
conditions  hereof. To such counsel's  knowledge,  no consents,  approvals,  
authorizations or orders of, and no filing with any court or governmental agency
or body (other than such as may be required under the Act and  applicable  Blue
Sky laws), is required  for the  valid  authorization, issuance,  sale and 
delivery of the  Securities, and the  consummation  of the transactions and 
agreements contemplated by this Agreement and the Representative's Warrants, 
and as contemplated by the Prospectus or, if required, all such authorizations,
approvals, consents, orders, registrations, licenses and permits have been duly
obtained and are in full force and effect and have been disclosed to the 
Representatives.

                           (iii)         All issued and outstanding securities 
of the Company  have been duly  authorized  and  validly  issued and are fully 
paid and non-assessable;  to such counsel's knowledge, the holders thereof have 
no rights of rescission with respect thereto and are not subject to personal  
liability by reason of being such holders;  and, to such  counsel's  knowledge, 
none of such securities  were issued in violation of the preemptive  rights of 
any holders of any  security  of the  Company  or  similar  contractual  rights 
granted by the Company.  The  outstanding  options and warrants,  if any, to 
purchase shares of Common  Stock  constitute  the valid and binding obligations
of the  Company, enforceable  in  accordance  with  their  respective  terms,   
except  (i)  such enforceability  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization, fraudulent  conveyance,  marshaling  and/or  similar  laws,  now
or hereafter in effect affecting  creditors rights and remedies and (including 
such as made deny giving  effect to waivers of  debtors'  rights,  (ii) as  
enforceability  of any indemnification  provision may be limited  under  Federal
and State laws,  (iii) that the  remedy of  specific  performance  and  
injunction  and other  forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable
defenses and to the discretion of the courts before which any proceeding 
therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such  enforceability  is 
considered a proceeding  in equity or in law).  Prior to the completion of the 
offering, the offers and sales of the outstanding Common  Stock and options and 
warrants to purchase  shares of Common Stock have been at all relevant  times 
either  registered  under the Act and the applicable state securities or Blue 
Sky Laws or exempt from such registration requirements. The  authorized  and  
outstanding  capital  stock of the Company is as set forth under the caption 
"Capitalization" in the Prospectus.

                           (iv)         The Securities have been duly authorized
and, when issued, paid for and delivered in accordance herewith, will be validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable;  the holders thereof are not and will not
be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders. The Securities
are not and will not be subject to the  preemptive  rights of any holders of any
security of the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Company's

120243.3
                                      -24-

<PAGE>



Certificate  of  Incorporation   or,  to  such  counsel's   knowledge,   similar
contractual  rights granted by the Company.  All corporate action required to be
taken for the  authorization,  issuance and sale of the Securities has been duly
and validly taken. When issued,  the  Representative's  Warrants will constitute
valid and binding  obligations  of the Company to issue and sell,  upon exercise
thereof and payment  therefor,  the number and type of securities of the Company
called for thereby  and the  Representative's  Warrants,  when  issued,  will be
enforceable  against the Company in accordance with their terms, except (a) such
enforceability  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,   reorganization,
fraudulent  conveyance,  marshaling  and/or  similar  laws,  now or hereafter in
effect affecting  creditors rights and remedies and (including such as made deny
giving  effect to waivers  of  debtors'  rights,  (b) as  enforceability  of any
indemnification  provision may be limited under Federal and State laws, (c) that
the remedy of specific  performance  and injunction and other forms of equitable
relief may be subject to the  equitable  defenses and to the  discretion  of the
courts  before  which any  proceeding  therefor  may be brought  (regardless  of
whether such enforceability is considered a proceeding in equity or in law).

                           (v)        To such counsel's knowledge, except as set
forth in the Prospectus,  or for Common Shares  included in the  Prospectus,  no
holders  of  any  securities  of the  Company  or of any  options,  warrants  or
securities of the Company  exercisable for or convertible or  exchangeable  into
securities  of the Company has the right to require the Company to register  any
such  securities  under  the  Act  or  to  include  any  such  securities  in  a
registration statement to be filed by the Company.

                           (vi)     The Shares have been approved for listing on
Nasdaq SmallCap Market System [and the Boston Stock Exchange].

                           (vii)       This Agreement has been duly and validly
authorized,  executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and
binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance
with its terms,  except (a) such  enforceability  may be limited by  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  fraudulent  conveyance,  marshaling and/or similar
laws,  now or hereafter in effect  affecting  creditors  rights and remedies and
(including such as made deny giving effect to waivers of debtors' rights, (b) as
enforceability of any indemnification provision may be limited under Federal and
State laws, (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunction and other
forms of equitable  relief may be subject to the  equitable  defenses and to the
discretion  of the courts  before which any  proceeding  therefor may be brought
(regardless of whether such  enforceability is considered a proceeding in equity
or in law). The Representative's Warrants have been duly and validly authorized,
executed  and  delivered  by the  Company and  constitute  the valid and binding
obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in

120243.3
                                      -25-

<PAGE>



accordance with their terms,  except (a) such  enforceability  may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, marshaling and/or
similar laws, now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors rights and remedies
and  (including  such as made deny giving effect to waivers of debtors'  rights,
(b) as  enforceability  of any  indemnification  provision  may be limited under
Federal  and  State  laws,  (c) that the  remedy  of  specific  performance  and
injunction  and other forms of equitable  relief may be subject to the equitable
defenses  and to the  discretion  of the  courts  before  which  any  proceeding
therefor may be brought (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered
a proceeding in equity or in law).

                           (viii)     The execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement and the Representative's  Warrants,  the issuance and sale of the
Securities, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby
and the  compliance  by the  Company  with the terms and  provisions  hereof and
thereof,  do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse
of time, or both, (a) to such counsel's knowledge, conflict with, or result in a
breach of, any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under,  or
result in the creation or modification of any lien, security interest, charge or
encumbrance  upon any of the properties or assets of the Company pursuant to the
terms of, any material mortgage, deed of trust, note, indenture, loan, contract,
commitment or other material  agreement or instrument known to such counsel,  to
which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its properties or
assets may be bound, (b) result in any violation of any of the provisions of the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  or the  By-Laws  of  the  Company,  (c) to  such
counsel's knowledge,  violate any statute or any judgment, order or decree, rule
or regulation applicable to the Company of any court, domestic or foreign, or of
any federal,  state or other  regulatory  authority or other  governmental  body
having  jurisdiction over the Company,  its properties or assets, or (d) to such
counsel's  knowledge  have a material  adverse  effect on any  permit,  license,
certification, registration, approval, consent, or franchise of the Company.

                           (ix)     The Registration Statement, each Preliminary
Prospectus and the Prospectus and any  post-effective  amendments or supplements
thereto  (other  than the  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  and other
financial,  numerical,  accounting  and  statistical  data  included  therein or
omitted therefrom, as to which no opinion need be rendered) comply as to form in
all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations.  The
Securities and all other securities issued or issuable by the Company conform in
all material  respects to the description  thereof contained in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus. All statements in the Prospectus (other than those
set forth under the caption "Underwriting,  "Risk Factors-NASD Complaint Against
Underwriter  and Others  Alleging  Violations  of Exchange Act and NASD Rules of
Fair Practice" and "Risk Factors-Private Investigation Concerning

120243.3
                                      -26-

<PAGE>



Trading  and  Securities  of  Issuer  Underwritten  by  Underwriter")  have been
reviewed  by such  counsel  and,  insofar  as they refer to  statements  of law,
descriptions of statutes,  licenses, rules or regulations,  or legal conclusions
are correct in all material  respects.  Each statute or  regulation  or legal or
governmental  proceeding  required  to be  described  in the  Prospectus  is not
described as required,  and all contracts,  instruments or other documents known
to such  counsel,  of a character  required to be described in the  Registration
Statement  or the  Prospectus  or to be filed as  exhibits  to the  Registration
Statement are so described or filed as required.

                           (x)      Such counsel has participated in one or more
personal or telephonic  conferences with officers and other  representatives  of
the Company,  representatives  of the  independent  public  accountants  for the
Company,  the  Representative  and/or  counsel to the  Underwriter  at which the
contents of the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus and related matters were
discussed and, although such counsel is not passing upon and does not assume any
responsibility  for the  accuracy,  completeness  or fairness of the  statements
contained in the  Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus  (except as otherwise
expressly set forth in its opinion),  on the basis of the foregoing  (relying as
to the factual matters upon the statements of officers and other representatives
of the Company and State  officials) no facts have come to the attention of such
counsel that caused it to believe that the  Registration  Statement  (other than
the  financial  statements  and notes  thereto and other  financial,  numerical,
statistical and accounting data included therein,  or omitted  therefrom,  as to
which no opinion is requested  or need be rendered) as amended or  supplemented,
at the time such Registration  Statement became  effective,  contained an untrue
statement of a material  fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other
than information  omitted  therefrom in reliance on Rule 430A under the Act), or
the Prospectus (other than the financial  statements and notes thereto and other
financial,  numerical,  statistical  and accounting  data included  therein,  or
omitted  therefrom,  as to which no opinion is requested or need be rendered) as
amended  or  supplemented,  as of its date,  contained  an untrue  statement  of
material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances  under which they were made,
not misleading.

                           (xi)          The Registration Statement is effective
under the Act and to such  counsel's  knowledge  no stop  order  suspending  the
effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement has been issued and no proceedings
for that purpose have been  instituted,  are pending or are threatened under the
Act or applicable state securities laws.


120243.3
                                      -27-

<PAGE>



                           (xii)        To such counsel's knowledge, there is no
claim  or  action  by any  person  pertaining  to,  or  proceeding,  pending  or
threatened, which challenges the exclusive rights of the Company with respect to
any Intangibles used in the conduct of its business (including,  but not limited
to, any such  licenses or rights  described in the  Prospectus as being owned or
possessed by the Company).

                           (xiii)        To such Counsel's knowledge, except as
described  in the  Prospectus,  no  default  exists in the due  performance  and
observance of any term, covenant or condition of any material license, contract,
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other
material  agreement,  instrument or other document  evidencing an obligation for
borrowed money, or any other material agreement, instrument or other document to
which the  Company is a party or by which the  Company  may be bound or to which
any of the  properties  or assets of the Company is subject.  To such  Counsel's
knowledge,  the  Company is not in  violation  of any term or  provision  of its
Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  By-Laws,  or, to the best of such  counsel's
knowledge,  any material  franchise,  license,  permit,  applicable  law,  rule,
regulation,  judgment or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or
foreign,  having  jurisdiction  over the  Company  or any of its  properties  or
business, except as described in the Prospectus.

                           (xiv)      To such counsel's knowledge, except as set
forth in the prospectus, there are no claims, payments, issuances,  arrangements
or  understandings  for services in the nature of a finder's or origination  fee
with respect to the sale of the  Securities  hereunder  or financial  consulting
arrangements or any other arrangements, agreements, understandings,  payments or
issuances that may affect the Underwriter's  compensation,  as determined by the
NASD, in connection with the order and sale of the Shares.

                           (xv)          To such counsel's knowledge, except as
described  in the  Prospectus,  the  Company  does not own any  interest  in any
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other business entity.

                           (xvi)      To such counsel's knowledge, except as set
forth in the Prospectus, there is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any
court or  governmental  agency or body,  domestic or foreign,  now  pending,  or
threatened  against the Company,  which would have a material  adverse effect on
the Company.

                  5.2.2 Option  Closing  Date Opinion of Counsel.  On the Option
Closing  Date,  if any, the  Representative  shall have  received the opinion of
Certilman Balin Adler & Hyman, LLP, counsel to the Company, and dated the Option
Closing Date,  addressed to the Underwriter and in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to

120243.3
                                      -28-

<PAGE>



Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP, counsel to the Underwriter,  confirming,
as of the  Option  Closing  Date,  the  statements  made by such  counsel to the
Company in their opinion delivered on the Closing Date.

                  5.2.3              Reliance.  In rendering such opinions, such
counsel may rely (i) as to matters involving the application of laws other than 
the laws of the United States,  the General  Corporation  Law of the  States  of
Delaware  and New York  and  jurisdictions  in  which  they are admitted, to the
extent such counsel deems proper and to the extent specified in such  opinion, 
if at all,  upon an opinion or opinions  (in form and  substance satisfactory to
Underwriter's counsel) of other counsel reasonably acceptable to Underwriter's
counsel,  familiar with the applicable laws, (ii) as to matters of fact,  to the
extent they deem  proper,  (A) on  certificates  or other  written statements of
responsible  officers of the Company and (B) on  certificates  or other written
statements of officers or  departments  of various  jurisdictions having custody
of documents  respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the 
Company,  provided  that copies of any such  statements  or  certificates shall
be delivered to Underwriter's  counsel,  (iii) as to matters  described in the 
Prospectus  under "Risk Factors - Uncertainty  of Protection of Patents and
Proprietary Rights" and  "Business-Patents and Proprietary Rights", on advice of
Thompson & Howison, LLP (which has been re-confirmed as of the opinion date) and
(iv) as to matter  described in the Prospectus under "Risk Factors - Uncertainty
of Third Party  Reimbursement  and Product  Pricing",  "Risk  Factors - Consumer
Loans and  Governmental  Regulation",  "Business-Governmental  Regulations"  and
"Business-Third Party  Reimbursement",  on advice of Arent & Fox (which has been
re-confirmed  as of the opinion date).  Such opinions of counsel shall include a
statement  to the effect  that they may be relied  upon by the  Underwriter  and
counsel for the  Underwriter.  Such  opinion  may assume the due  authorization,
execution and delivery of all  documentation  referred to therein by the parties
thereto other than the Company.

                  5.2.4  Subsidiaries.  In the event that the Company has one or
more subsidiaries (the "subsidiaries"), the opinions referred to in this Section
5.2 shall also be given with respect to each  subsidiary  (except as the context
otherwise  requires),  as if the  provisions  calling  for  such  opinions  made
specific reference to each subsidiary each time the term "Company" was used.

         5.3 Cold Comfort Letter. At the time this Agreement is executed, and at
each of the Closing Date and any Option  Closing Date, you shall have received a
letter,  addressed to the Underwriter and in form and substance  satisfactory in
all respects (including the non-material nature of the changes or decreases,  if
any,  referred to in clause (iii) below) to you and to Olshan  Grundman  Frome &
Rosenzweig LLP, counsel to the Underwriter,  from Moore Stephens,  P.C.,  dated,
respectively, as of the date of this

120243.3
                                      -29-

<PAGE>



Agreement, as of the Closing Date and as of any Option Closing Date:

                           (i)       Confirming that they are independent
accountants with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the
 "Entities") within the meaning of the Act and the applicable Regulations;

                           (ii)      Stating that in their opinion the financial
statements of the Entities  (including the unaudited  financial  information for
the Company) included in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus comply as to
form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the
Act and the Regulations;

                           (iii)       Stating that, based on performance of the
procedures  specified by the American  Institute of Certified Public Accountants
for a review of the latest available  unaudited interim financial  statements of
the Entities (as defined in SAS No. 71 Interim Financial Interpretation) with an
indication of the date of such unaudited financial statements,  a reading of the
latest  available  minutes of the  stockholders  and Boards of  Directors of the
Entities and the various  committees of the Boards of Directors of the Entities,
consultations with officers and other employees of the Entities  responsible for
financial and accounting  matters and other specified  procedures and inquiries,
nothing has come to their  attention  which would lead them to believe  that (a)
the unaudited financial statements of the Entities, included in the Registration
Statement do not comply as to form in all material  respects with the applicable
accounting  requirements  of the  Act  and the  Regulations  or are  not  fairly
presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on
a basis substantially  consistent with that of the audited financial  statements
of the Company included in the Registration  Statement,  (b) at a date not later
than five (5) days  prior to the  Effective  Date,  Closing  Date or any  Option
Closing  Date,  as the case may be, there was any change in the capital stock or
long-term debt of the Company,  or any decrease in the  stockholders'  equity of
the Company as compared  with  amounts  shown in the most recent  balance  sheet
included  in  the  Registration  Statement,  other  than  as  set  forth  in  or
contemplated  by the  Registration  Statement,  or, if there  was any  decrease,
setting  forth the amount of such  decrease,  and (c)  during  the  period  from
January  1, 1996 to a  specified  date not later than five (5) days prior to the
Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, if any, as the case may be,
there was any  decrease in revenues or net earnings (or increase in net loss per
share) of the Company or net earnings (or increase in net loss per share) of the
Company  per  share of its  common  stock,  in each  case as  compared  with the
corresponding   period  in  the   preceding   year  and  as  compared  with  the
corresponding  period in the  preceding  quarter,  other than as set forth in or
contemplated by the Registration  Statement,  or, if there was any such decrease
(or increase, as the case may be), setting forth the amount of such decrease;

120243.3
                                      -30-

<PAGE>




                           (iv)    Stating that they have compared specific
dollar  amounts,  numbers of  shares,  percentages  of  revenues  and  earnings,
statements and other financial information  pertaining to the Entities set forth
in the  Prospectus  in each  case to the  extent  that  such  amounts,  numbers,
percentages,  statements  and  information  may  be  derived  from  the  general
accounting  records,  including work sheets,  of the Entities,  with the results
obtained  from the  application  of  specified  readings,  inquiries  and  other
appropriate  procedures  (which  procedures do not  constitute an examination in
accordance with generally  accepted auditing  standards) set forth in the letter
and found them to be in agreement;

                           (v)       Stating that they have not (and are not
aware)  during  the  immediately  preceding  five  year  period  brought  to the
attention of the management of any of the Entities any reportable condition with
respect to the Company's internal controls related to internal structure, design
or  operation,  as defined in the  Statement  on  auditing  Standards  No. 60 --
"Communication of Internal Control Structure Related Matters Noted in an Audit;"
and

                           (vi)     Statements as to such other matters incident
to the transactions contemplated hereby as you may reasonably
request.

         5.4      Certificates.

                  5.4.1 Officers' Certificates.  At each of the Closing Date and
any Option Closing Date the Representative  shall have received a certificate of
the Company  signed by its  respective  Chief  Executive  Officer and  Principal
Accounting  Officer,  dated the Closing Date or any Option  Closing Date, as the
case may be,  respectively,  to the effect that the Company  has  performed  all
covenants  and complied  with all  conditions  required by this  Agreement to be
performed or complied  with by the Company  prior to and as of the Closing Date,
or any Option  Closing  Date,  as the case may be, and that the  conditions  set
forth in Section 5.5 hereof have been  satisfied as of such date and that, as of
the  Closing  Date  and any  Option  Closing  Date,  as the  case  may  be,  the
representations  and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof are
true and correct. In addition, the Representative shall have received such other
and further  certificates  of officers of the Company,  and such other  evidence
including  certified copies of applicable  documentation,  as the Representative
may reasonably request.

                  5.4.2 Secretary's Certificate. At each of the Closing Date and
the Option  Closing  Date,  if any,  the  Representative  shall have  received a
certificate  of the Company  signed by the  Secretary of the Company,  dated the
Closing  Date or any  Option  Closing  Date,  as the case may be,  respectively,
certifying (i) that the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws,

120243.3
                                      -31-

<PAGE>



as amended, of the Company are true and complete, have not been modified and are
in full force and effect,  (ii) that the  resolutions  relating to the  offering
contemplated  by this  Agreement  are in full force and effect and have not been
modified,  (iii) all  correspondence  between the Company or its counsel and the
Commission,  (iv) all  correspondence  between  the  Company or its  counsel and
Nasdaq  and  (v) as to  the  incumbency  of the  officers  of the  Company.  The
documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

         5.5 No Material  Changes.  Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and
any Option Closing Date, (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or
development  involving  a  prospective  material  change  in  the  condition  or
prospects or the business  activities,  financial or  otherwise,  of the Company
from  the  latest  dates  as of  which  such  condition  is  set  forth  in  the
Registration   Statement  and   Prospectus,   (ii)  there  shall  have  been  no
transaction, not in the ordinary course of business, entered into by the Company
from the latest date as of which the  financial  condition of the Company is set
forth in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus  which is  materially
adverse to the  Company,  (iii) the  Company  shall not be in default  under any
provision  of any  instrument  relating to any  outstanding  indebtedness  which
default would have a material  adverse  effect on the Company,  (iv) no material
amount of the assets of the Company shall have been pledged or mortgaged, except
as set forth in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  (v) no action, suit
or proceeding,  at law or in equity,  shall be pending or threatened against the
Company or affecting  any of its property or business  before or by any court or
federal or state  commission,  board or other  administrative  agency wherein an
unfavorable  decision,  ruling or finding may  materially  adversely  affect the
business, operations, prospects or financial condition or income of the Company,
except as set forth in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,  (vi) no stop
order shall have been issued  under the Act and no  proceedings  therefor  shall
have been initiated or threatened by the Commission,  and (vii) the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus  and any  amendments or  supplements  thereto shall
contain  all  material  statements  that are  required  to be stated  therein in
accordance  with the Act and the  Regulations  and shall conform in all material
respects to the  requirements  of the Act and the  Regulations,  and neither the
Registration  Statement  nor the  Prospectus  nor any  amendment  or  supplement
thereto shall  contain any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state
any  material  fact  required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances  under which they were made,
not misleading.

         5.6  Delivery of  Representative's  Warrants.  The  Company  shall have
delivered  to  the  Representative   executed  copies  of  the  Representative's
Warrants,   registered  in  such   authorized   names  and  in  such  authorized
denominations as the Representative shall have requested.

120243.3
                                      -32-

<PAGE>




         5.7 Opinion of Counsel for the  Underwriter.  All proceedings  taken in
connection with the authorization,  issuance or sale of the Securities as herein
contemplated  shall be reasonably  satisfactory in form and substance to you and
to Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP, counsel to the  Underwriter,  and you
shall have  received  from such counsel a favorable  opinion,  dated the Closing
Date and any Option Closing Date,  with respect to such of these  proceedings as
you may reasonably  require. On or prior to the Effective Date, the Closing Date
and any Option  Closing  Date, as the case may be,  counsel for the  Underwriter
shall have been furnished with such documents, certificates and opinions as they
may  reasonably  require for the purpose of enabling them to review or pass upon
the  matters  referred  to in this  Section  5.7,  or in order to  evidence  the
accuracy, completeness or satisfaction of any of the representations, warranties
or conditions herein contained.

         5.8  Conditions  to Obligation  of the Company.  The  obligation of the
Company to deliver  the shares of  Commmon  Stock to the  Underwriter  hereunder
shall be subject to the conditions  that the  Registration  Statement shall have
become  effective not later than 5:00 p.m.,  New York City time, on the next day
following  the date of this  Agreement,  or such other time and date,  not later
than 5:00 p.m.,  New York City time,  on the seventh day  thereafter,  as may be
approved by the Company,  and no stop order suspending the  effectiveness of the
Registration  Statement  shall be in effect and no proceedings  for that purpose
shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission
at the Closing Date.

         In case of any of the  conditions  specified  in this Section 5.8 shall
not be  fulfilled,  this  Agreement  may be  terminated by the Company by giving
notice  to  you.  Any  such  termination  shall  be  without  liability  of  the
Underwriter  to the  Company;  provided,  however,  that in  event  of any  such
termination  the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the  Underwriters
from all costs or expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the
Company  under  this  Agreement  and  shall be  responsible  for such  costs and
expenses in accordance with Section 4.9.2.

6.       Indemnification.

         6.1      Indemnification of the Underwriter.

                  6.1.1 By the  Company.  Subject  to the  conditions  set forth
below,  the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the  Underwriter,  its
directors,  officers and  employees  and each  person,  if any, who controls the
Underwriter (a "controlling person") within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act
or Section  20(a) of the  Exchange  Act,  against  any and all loss,  liability,
claim,  damage and expense whatsoever  (including but not limited to any and all
legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred in  investigating,  preparing  or
defending  against  any  litigation,  commenced  or  threatened,  or  any  claim
whatsoever) to which they or any of them

120243.3
                                      -33-

<PAGE>



may become  subject  under the Act, the Exchange Act or any other  statute or at
common law or otherwise or under the laws of foreign  countries,  arising out of
or based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of a material
fact contained in (i) the Registration Statement,  any Preliminary Prospectus or
the Prospectus (as from time to time each may be amended or supplemented);  (ii)
in any post-effective  amendment or amendments or any new registration statement
and prospectus in which is included securities of the Company issued or issuable
upon exercise of the  Representatives'  Warrants;  or (iii) any  application  or
other document or written  communication (in this Section 6 collectively  called
"application")  executed  by the  Company  or  based  upon  written  information
furnished by the Company in any  jurisdiction in order to qualify the Securities
under the  securities  laws  thereof  or filed  with the  Commission,  any state
securities  commission or agency, or Nasdaq or any securities  exchange;  or the
omission or alleged omission  therefrom of a material fact required to be stated
therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements   therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  unless such statement
or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company with respect to any of the  Underwriter by or on behalf
of  such  Underwriter  expressly  for  use in any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the
Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus,  or  any  amendment  or  supplement
thereto, or in any application,  as the case may be; provided, however, that the
foregoing indemnity  agreement with respect to any preliminary  prospectus shall
not inure to the benefit of the  Representative,  or any person  controlling the
Representative,  if a copy of the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if
the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements  thereto) was not
set or given by or on behalf of the  Representative to the person asserting such
losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities,  if  required  by law so to have been
delivered,  at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Shares to
such person,  and if the Prospectus (as so amended or  supplemented)  would have
cured the defect  giving  rise to such loss,  claim,  damage or  liability.  The
Company agrees promptly to notify the  Representative of the commencement of any
litigation  or  proceedings  against  the  Company  or any of  their  respective
officers, directors or controlling persons in connection with the issue and sale
of the  Securities  or in  connection  with the  Registration  Statement  or the
Prospectus.

                  6.1.2  Procedure.   If  any  action  is  brought  against  the
Underwriter  or any  controlling  person in  respect of which  indemnity  may be
sought against the Company  pursuant to Section  6.1.1,  the  Underwriter  shall
promptly  notify the Company in writing of the  institution of such action,  but
the failure to so notify the Company  shall not relieve them from any  liability
they may have  hereunder,  unless such failure  results in the forfeiture by the
Company of material  substantive  rights and  defenses,  and the  Company  shall
assume the defense of such action, including the

120243.3
                                      -34-

<PAGE>



employment  and fees of counsel  (subject  to the  reasonable  approval  of such
Underwriter)  and payment of actual expenses  incurred in connection  therewith.
Such  Underwriter  or  controlling  person shall have the right to employ its or
their own counsel in any such case,  but the fees and  expenses of such  counsel
shall be at the expense of such  Underwriter or such  controlling  person unless
(i) the employment of such counsel shall have been  authorized in writing by the
Company in  connection  with the defense of such action,  (ii) the Company shall
not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action, or (iii)
such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may
be defenses  available to it or them which are  different  from or additional to
those  available  to the Company  (in which case the Company  shall not have the
right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or
parties),  in any of which  events  the fees and  expenses  of not more than one
additional firm of attorneys  selected by such  Underwriter  and/or  controlling
person shall be borne by the Company.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary
contained  herein,  if an  Underwriter  or  controlling  person shall assume the
defense of such action as provided  above,  the Company  shall have the right to
approve the terms of any  settlement of such action which  approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

         6.2 Indemnification of the Company. The Underwriter agrees to indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, its directors,  officers,  agents,  employees and
controlling  persons,  against any and all loss,  liability,  claim,  damage and
expense described in the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the Underwriter
set  forth in  Section  6.1.1,  as  incurred,  but only with  respect  to untrue
statements  or omissions,  or alleged  untrue  statements or omissions  directly
relating to the transactions effected by the Underwriter in connection with this
offering, made in any Preliminary Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or any  amendment or supplement  thereto,  or in any  application  in
reliance upon, and in strict conformity with, written  information  furnished to
the Company with respect to an Underwriter by such Underwriter expressly for use
in such Preliminary Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or
any  amendment or  supplement  thereto or in any such  application.  In case any
action shall be brought against the Company based on any Preliminary Prospectus,
the Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto
or any application,  and in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the
Underwriter,  such  Underwriter  shall have the  rights and duties  given to the
Company,  and the  Company  shall  have  the  rights  and  duties  given  to the
Underwriter, by the provisions of Section 6.1.2.

         6.3      Contribution.

                  6.3.1            Contribution Rights.  In order to provide for
just and equitable contribution under the Act in any case in which (i) any 
person entitled to indemnification under this Section 6

120243.3
                                      -35-

<PAGE>



makes claim for indemnification  pursuant hereto but it is judicially determined
(by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction
and the  expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal)
that such  indemnification may not be enforced in such case  notwithstanding the
fact that this  Section 6 provides  for  indemnification  in such case,  or (ii)
contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise may be required on the
part of any such person in circumstances for which  indemnification  is provided
under this Section 6, then, and in each such case, each applicable  indemnifying
party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified  party,  shall contribute to the
amount  paid or payable by such  indemnified  party as a result of such  losses,
liabilities,  claims,  damages and expenses of the nature  contemplated  by said
indemnity  agreement  (i) in such  proportion as is  appropriate  to reflect the
relative benefits received,  or sought to be received, by the Company on the one
hand and the  Underwriter  on the other hand from the  offering of the Shares or
(ii) if the  allocation  provided  by  clause  (i)  above  is not  permitted  by
applicable  law, in such  proportion as is  appropriate  to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of
the Company on the one hand and the  Underwriter  on the other  hand;  provided,
however,  that, no person guilty of a fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the
meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution  from any
person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  Notwithstanding
the  provisions  of this  Section  6.3,  the  Underwriter  shall be  required to
contribute  any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which
the Shares  underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the
public exceeds the sum of (a) the amount paid by such Underwriter to the Company
as its purchase  price for such Shares plus (b) the amount of any damages  which
such  Underwriter  has otherwise been required to pay in respect of such losses,
liabilities,  claims, damages and expenses. For purposes of this Section 6, each
respective  director,  officer  and  employee  of  any  Underwriter,   and  each
respective  person,  if any, who controls an  Underwriter  within the meaning of
Section  15 of the Act  shall  have  the same  rights  to  contribution  as such
Underwriter.

                  6.3.2 Contribution  Procedure.  Within fifteen (15) days after
receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its  representative) of notice of the
commencement of any action, suit or proceeding,  such party will, if a claim for
contribution  in  respect  thereof  is to be made  against  another  party  (the
"contributing  party"),  notify  the  contributing  party  of  the  commencement
thereof,  but the omission to so notify the contributing  party will not relieve
it from any  liability  which  it may have to any  other  party  other  than for
contribution  hereunder.  In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought
against  any  party,  and  such  party  notifies  a  contributing  party  or its
representative  of the  commencement  thereof  within the aforesaid (15) fifteen
days, the contributing party will be entitled to

120243.3
                                      -36-

<PAGE>



participate  therein with the notifying party and any other  contributing  party
similarly notified. Any such contributing party shall not be liable to any party
seeking  contribution  on account  of any  settlement  of any  claim,  action or
proceeding  effected  by such party  seeking  contribution  without  the written
consent of such  contributing  party. The contribution  provisions  contained in
this Section 6 are intended to  supersede,  to the extent  permitted by law, any
right to contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available.

7.       Covenants of the Representative. The Representative, covenants and 
agrees with the Company as follows:

         7.1      Compliance with NASD Rules of Fair Practice.  The 
representative hereby agrees to comply with the National Association of 
Securities Dealers Regulation, Inc.'s Rules of Fair Practice.

         7.2 Waiver of "Lock-Up".  The  Representative  shall not consummate any
transactions  with the Company's bridge lender  described in the Prospectus,  or
waive the "lock-up"  applicable  to such bridge  lender's  securities  until the
Company has complied with its undertaking to the Registration  Statement to file
"sticker"  supplements to the Prospectus  pursuant to Rule 424(c) of the Act, or
to file a post-effective amendment to the to Registration Statement.

8.  Representations  and Agreements to Survive  Delivery.  Except as the context
otherwise requires, all representations,  warranties and agreements contained in
this Agreement shall be deemed to be representations,  warranties and agreements
at the  Closing  Date and any Option  Closing  Date,  and such  representations,
warranties  and  agreements of the  Underwriter  and the Company,  including the
indemnity  agreements  contained in Section 6 hereof, shall remain operative and
in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of
any of the  Underwriter,  the Company or any controlling  person of any thereof,
and shall survive  termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of
the Shares to the Underwriter.

9.       Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.

         9.1 Effective  Date.  This  Agreement  shall become  effective upon its
execution,  except that you may, at your option,  delay its effectiveness  until
11:00  A.M.,  New York  time,  on the first  full  business  day  following  the
Effective  Date or at the time of the  initial  public  offering  of the Shares,
whichever is earlier.  The time of the initial public offering,  for the purpose
of this Section 9 shall mean the time, after the Registration  Statement becomes
effective,  of the  release  by you  for  publication  of  the  first  newspaper
advertisement  which is  subsequently  published  relating  to the Shares or the
time, after the Registration

120243.3
                                      -37-

<PAGE>



Statement  becomes  effective,  when the  Shares are first  released  by you for
offering  to the public by the  Underwriter  or  dealers by letter or  telegram,
whichever  shall first  occur.  You may prevent  this  Agreement  from  becoming
effective without liability to any other party, except as noted below, by giving
the notice  indicated  below in this  Section 9 before  the time this  Agreement
becomes effective.  You agree to give the undersigned notice of the commencement
of the offering described herein.

         9.2  Termination.  You shall have the right to terminate this Agreement
at any time prior to the Closing  Date,  (i) if any  domestic  or  international
event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted,  or in your opinion will in
the immediate  future  materially  disrupt,  general  securities  markets in the
United  States;  (ii) if trading on the New York Stock  Exchange or the American
Stock Exchange, or in the over-the-counter  market shall have been suspended, or
minimum or maximum  prices for trading shall have been fixed,  or maximum ranges
for  prices for  securities  shall have been  required  in the  over-the-counter
market  by the  NASD or by  order  of the  Commission  or any  other  government
authority  having  jurisdiction,  (iii) if the United  States  shall have become
involved in a war or material hostilities, (iv) if a banking moratorium has been
declared  by a New York  State or  federal  authority,  (v) if a  moratorium  on
foreign exchange trading has been declared which  materially  adversely  affects
the United States securities market,  (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a
material loss by fire, flood, accident,  hurricane,  earthquake, theft, sabotage
or other  calamity or malicious  act which,  whether or not such loss shall have
been insured,  will, in your opinion,  make it  inadvisable  to proceed with the
delivery  of the  Shares,  (vii) if Steve F.  Brandon or Thomas F. Reed shall no
longer  serve  or  be  available  to  serve  the  Company  in  their  respective
capacities,  (viii) if the  Company  has  breached  any of its  representations,
warranties or obligations hereunder, or failed to expeditiously proceed with the
offering  or  to  cooperate  with  you  in  requesting   effectiveness   of  the
Registration Statement at such time as you may deem appropriate,  or (ix) if the
Underwriter  shall have  become  aware  after the date hereof of such a material
adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise),  business or prospects
of the Company,  or such material adverse change in general market conditions as
in your judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering,  sale
and/or  delivery of the Shares or to enforce  contracts made by the  Underwriter
for the sale of the Shares.

         9.3  Notice.  If you elect to  prevent  this  Agreement  from  becoming
effective  or to  terminate  this  Agreement  as provided in this Section 9, the
Company  shall be  notified  on the same day as such  election is made by you by
telephone or telecopy, confirmed by letter.

         9.4      Expenses.  In the event that this Agreement shall not be
carried out for any reason whatsoever within the time specified

120243.3
                                      -38-

<PAGE>



herein or any extensions  thereof pursuant to the terms herein,  the obligations
of the  Company to pay the  expenses  related to the  transactions  contemplated
herein shall be governed by Section 4.9 hereof.

         9.5  Indemnification.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained
in this Agreement,  any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement,
and whether or not this  Agreement is otherwise  carried out, the  provisions of
Section 6 shall not be in any way affected by such  election or  termination  or
failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.


10.      Miscellaneous.

         10.1     Notices.  All communications hereunder, except as herein
otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed,
delivered or telecopied and confirmed:

                  If to the Underwriter or the Representative:

                           Sterling Foster & Co., Inc.
                           125 Baylis Road
                           Melville, New York 11747
                           Telecopier: (516) 843-8103

                           Attention:  Sherman Drusin

                  Copy to:          Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP
                                    505 Park Avenue
                                    New York, New York 10022
                                    Telecopier: (212) 755-1467

                                    Attention: Ilan K. Reich, Esq.

                  If to the Company:

                           Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
                           200 North Oak
                           P.O. Box 449
                           Roanoke, Texas 76262
                           Telecopier: (817) 491-2770

                           Attention: Steve F. Brandon

                  Copy to:          Certilman Balin Adler & Hyman, LLP
                                    90 Merrick Avenue
                                    East Meadow, New York 10017
                                    Telecopier: (516) 296-7111

                                    Attention:  Fred Skolnik, Esq.


120243.3
                                      -39-

<PAGE>



         10.2 Headings.  The headings  contained herein are for the sole purpose
of  convenience  of  reference,  and shall  not in any way  limit or affect  the
meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

         10.3     Amendment.  This Agreement may only be amended by a
written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

         10.4  Entire  Agreement.   This  Agreement  (together  with  the  other
agreements and documents being delivered  pursuant to or in connection with this
Agreement) constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to
the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings
of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

         10.5 Binding  Effect.  This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit
of and shall be binding upon the  Underwriter,  the Company and the  controlling
persons,  directors  and  officers  referred  to in Section 6 hereof,  and their
respective  successors,  legal  representatives and assigns, and no other person
shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any  provisions  herein
contained.

         10.6 Governing Law;  Jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall be governed by
and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
without  giving  effect to  conflict  of laws rules of such  State.  Any action,
proceeding or claim against any of the parties hereto arising out of or relating
in any way to this Agreement  shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the
State of New York or the federal  court for the  Southern  District of New York,
and  the  parties  hereto  irrevocably   submit  to  such  jurisdiction,   which
jurisdiction  shall be exclusive.  The parties hereto hereby waive any objection
to such exclusive  jurisdiction  and that such courts  represent an inconvenient
forum. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the prevailing party(ies)
in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of
its or their reasonable  attorneys' fees and expenses relating to such action or
proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor.

         10.7 Execution in  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one
or  more  counterparts,   and  by  the  different  parties  hereto  in  separate
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which
taken together shall  constitute  one and the same  agreement,  and shall become
effective when one or more  counterparts  has been signed by each of the parties
hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

         10.8     Waiver, Etc.  The failure of any of the parties hereto to
at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed
or construed to be a waiver of any such provision,

120243.3
                                      -40-

<PAGE>



nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any provision  hereof
or the right of any of the parties  hereto to thereafter  enforce each and every
provision  of  this  Agreement.  No  waiver  of any  breach,  non-compliance  or
non-fulfillment  of any of the provisions of this  Agreement  shall be effective
unless  set  forth in a written  instrument  executed  by the  party or  parties
against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any
such breach,  non-compliance or non-fulfillment  shall be construed or deemed to
be  a  waiver   of  any   other  or   subsequent   breach,   non-compliance   or
non-fulfillment.

120243.3
                                      -41-

<PAGE>



                  If  the  foregoing  correctly  sets  forth  the  understanding
between the  Underwriter  and Company,  please so indicate in the space provided
below  for that  purpose,  whereupon  this  letter  shall  constitute  a binding
agreement between us.

Very truly yours,

NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.


By:
      Name:
      Title:


Accepted as of the date first above written.

Melville, New York

STERLING FOSTER & CO., INC.



By:
         Name:
         Title:






120243.3
                                      -42-

<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX I

                                   [Insiders]

120243.3
                                      -43-

<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX II

                           [Non-Insider Shareholders]




120243.3
                                      -44-

<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>

<S>     <C>                                                                                                    <C>
                                                                                                               Page

1.       Purchase and Sale of Securities..........................................................................1
         1.1      Firm Shares.....................................................................................1
                  1.1.1             Purchase of Firm Shares.......................................................1
                  1.1.2             Delivery and Payment..........................................................1
         1.2      Overallotment Option............................................................................2
                  1.2.1             Grant of Option...............................................................2
                  1.2.2             Exercise of Option............................................................2
                  1.2.3             Delivery and Payment..........................................................2
         1.3      Representative's Warrants.......................................................................3
                  1.3.1             Purchase and Sale.............................................................3
                  1.3.2             Delivery and Payment..........................................................3

2.       Representations and Warranties of the Company............................................................3
         2.1      Filings under Securities Laws...................................................................3
                  2.1.1             Pursuant to the Act...........................................................3
                  2.1.2             Pursuant to the Exchange Act..................................................4
         2.2      No Stop or Other Orders.........................................................................4
         2.3      Disclosures in Registration Statement...........................................................4
                  2.3.1             Representation as to Contents.................................................4
                  2.3.2             Disclosure Regarding Contracts................................................5
                  2.3.3             Prior Securities Transactions.................................................5
         2.4      Changes After Dates in Registration Statement...................................................5
                  2.4.1             No Material Adverse Change....................................................5
                  2.4.2             Recent Securities Transactions, Etc...........................................6
         2.5      Independent Accountants.........................................................................6
         2.6      Financial Statements............................................................................6
         2.7      Capitalization..................................................................................6
         2.8      Representations Regarding Securities............................................................7
                  2.8.1             Outstanding Securities........................................................7
                  2.8.2             Securities Sold Hereunder.....................................................7
         2.9      No Registration Rights..........................................................................8
         2.10     Representations Regarding This Agreement........................................................8
         2.11     No Improper Payments............................................................................9
         2.12     No Defaults; Violations.........................................................................9
         2.13     Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.............................................................9
                  2.13.1            Conduct of Business...........................................................9
                  2.13.2            Required Consents............................................................10
         2.14     Title to Property; Insurance...................................................................10
         2.15     Litigation.....................................................................................10
         2.16     Organization; Good Standing....................................................................10
         2.17     Taxes..........................................................................................11
         2.18     Transactions Affecting Disclosure to NASD......................................................11
                  2.18.1            Finders' Fees................................................................11
                  2.18.2            Payments Within Twelve Months................................................11
                  2.18.3            Use of Proceeds..............................................................12
                  2.18.4            Insiders' NASD Affiliation...................................................12
         2.19     Internal Accounting Controls...................................................................12
         2.20  Nasdaq Listing....................................................................................12


120243.3
                                                   (i)

<PAGE>


                                                                                                               Page

         2.21     Intangibles....................................................................................12
         2.22     Employee Matters...............................................................................13
                  2.22.1            Relations With Employees.....................................................13
                  2.22.2            Employee Benefit Plans.......................................................13
         2.23     Investment Company Representations.............................................................14
         2.24     Officer's Certificate..........................................................................14
         2.25     Lock-Up Agreements With Insiders...............................................................14
         2.26     No Stabilization or Manipulation...............................................................15
         2.27     Subsidiaries...................................................................................15
         2.28     Other Agreements...............................................................................15

3.       Representative's Representations and Waranties. . . . . .                                               15
         3.1      Organization:  Good Standing. . . . . . . . . . . . .                                          15
         3.2      Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents. . . . . . . . .                                           15
         3.3      Binding Obligation; Enforceability. . . . . . . . . .                                          15

4.       Covenants of the Company................................................................................16
         4.1      Amendments to Registration Statement...........................................................16
         4.2      Federal Securities Laws........................................................................16
                  4.2.1             Compliance...................................................................16
                  4.2.2             Filing of Final Prospectus...................................................17
                  4.2.3             Exchange Act Registration....................................................17
                  4.2.4             Financial Printer............................................................17
         4.3      Blue Sky Filings...............................................................................17
         4.4      Delivery of Filings to Underwriter.............................................................17
         4.5      Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the
                  Representative.................................................................................18
         4.6      Unaudited Financials...........................................................................18
         4.7      Reports to the Underwriters....................................................................18
                  4.7.1             Periodic Reports, Etc........................................................18
                  4.7.2             Transfer Sheets..............................................................19
         4.8      Delivery of Representative's Warrants..........................................................19
         4.9      Payment of Expenses............................................................................19
                  4.9.1             General Expenses.............................................................19
                  4.9.2             Representatives' Expenses....................................................20
         4.10     Application of Net Proceeds....................................................................20
         4.11     Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security
                  Holders........................................................................................20
         4.12     Reservation of Shares..........................................................................21
         4.13     Board of Directors.............................................................................21
         4.14     Press Releases.................................................................................21
         4.15     Nasdaq Maintenance.............................................................................21
         4.16     Key Person Life Insurance......................................................................21
         4.17     Disqualification of Form S-1 (or other appropriate
                  form)..........................................................................................22
         4.18     Transfer Agent.................................................................................22
         4.19     Accountants....................................................................................22
         4.20     Professional Services..........................................................................22
         4.21     Sale of Securities.............................................................................22
         4.22     Exercise Price of Options/Warrants.............................................................22

120243.3
                                                   (ii)

<PAGE>


                                                                                                               Page

         4.23     Insiders Sales.................................................................................23


5.       Conditions of the Underwriter's Obligations.............................................................24
         5.1      Regulatory Matters.............................................................................24
                  5.1.1             Effectiveness of Registration Statement......................................24
                  5.1.2             NASD Clearance...............................................................24
                  5.1.3             No Blue Sky Stop Orders......................................................24
         5.2      Counsel Matters................................................................................24
                  5.2.1             Closing Date Opinion of Counsel..............................................24
                  5.2.2             Option Closing Date Opinion of Counsel.......................................30
                  5.2.3             Reliance.....................................................................30
                  5.2.4             Subsidiaries.................................................................31
         5.3      Cold Comfort Letter............................................................................31
         5.4      Certificates...................................................................................32
                  5.4.1             Officers' Certificates.......................................................32
                  5.4.2             Secretary's Certificate......................................................33
         5.5      No Material Changes............................................................................33
         5.6      Delivery of Representative's Warrants..........................................................34
         5.7      Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriter.........................................................34
         5.8      Conditions to Obligation of the Company........................................................34

6.       Indemnification.........................................................................................35
         6.1      Indemnification of the Underwriter.............................................................35
                  6.1.1             By the Company...............................................................35
                  6.1.2             Procedure....................................................................36
         6.2      Indemnification of the Company.................................................................36
         6.3      Contribution...................................................................................37
                  6.3.1             Contribution Rights..........................................................37
                  6.3.2             Contribution Procedure.......................................................38

7.       Covenants of the Representative.........................................................................38
                  7.1      Compliance with NASD Rules of Fair Practice...........................................38
         7.2      Waiver of "Lock-Up" . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .
                  .                                                                                              38

8.       Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery......................................................38

9.       Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination
         Thereof.................................................................................................39
         9.1      Effective Date.................................................................................39
         9.2      Termination....................................................................................39
         9.3      Notice.........................................................................................40
         9.4      Expenses.......................................................................................40
         9.5      Indemnification................................................................................40

10.      Miscellaneous...........................................................................................41
         10.1     Notices........................................................................................41
         10.2     Headings.......................................................................................41
         10.3     Amendment......................................................................................41

120243.3
                                                  (iii)

<PAGE>


                                                                                                               Page

         10.4     Entire Agreement...............................................................................41
         10.5     Binding Effect.................................................................................42
         10.6     Governing Law; Jurisdiction....................................................................42
         10.7     Execution in Counterparts......................................................................42
         10.8     Waiver, Etc....................................................................................42



120243.3
                                                   (iv)

<PAGE>


                              INDEX OF DEFINITIONS

Term                                                                                                        Section

Act...........................................................................................................2.1.1
Application...................................................................................................5.1.1
Asset Purchase Agreement.......................................................................................2.28
Closing Date..................................................................................................1.1.2
Code.........................................................................................................2.22.2
Commission....................................................................................................2.1.1
Common Stock....................................................................................................1.1
Company......................................................................................Introductory Paragraph
Controlling Person............................................................................................6.1.1
Control Persons................................................................................................2.25
Effective Date................................................................................................1.1.2
ERISA........................................................................................................2.22.2
ERISA Plan...................................................................................................2.22.2
Exchange Act..................................................................................................2.1.2
Firm Shares...................................................................................................1.1.1
Insiders.......................................................................................................2.25
Intangibles....................................................................................................2.21
Merger.........................................................................................................2.27
NASD..........................................................................................................1.1.1
Non-Insider Shareholders.......................................................................................2.25
Nasdaq.........................................................................................................2.20
Option Closing Date...........................................................................................1.2.2
Option Shares.................................................................................................1.2.1
Overallotment Option..........................................................................................1.2.1
Preferred Stock.................................................................................................2.7
Preliminary Prospectus........................................................................................2.1.1
Prospectus....................................................................................................2.1.1
Registration Statement........................................................................................2.1.1
Regulations...................................................................................................2.1.1
Representative...............................................................................Introductory Paragraph
Representative's Securities...................................................................................1.3.1
Representative's Warrants.....................................................................................1.3.1
Restrictions...................................................................................................2.14
Returns........................................................................................................2.17
Securities....................................................................................................1.3.1
Shares........................................................................................................1.2.1
Subsidiaries...................................................................................................2.27
Taxes..........................................................................................................2.17
Unaudited Financials............................................................................................4.6
Underwriter..................................................................................Introductory Paragraph
You..........................................................................................Introductory Paragraph



120243.3
                                       (v)

<PAGE>


</TABLE>


                         Financial Consulting Agreement

                                                              January ____, 1997



CONFIDENTIAL

Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
200 North Oak
P.O. Box 449
Roanoke, Texas 76262

Attention:  Stephen F. Brandon

Gentlemen:

         This will confirm the  engagement  of Sterling  Foster & Company,  Inc.
("Sterling  Foster")  as  financial  advisor  to  Niche   Pharmaceuticals   (the
"Company")  to perform such general  financial  consulting  services as Sterling
Foster  and the  Company  may agree  upon from time to time.  Sterling  Foster's
engagement hereunder shall extend for three years from the Effective Date of the
Underwriting   Agreement   between   Sterling   Foster  and  the  Company   (the
"Underwriting  Agreement"),  and  may  be  extended  by  mutual  agreement.  The
provisions  of this  Agreement  relating to the payment of fees and expenses and
indemnification and contribution will survive any termination of this Agreement.

         Capitalized  terms used herein which are not defined  herein have those
meanings ascribed to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

         As compensation for Sterling  Foster's  services,  the Company will pay
Sterling  Foster a monthly  fee of  $2,778.78  payable  in its  entirety  on the
Closing Date.  Fees payable to Sterling  Foster for additional  services will be
mutually  agreed upon,  and where  appropriate,  will be the subject of separate
engagement letters.

         The Company  will  furnish  Sterling  Foster with such  information  as
Sterling Foster believes  appropriate to its assignment (all such information so
furnished  being the  "Information").  The Company  recognizes and confirms that
Sterling Foster (a) will use and rely primarily on the


<PAGE>



Information  and on  information  available  from  generally  recognized  public
sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having
independently  verified  the same,  (b) does not assume  responsibility  for the
accuracy or completeness  of the Information and such other  information and (c)
will not make any  appraisal  of any assets of the  Company.  To the best of the
Company's  knowledge,  the  Information  to be  furnished  by the  Company  when
delivered,  will be true  and  correct  in all  material  respects  and will not
contain any material  misstatement  of fact or omit to state any  material  fact
necessary to make the statements  contained therein not misleading.  The Company
will promptly notify Sterling Foster if it learns of any material  inaccuracy or
misstatement  in,  or  material  omission  from,  any  Information   theretofore
delivered to Sterling Foster.

         It is understood that Sterling Foster is being engaged hereunder solely
to provide the services  described above to the Company and that Sterling Foster
is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and shall have no duties or liability
to, the equity  holders of the Company or any other  third  party in  connection
with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

         In consideration of Sterling Foster's  agreement to engage in financial
consulting  services for the Company,  the Company  agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless  Sterling  Foster and its  employees  and  affiliates  from any claims,
losses,  damages,  expenses or liabilities related to or arising out of Sterling
Foster's  performance  of  services  in  connection  with this  Agreement.  This
obligation  requires that (i) Sterling  Foster give prompt written notice to the
Company of any such claim,  action,  or demand,  (ii) Sterling Foster allows the
Company to control the defense and  related  settlement  negotiations  and (iii)
Foster  Sterling fully assist,  at the Company's  expense,  in the defense.  The
Company will not,  however,  be  responsible  for any claims,  losses,  damages,
expenses, or liabilities that result from gross negligence or willful misconduct
by Sterling  Foster or any of its  affiliates.  Should any legal  dispute  arise
between the Company and Sterling Foster,  the prevailing party shall be entitled
to reimbursement of reasonable attorney fees.

         THIS AGREEMENT  WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH,
THE LAWS OF THE  STATE  OF NEW  YORK  APPLICABLE  TO  AGREEMENTS  MADE AND TO BE
PERFORMED ENTIRELY IN SUCH STATE.

                           EACH OF THE COMPANY AND  STERLING  FOSTER  AGREE THAT
                           ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT
                           OF STERLING FOSTER'S ENGAGEMENT  HEREUNDER,  SHALL BE
                           BROUGHT AND  MAINTAINED  EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF
                           THE STATE OF NEW YORK  LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY
                           OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED  STATES  DISTRICT  COURT
                           FOR THE  SOUTHERN  DISTRICT OF NEW YORK.  THE COMPANY
                           AND STERLING FOSTER EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO
                           THE  JURISDICTION  OF THE  COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW
                           YORK  LOCATED  IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK AND
                           OF THE UNITED STATES  DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN
                           DISTRICT  OF NEW  YORK  FOR THE  PURPOSE  OF ANY SUCH
                           ACTION  OR   PROCEEDING   AS  SET  FORTH   ABOVE  AND
                           IRREVOCABLY  AGREE  TO  BE  BOUND  BY  ANY  JUDGEMENT
                           RENDERED THEREBY IN


<PAGE>


                           CONNECTION  WITH SUCH ACTION OR  PROCEEDING.  EACH OF
                           THE COMPANY AND STERLING  FOSTER  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY
                           WAIVE,  TO THE FULLEST  EXTENT  PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY
                           OBJECTION  WHICH IT MAY HAVE OR HEREAFTER MAY HAVE TO
                           THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR  PROCEEDING
                           BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT  REFERRED  TO ABOVE AND ANY
                           CLAIM  THAT ANY SUCH  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  HAS BEEN
                           BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

         The Company (for itself, anyone claiming through it or its name, and on
behalf of its equity holders) and Sterling Foster each hereby  irrevocably waive
any right they may have to a trial by jury in respect of any claim based upon or
arising out of this  Agreement or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  This
Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written  consent
of the other party.

         This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding  between
the  parties  hereto and  supersedes  all prior  agreements  and  understandings
relating to the subject  matter  hereof.  If any provision of this  Agreement is
determined to be invalid or  unenforceable  in any respect,  such  determination
will not affect such  provision in any other  respect or any other  provision of
this Agreement,  which will remain in full force and effect.  This Agreement may
not be  amended or  otherwise  modified  or waived  except by an  instrument  in
writing signed by both Sterling Foster and the Company.

         Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by
signing and  returning  to Sterling  Foster the enclosed  original  copy of this
Agreement.

                                         Very truly yours,


                                         STERLING FOSTER & COMPANY, INC.


                                         By:________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:



Accepted as of the date written above.

NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

By:_________________________________
     Name:
     Title:


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                   <C>                                                          <C>  
        NUMBER                                        Niche                                                SHARES
  NP                                         Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

                                           INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF DELAWARE                     CUSIP 65369P 10 2
                                                                                                     See reverse side for
                                                                                                     certain definitions

                                         COMMON STOCK


         This Certifies that


         is the owner of

             FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE PAR VALUE OF $.01 EACH OF THE COMMON STOCK OF

                           Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

transferable  on the books of the  Corporation  in person or by duly  authorized
attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate
is not valid until  countersigned  by the Transfer  Agent and  registered by the
Registrar.
         Witness the seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
         Dated:
                                        Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
                                               CORPORATE
                                                 SEAL
                                                 1996
                                              DELAWARE
       ---------------------------------                             -------------------------------------------------
                SECRETARY                                            PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND TREASURER

                                                                     COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:  CONTINENTAL STOCK
                                                                     TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

                                                                     -------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Authoritzed Officer
</TABLE>


<PAGE>






         The following  abbreviations,  when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate,  shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                  <C>

         TEN COM - as tenants in common                       UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -............Custodian..................
         TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                                     (Cust)                (Minor)
         JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right                                    under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                   of survivorship and not as                               Act...........................................
                   tenants in common                                                           (STATE)

                      Additional  abbreviations  may also be used  though not in
the above list.

                           Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

         The Corporation  will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so
requests the powers,  designations,  preferences  and  relative,  participating,
optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the
Corporation  and  the  qualifications,  limitations,  or  restrictions  of  such
preferences and/or rights.  This certificate and the shares represented  thereby
are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation  and all  amendments  thereto  and  resolutions  of the  Board  of
Directors  providing for the issue of shares of Preferred Stock (copies of which
may be obtained  from the  secretary  of the  Corporation),  to all of which the
holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.

         For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

                  PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
                  IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


shares of the capital stock represented by the within certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

_________________________________________________________________________________ Attorney to
transfer the said stock on the books of the within named  Corporation  with full
power of substitution in the premises.

Dated______________________________

                                                     -------------------------------------------------
                                                     NOTICE:  THE  SIGNATURE  TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST
                                                     CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE
                                                     OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT
                                                     ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed:



- ------------------------------------------------
THE  SIGNATURE(S)  SHOULD BE  GUARANTEED  BY AN ELIGIBLE  GUARANTOR  INSTITUTION
(BANKS,  STOCKBROKERS,  SAVINGS  AND LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS  AND CREDIT  UNIONS WITH
MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE  MEDALLION  PROGRAM),  PURSUANT TO
S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
</TABLE>




                          COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT



                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.





                            Dated: ____________, 1997



120737.3

<PAGE>



THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS WARRANT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT 
WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS WARRANT EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED.

NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO ________ __, 1998.*  VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME,
________ __, 2001.**



                          COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

               For the Purchase of 130,000 Shares of Common Stock

                                       of

                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

                            (A Delaware Corporation)

1.       Warrant.

                  THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in consideration of $100.00 duly paid by
or on behalf of Sterling Foster & Co., Inc. (or registered assigns succeeding to
ownership hereof pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.1 hereof) (the "Holder"
or "Representative"), as registered owner of this Warrant, to Niche 
Pharmaceuticals, Inc.(the "Company"), the Holder is entitled, at any time and 
from time to time on or after ________ __, 1998, and at or before 5:00 p.m.,
Eastern Time, ________ __, 2001, but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase
and receive, in whole or in part, up to one hundred and thirty thousand 
(130,000) shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"), of the 
Company.  If ________ __, 2001 is a day on which banking institutions are 
authorized by law to close, then this Warrant may be exercised on the next 
succeeding day that is not such a day in accordance with the terms hereof, at
or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time or such next succeeding day.  This Warrant is 
initially exercisable as to each share of Common Stock covered thereby at $7.50 
per share, or 150% of the offering price per share of Common Stock (the
"Exercise Price") set forth on the cover page of the prospectus pursuant to 
which 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company are being offered to the 
ublic (the "Prospectus").  The term "Exercise  Price" shall mean the initial 
exercise price or such exercise price, as adjusted in the manner provided
herein,  depending on the context. This Warrant, together with warrants of like
tenor, was originally issued pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement 
dated ________ __, 1997 between the Company and the Representative.

*        One year from date of issuance.
**       Four years from date of issuance.

120737.3

<PAGE>




2.       Exercise.

                  In order to exercise this Warrant,  the exercise form attached
hereto must be duly executed,  completed and delivered to the Company,  together
with this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price for the shares of the Common
Stock being purchased.  If the rights  represented hereby shall not be exercised
at or before 5:00 p.m.,  Eastern Time, on ________ __, 2001,  this Warrant shall
become  and be  void  and  without  further  force  or  effect  and  all  rights
represented hereby shall cease and expire.


3.       Transfer.

                  3.1  General  Restrictions.  The  registered  Holder  of  this
Warrant,  by its acceptance hereof,  agrees that it shall not sell,  transfer or
assign or hypothecate this Warrant to anyone other than the Representative or an
officer  or  partner  of the  Representative  prior  to  ____*____  __,  1998 in
compliance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Corporate  Financing  Rule,  Section
2710(c)(7) of the National Association of Securities Dealers Regulation, Inc. In
order to make any permitted  assignment,  the Holder must deliver to the Company
the assignment form attached  hereto duly executed and completed,  together with
this Warrant and payment of all transfer  taxes,  if any,  payable in connection
therewith.  The  Company  shall  immediately  transfer  the  number of  Warrants
specified in the  assignment  form on the books of the Company and shall execute
and  deliver  a new  warrant  or  warrants  of  like  tenor  to the  appropriate
assignee(s)  expressly  evidencing the right to purchase the number of shares of
Common  Stock  purchasable  hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be
contemplated by such assignment.

                  3.2 Restrictions  Imposed by the Act. The securities purchased
upon exercise of this Warrant shall not be transferred  unless and until (i) the
Company  has  received  the  opinion  of  counsel  for  the  Holder  (reasonably
acceptable  to the  Company and its  counsel)  that the  securities  may be sold
pursuant to an exemption from registration  under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Act"),  the availability of which is established to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company,  or (ii) a registration  statement relating to such
securities  has  been  filed  by  the  Company  and  declared  effective  by the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission").

- --------------
*        First anniversary of the closing of the IPO.

120737.3
                                       -2-

<PAGE>




                  Each  certificate  for  securities  purchased upon exercise of
this Warrant  shall bear a legend as follows  unless such  securities  have been
registered under the Act:

                  "The securities  represented by this certificate have not been
                  registered  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
                  "Act").  The securities  may not be offered for sale,  sold or
                  otherwise   transferred   except   pursuant  to  an  effective
                  registration  statement  under  the  Act,  or  pursuant  to an
                  exemption from registration under the Act."

4.       New Warrants to be Issued.

                  4.1 Partial Exercise or Transfer.  Subject to the restrictions
in Section 3 hereof,  this  Warrant may be  exercised or assigned in whole or in
part.  In the event of the  exercise  or  assignment  hereof in part only,  upon
surrender  of this Warrant for  cancellation,  together  with the duly  executed
exercise or assignment  form and funds  sufficient to pay any required  transfer
tax, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder  without charge a new
warrant  or new  warrants  of like  tenor  with this  Warrant in the name of the
Holder evidencing the right to purchase, in the aggregate,  the remaining number
of underlying shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder after giving effect
to any such partial exercise or assignment.

                  4.2 Lost Certificate.  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence
satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant
and of an  indemnification in favor of the Company,  reasonably  satisfactory to
it, the Company  shall execute and deliver a new warrant of like tenor and date.
Any such new warrants  executed and  delivered as a result of such loss,  theft,
mutilation or destruction shall constitute an additional  contractual obligation
on the part of the  Company  replacing  the  Company's  contractual  obligations
pursuant to such lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed warrant.

5.       Registration Rights.

                  5.1      Demand Registration.

                           5.1.1  Grant of Right.  The Company, upon written
demand (the "Demand  Notice") of the Holder(s) agrees to register all or part of
the  shares  of  Common  Stock   underlying  such  Warrants  (the   "Registrable
Securities") for up to five occasions. On such occasions, the Company shall file
a Registration  Statement covering the Registrable Securities within thirty (30)
days after  receipt of the Initial  Demand Notice and shall use its best efforts
to have such registration statement declared effective promptly thereafter.  The
demand for registration may be made at any time during a period

120737.3
                                       -3-

<PAGE>



of  five  years  beginning  one  year  after  the  date of the  Prospectus  (the
"Effective  Date").  The Company  covenants and agrees to give written notice of
its  receipt  of any  Initial  Demand  Notice  by  any  Holder(s)  to all  other
registered Holders of the Warrants and/or the Registrable Securities within five
(5) days after the date of the receipt of any such Initial Demand Notice.

                           5.1.2  Terms.  The Company shall bear all fees and
expenses  attendant to registering  the Registrable  Securities  relating to the
first three (3)  exercises of the  Holder(s)  demand rights set forth in Section
5.1.1.  The  Holder(s)  shall  bear  all the  fees  and  expenses  attendant  to
regulating the Registrable Securities relating to the remaining exercises of the
Holders  demand  rights  after  the  first  three (3)  demand  rights  have been
exercised,  the Holder(s) shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the
expenses of any legal  counsel  selected by the  Holder(s) to represent  them in
connection  with  any  and  all  sale  of the  Registrable  Securities  and  any
applicable transfer taxes. The Company agrees to use its prompt efforts to cause
the filing  required  herein to become  effective and to qualify or register the
Registrable  Securities  in  such  states  as are  reasonably  requested  by the
Holder(s);  provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to
register the Registrable  Securities in a state in which such registration would
cause (i) the  Company to be  obligated  to qualify to do  business as a foreign
corporation  in such State or to pay income,  franchise or other  similar  taxes
solely as a result of such  registration  or to be subject to service of general
process,  or (ii) the principal  stockholders  of the Company to be obligated to
escrow their shares of capital stock of the Company.  The Company shall use best
efforts to cause any registration  statement filed pursuant to the demand rights
granted under Section 5.1.1 to remain  effective for a period of at least twelve
(12) consecutive months after the effective date of such registration statement.

                           5.1.3  Repurchase of Warrants and Registrable
Shares.  Anything  in this  Section  5.1 to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  the
Company  shall  have no such  obligation  to  prepare  and  file a  registration
statement as provided for in this Section 5.1 if,  within twenty (20) days after
it receives a demand  therefor,  it agrees to purchase the  Warrants  and/or the
underlying  Registrable Securities from the Holder(s) thereof at a price, in the
case of the Warrants, equal to the product of multiplying the number of Warrants
or underlying Common Stock sought to be registered by the difference between (a)
the Exercise  Price and (b) the current  market price of the Common  Stock.  The
current market price of the Common Stock shall be as follows:

                  (i) if traded on a securities  exchange or the Nasdaq National
Market  System,  the fair  market  value  shall be deemed to the  average of the
closing prices of the Common Stock on such

120737.3
                                       -4-

<PAGE>



exchange or System over the 10 day period preceding the demand for
registration;

                  (ii) if traded  over-the-counter,  the fair market value shall
be deemed to be the average of the  closing or last bid and asked  prices of the
Common Stock over the 10 day period preceding the demand for registration; and

             (iii) if there is no public market for the Common Stock,  then fair
market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  5.2      "Piggy-Back" Registration.

                           5.2.1  Grant of Right.  In addition to the demand
right of registration,  the Holder(s) of the Warrants shall have the right for a
period of five (5) years beginning one year after the Effective Date, to include
the Registrable Securities as part of any other registration of securities filed
by the Company (other than in connection with a transaction contemplated by Rule
145(a)  promulgated  under the Act or pursuant to Form S-8)  provided,  however,
that if,  in the  written  opinion  of the  Company's  managing  underwriter  or
underwriters,  if any,  for such  offering,  the  inclusion  of the  Registrable
Securities,  when added to the securities being registered by the Company or the
selling  shareholder(s),  will  exceed  the  maximum  amount  of  the  Company's
securities that can be marketed (i) at a price reasonably  related to their then
current market value,  or (ii) without  materially  and adversely  affecting the
entire terms of the offering, the Company shall nevertheless register all or any
portion of the  Registrable  Securities  required to be so  registered  but such
Registrable  Securities  shall not be sold by the Holder(s) until 180 days after
the  registration  statement for such offering has become effective and provided
further  that,  if any  securities  are  registered  for sale on behalf of other
shareholders  in such  offering and such  shareholders  have not agreed to defer
such sale until the expiration of such 180-day period,  the number of securities
to be sold by all  shareholders  in such  public  offering  during such 180- day
period  shall be  apportioned  pro rata  among  all such  selling  shareholders,
including  all holders of the  Registrable  Securities,  according  to the total
amount  of  securities  of the  Company  owned  by  said  selling  shareholders,
including all holders of the Registrable Securities.

                           5.2.2  Terms.  The Company shall bear all fees and
expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities,  but the Holder(s)
shall  pay any and all  underwriting  commissions,  the  expenses  of any  legal
counsel  selected by the Holder(s) to represent them in connection with the sale
of the  Registrable  Securities and applicable  transfer  taxes,  if any. In the
event of such a  proposed  registration,  the  Company  shall  furnish  the then
Holder(s) of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than

120737.3
                                       -5-

<PAGE>



thirty (30) days'  written  notice prior to the proposed  date of filing of such
registration statement.  Such notice to the Holder(s) shall continue to be given
for each  registration  statement filed by the Company until such time as all of
the  Registrable  Securities  have been  registered and sold. The holders of the
Registrable Securities shall exercise the "piggyback" rights provided for herein
by giving  written  notice,  within  twenty  (20) days after the  receipt of the
Company's notice of its intention to file a registration statement.  The Company
shall use best efforts to cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the
above  "piggyback"  rights to remain  effective  for at least twelve (12) months
from the date that the Holder(s) of the  Registrable  Securities are first given
the opportunity to sell all of such securities.

                  5.3  General Terms.

                           5.3.1  Indemnification.  The Company shall indemnify
the  Holder(s)  of  the  Registrable  Securities  to be  sold  pursuant  to  any
registration  statement  hereunder  and each person,  if any, who controls  such
Holder(s)  within the  meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  against all
loss, claim, damage,  expense or liability (including all reasonable  attorneys'
fees and other  expenses  reasonably  incurred in  investigating,  preparing  or
defending  against any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become subject
under the Act,  the Exchange Act or  otherwise,  arising from such  registration
statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions
pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter  contained
in Section 6 of the  Underwriting  Agreement.  The Holder(s) of the  Registrable
Securities  to be  sold  pursuant  to such  registration  statement,  and  their
successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly,  indemnify the Company
against all loss, claim, damage,  expense or liability (including all reasonable
attorneys'  fees  and  other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in  investigating,
preparing or defending  against any claim  whatsoever)  to which they may become
subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,  arising from  information
furnished by or on behalf of such Holder(s),  or their successors or assigns, in
writing,  for  specific  inclusion  in such  registration  statement to the same
extent and with the same effect as the provisions  contained in Section 6 of the
Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which the Underwriter has agreed to indemnify
the Company.

                           5.3.2  Exclusivity.  The Company shall not permit
the  inclusion of any  securities  other than the  Registrable  Securities to be
included  in any  registration  statement  filed  pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof
without the prior written consent of the Representative.


120737.3
                                       -6-

<PAGE>



                           5.3.3  Documents Delivered to Holders.  The Company
shall furnish to each Holder participating in any of the foregoing offerings and
to each  underwriter  of any  such  offering,  if  any,  a  signed  counterpart,
addressed  to such  Holder or  underwriter,  of (i) an opinion of counsel to the
Company,  dated the effective date of such registration  statement (and, if such
registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date
of the closing under any underwriting  agreement  related  thereto),  and (ii) a
"cold comfort"  letter dated the effective date of such  registration  statement
(and, if such registration  includes an underwritten  public offering,  a letter
dated  the  date  of  closing  under  the  underwriting   agreement)  signed  by
independent  public  accountants  who  have  issued a  report  on the  Company's
financial  statements  included  in such  registration  statement,  in each case
covering  substantially  the same  matters  with  respect  to such  registration
statement  (and  the  prospectus  included  therein)  and,  in the  case of such
accountants'  letter,  with  respect  to events  subsequent  to the date of such
financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's counsel
and in accountants'  letters  delivered to  underwriters in underwritten  public
offerings of securities as appropriate  for the form of  registration  statement
used. The Company shall also deliver  promptly to each Holder  participating  in
the offering  requesting the correspondence and memoranda described below and to
the managing underwriter copies of all correspondence between the Commission and
the Company,  its counsel or auditors and all memoranda  relating to discussions
with the Commission or its staff with respect to the registration  statement and
permit each Holder and  underwriter to do such  investigation,  upon  reasonable
advance  notice,  with respect to  information  contained in or omitted from the
registration   statement  as  it  deems  reasonably  necessary  to  comply  with
applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National  Association of Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall  include  access to books,
records and properties and  opportunities to discuss the business of the Company
with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at
such reasonable times and as often as any such Holder shall reasonably  request.
Following the effective  date of any such  registration,  the Company shall upon
the request of any owner of Warrants  and/or  Registrable  Securities  forthwith
supply such a number of  prospectuses  meeting the  requirements  of the Act, as
shall be  reasonably  requested  to make a public  offering  of the  Registrable
Securities from time to time offered or sold by such owner.

                           5.3.4  Underwriting Agreement.  The Company shall
enter into an underwriting agreement with the managing  underwriter(s)  selected
by any Holder(s) whose Registrable  Securities are being registered  pursuant to
this Section 5. Such  agreement  shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  in form and
substance to the Company, each Holder and such managing underwriters,  and shall
contain such representations, warranties and covenants by the

120737.3
                                       -7-

<PAGE>



Company and such other terms as are customarily  contained in agreements of that
type used by the managing  underwriter.  The  Holder(s)  shall be parties to any
underwriting  agreement  relating to an underwritten  sale of their  Registrable
Securities  and  may,  at  their  option,   require  that  any  or  all  of  the
representations,  warranties  and covenants of the Company to or for the benefit
of  such  underwriters  shall  also be  made  to and  for  the  benefit  of such
Holder(s).  Such Holder(s) shall not be required to make any  representations or
warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters  except as they
may relate to such Holder(s) and their intended methods of distribution.

6.       Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities.

                  6.1 Subdivision and Combination.  In case the Company shall at
any time  subdivide  or combine  the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,  the
Exercise  Price shall  forthwith  be  proportionately  decreased  in the case of
subdivision or increased in the case of combination.

                  6.2  Adjustment in Number of Shares.  Upon each  adjustment of
the Exercise  Price  pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6, the number of
shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise of this  Warrant  shall be
adjusted to the nearest full number  obtained by multiplying  the Exercise Price
in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Common
Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  this  Warrant  immediately  prior  to  such
adjustment and dividing the product so obtained by the adjusted Exercise Price.

                  6.3  Recapitalization.  For the purpose of this  Warrant,  the
term  "Common  Stock"  shall also mean any other class of stock  resulting  from
successive  changes or  reclassifications  of Common Stock consisting  solely of
changes in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to
par value.

                  6.4 Merger or  Consolidation.  In case of any consolidation of
the Company  with, or merger of the Company with, or merger of the Company into,
another  corporation (other than a consolidation or merger which does not result
in  any  reclassification  or  change  of the  outstanding  Common  Stock),  the
corporation  formed by such consolidation or merger shall execute and deliver to
the Holder(s) a supplemental  warrant  providing that the holder of each warrant
then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the
stated  expiration of such  warrant) to receive,  upon exercise of such warrant,
the kind and  amount  of  shares of stock  and  other  securities  and  property
receivable  upon such  consolidation  or  merger,  by a holder of the  number of
shares of Common  Stock of the Company for which such  warrants  might have been
exercised  immediately prior to such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or transfer.
Such  supplemental  warrants  shall  provide  for  adjustments  which  shall  be
identical to

120737.3
                                       -8-

<PAGE>



the adjustments provided in Section 6. The above provision of this Section shall
similarly apply to successive consolidations or mergers.

                  6.5      No Adjustment of Exercise Price in Certain Cases.
No adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made:

                  (i) Upon the  issuance  or sale of the shares of Common  Stock
issuable upon the exercise of (i) this Warrant or (ii) the options granted under
the stock option plans described in the Prospectus; or

                  (ii) If the amount of said adjustment  shall be less than $.10
per share of Common Stock, provided,  however, that in such case, any adjustment
that would  otherwise be required  then to be made shall be carried  forward and
shall be made at the time of and together  with the next  subsequent  adjustment
which, together with any adjustment so carried forward, shall amount to at least
$.10 per share of Common Stock.

                  6.6  Redemption  of  Warrants.  Except as  provided in Section
5.1.3 hereof,  this Warrant cannot be redeemed by the Company  without the prior
written consent of the Holder.

                  6.7 Dividends and Other  Distributions.  In the event that the
Company shall at any time prior to the exercise in full of this Warrant  declare
a non-cash dividend (other than a dividend consisting solely of shares of Common
Stock) or otherwise distribute to its stockholders any assets, property, rights,
evidences  of  indebtedness,  securities  (other than  shares of Common  Stock),
whether  issued by the Company or by another,  or any other thing of value other
than cash, the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled,  in addition
to the shares of Common Stock or other  securities and property  receivable upon
the exercise thereof,  to receive,  upon the exercise of such Warrant,  the same
property,  assets,  rights,  evidences of indebtedness,  securities or any other
thing of value that it would have been  entitled  to receive at the time of such
dividend or distribution as if the Warrant had been exercised  immediately prior
to  such  dividend  or  distribution.  At the  time  of  any  such  dividend  or
distribution,  the Company shall make appropriate  reserves to ensure the timely
performance of the provisions of this Section 6.10.

                  6.8 Elimination of Fractional Interests. The Company shall not
be required to issue  certificates  representing  fractions  of shares of Common
Stock upon the exercise of the Warrant,  nor shall it be required to issue scrip
or pay cash in lieu of any  fractional  interests,  it being  the  intent of the
parties  that all  fractional  interests  shall be  eliminated  by rounding  any
fraction  up to the  nearest  whole  number of  shares of Common  Stock or other
securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof.

120737.3
                                       -9-

<PAGE>




7.  Reservation  and Listing.  The Company  shall at all times  reserve and keep
available out of its authorized  shares of Common Stock,  solely for the purpose
of issuance upon exercise of the Warrant,  such number of shares of Common Stock
or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise
thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of the Warrant and
payment of the  Exercise  Price  therefor,  all shares of Common Stock and other
securities issuable,  properties and rights upon such exercise shall be duly and
validly  issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable  and not  subject to  preemptive
rights of any  stockholder.  The Company further  covenants and agrees that upon
exercise of this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price therefor,  all shares
of Common Stock and other securities  issuable upon such exercises shall be duly
and validly issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable and not subject to preemptive
rights of any  stockholder.  As long as this Warrant shall be  outstanding,  the
Company shall use its best efforts to cause all shares of Common Stock  issuable
upon  exercise  of the  Warrant  to be listed  (subject  to  official  notice of
issuance) on all securities exchanges (or, if applicable on NASDAQ) on which the
Common Stock may then be listed and/or quoted.

8.       Certain Notice Requirements.

                  8.1 Holder's Right to Receive Notice.  Nothing herein shall be
construed  as  conferring  upon the  Holder  the right to vote or  consent or to
receive  notice as a  stockholder  for the  election of  directors  or any other
matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company.  If,
however,  at any time prior to the  expiration  of the Warrant and its exercise,
any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur,  then, in one or more of
said  events,  the  Company  shall  give  written  notice of such event at least
fifteen  (15)  days  prior  to the date  fixed  as a record  date or the date of
closing the transfer books for the determination of the stockholders entitled to
such   dividend,   distribution,   conversion   or  exchange  of  securities  or
subscription  rights,  or  entitled  to  vote  on  such  proposed   dissolution,
liquidation,  winding up or sale.  Such notice shall specify such record date or
the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be.

                  8.2 Events Requiring Notice.  The Company shall be required to
give the notice  described in this  Section 8 upon one or more of the  following
events:  (i) if the Company  shall take a record of the holders of its shares of
Common  Stock  for the  purpose  of  entitling  them to  receive a  dividend  or
distribution  payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution
payable otherwise than out of retained earnings,  as indicated by the accounting
treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company,  or (ii)
the Company  shall offer to all the holders of its Common  Stock any  additional
shares  of  capital  stock of the  Company  or  securities  convertible  into or
exchangeable for shares

120737.3
                                      -10-

<PAGE>



of capital  stock of the Company,  or any option,  right or warrant to subscribe
therefor,  or (iii) a  dissolution,  liquidation  or winding  up of the  Company
(other than in connection  with a  consolidation  or merger) or a sale of all or
substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

                  8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise  Price.  The  Company  shall,
promptly  after an event  requiring a change in the Exercise  Price  pursuant to
Section 6 hereof,  send  notice to the  Holders of such  event and  change  (the
"Price  Notice").  The Price Notice shall  describe the event causing the change
and the  method of  calculating  same and shall be  certified  as being true and
accurate by the Company's Chief Executive  Officer and Chief Financial  Officer,
or principal  accounting  officer if the Company does not have a Chief Financial
Officer.

                  8.4 Transmittal of Notices.  All notices,  requests,  consents
and other  communications  under this  Warrant  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given or made when hand delivered, or when delivered by
responsible overnight courier:

                           (i)      If to the registered Holder of this Warrant,
to:
                           Sterling Foster & Co., Inc.
                                 125 Baylis Road
                            Melville, New York 11747
                            Attention: Sherman Drusin

                                 with a copy to:

                     Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP
                                 505 Park Avenue
                            New York, New York 10022
                         Attention: Ilan K. Reich, Esq.

                           (ii)     if to the Company, to:

                           Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
                                  200 North Oak
                                  P.O. Box 449
                              Roanoke, Texas 76262
                           Attention: Steve F. Brandon

                                 with a copy to:

                       Certilman Balin Adler & Hyman, LLP
                                90 Merrick Avenue
                           East Meadow, New York 10017
                          Attention: Fred Skolnik, Esq.

Either of the Holder or the Company may change the  foregoing  address by notice
given pursuant to this Section 8.4.

120737.3
                                      -11-

<PAGE>




9.       Miscellaneous.

                  9.1  Amendments.  The  Company and the Holder may from time to
time  supplement or amend this Warrant  without the approval of any other Holder
in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained
herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions  herein,
or to make any other  provisions  in  regard to  matters  or  questions  arising
hereunder which the Company and  Representative  may deem necessary or desirable
and which the Company and  Representative  deem shall not  adversely  affect the
interest of the Holder. All other  modifications or amendments shall require the
written  consent of the party against whom  enforcement of the  modification  or
amendment is sought.

                  9.2 Headings.  The headings  contained herein are for the sole
purpose of  convenience  of reference,  and shall not in any way limit or affect
the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant.

                  9.3 Entire  Agreement.  This Warrant  (together with the other
agreements and documents being delivered  pursuant to or in connection with this
Warrant)  constitute the entire  agreement of the parties hereto with respect to
the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings
of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

                  9.4 Binding  Effect.  This  Warrant  shall inure solely to the
benefit of and shall be binding  upon,  the  Holder  and the  Company  and their
permitted assignees,  respective successors,  legal representatives and assigns,
and no other  person  shall have or be  construed to have any legal or equitable
right,  remedy or claim  under or in respect of or by virtue of this  Warrant or
any provisions herein contained.

                  9.5      Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  This
Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the 
laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of laws rules 
of such state.  Any action, proceeding or claim against the Company or the 
Holder arising out of, or relating in any way to this Warrant shall be brought 
and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or of the United States of
America for the Southern District of New York, and the Company and the Holder 
irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive.
The parties hereto waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that 
such courts represent an inconvenient forum.  The prevailing party in any such
action shall be entitled to recover from the other party all of its reasonable 
attorneys' fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or 
incurred in connection with the preparation therefor.


120737.3
                                      -12-

<PAGE>



                  9.6 Waiver,  Etc.  The failure of the Company or the Holder to
at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Warrant shall not be deemed or
construed  to be a waiver of any such  provision,  nor to in any way  affect the
validity of this Warrant or any provision  hereof or the right of the Company or
any Holder to thereafter  enforce each and every  provision of this Warrant.  No
waiver of any breach,  noncompliance or  nonfulfillment of any of the provisions
of this  Warrant  shall be  effective  unless set forth in a written  instrument
executed  by the party or  parties  against  whom or which  enforcement  of such
waiver  is  sought;  and  no  waiver  of  any  such  breach,   noncompliance  or
nonfulfillment  shall be  construed  or  deemed  to be a waiver  of any other or
subsequent breach, noncompliance or nonfulfillment.

120737.3
                                      -13-

<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Warrant to be
signed by its duly authorized officer on the ___ day of ________, 1997.


NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.



By:
         Name:
         Title:


120737.3
                                      -14-

<PAGE>



Form to be used to exercise Warrant:

NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
200 North Oak
P.O. Box 449
Roanoke, Texas 76262





Date: ________________, 19__

                  The  Undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to exercise the
within  Warrant  and to  purchase  __________  shares of  Common  Stock of Niche
Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and hereby makes payment of $_____________ (at the rate of
$_____ per share) in payment of the  Exercise  Price  pursuant  thereto.  Please
issue the shares as to which this Warrant is exercised  in  accordance  with the
instructions given below.


Signature




Signature Guaranteed


                   INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

Name
                            (Print in Block Letters)

Address

                  NOTICE:  The signature to this form must  correspond  with the
name as written upon the face of the within Warrant in every particular  without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever,  and must be guaranteed by a
bank,  other than a savings  bank,  or by a trust  company  or by a firm  having
membership on a registered national securities exchange.

120737.3
                                      -15-

<PAGE>


Form to be used to assign Warrant:

                                   ASSIGNMENT

                  (To be executed by the registered  Holder to effect a transfer
of the within Warrant):

                  FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,   ________________________________  does
hereby sell,  assign and transfer unto  __________________________  the right to
purchase ____________ shares of Common Stock of Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the
"Company") evidenced by the within Warrant and does hereby authorize the Company
to transfer such right on the books of the Company.

Dated:__________________, 19__


Signature




Signature Guaranteed


                  NOTICE:  The signature to this form must  correspond  with the
name as written upon the face of the within Warrant in every particular  without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever,  and must be guaranteed by a
bank,  other than a savings  bank,  or by a trust  company  or by a firm  having
membership on a registered national securities exchange.

120737.3
                                      -16-

<PAGE>




Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
________, 1997
Page 1













                                                              January 28, 1997


Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
200 North Oak
P.O. Box 449
Roanoke, TX 76262


            Re: Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Registration No. 333-17767)

Gentlemen:

                  In our capacity as counsel to Niche  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  we have been asked to render this opinion
in  connection   with  the  Company's   Registration   Statement  on  Form  SB-2
(Registration  No.  333-17767)  (the  "Registration  Statement"),   being  filed
contemporaneously  by the Company with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the issuance of 1,625,000
Common Shares, $.01 par value, of the Company (the "Issuable Shares") (including
1,300,000  Issuable  Shares being  offered for sale to the public ((the  "Public
Offering")), 195,000 Issuable Shares covering an overallotment option granted by
the Company to the  underwriter  of the Public  Offering  and  130,000  Issuable
Shares underlying the underwriter's Common Share Purchase Warrant),  and 100,000
Common Shares (the "Resale  Shares") which are being  registered for resale by a
selling  stockholder.  The Issuable  Shares and Resale  Shares are  collectively
referred to as the "Shares".

                  In  connection   with  our  opinion,   we  have  examined  the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  By-Laws of the  Company,  the  Registration
Statement,  as amended, and certain agreements entered into, and instruments and
warrants  issued,  by the Company in connection with the issuance of the Shares.
We are also familiar with  proceedings  of the Board of Directors of the Company
or otherwise have relied upon  representations  made by officers of the Company,
relating  to the  authorization  of the  issuance  of the  Shares.  We have also
examined such other  instruments  and documents as we deemed  relevant under the
circumstances.

                  For  purposes  of  the  opinions,  we  have  assumed  (i)  the
authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals,  (ii) the conformity
to the originals of all documents submitted as


<PAGE>


certified,   photostatic  or  facsimile  copies  and  the  authenticity  of  the
originals,   (iii)  the  legal  capacity  of  natural  persons,   (iv)  the  due
authorization,  execution  and delivery of all  documents by all parties and the
validity and binding effect thereof and (v) the conformity to the proceedings of
the  Board  of   Directors   of  all  minutes  of  such   proceedings   and  all
representations,  oral and written, made by officers of the Company with respect
thereto.  We have also assumed that the corporate records furnished to us by the
Company include all corporate proceedings taken by the Company to date.

                  Based solely upon and subject to the foregoing,  including the
assumptions  made, we are of the opinion that (i) the Issuable  Shares have been
duly and validly  authorized,  and when issued and fully paid for, shall be duly
and validly  authorized  and  issued,  and fully paid and  nonassessable  Common
Shares, $.01 par value, of the Company;  and (ii) the Resale Shares are duly and
validly authorized and issued,  fully paid and nonassessable Common Shares, $.01
par value, of the Company.

                  We hereby  consent  to the use of our  opinion  as herein  set
forth as an exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement  and to the use of our name
under  the  caption  "Legal  Matters"  in the  Prospectus  forming a part of the
Registration Statement.

                  This  opinion  is  as of  the  date  hereof,  and  we  do  not
undertake,  and hereby disclaim,  any obligation to advise you of any changes in
any of the matters set forth herein.

                  We are rendering this opinion only as to the matters expressly
set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matters.

                  This  opinion  is for  your  exclusive  use  only and is to be
utilized and relied upon only in connection with the matters expressly set forth
herein.

                                              Very truly yours,


                                              CERTILMAN BALIN ADLER & HYMAN, LLP



<PAGE>






                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

         This LOAN  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is made and entered into effective
the 11 day of January,  1991, by and between  STEPHEN F. BRANDON  ("Lender") and
NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Texas corporation ("Borrower").

         WHEREAS,  Borrower  desires to obtain a loan from  Lender and Lender is
willing to make such loan on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions
herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

         1. LOAN.  Lender shall make  available to Borrower an aggregate  sum of
Five Hundred Thousand Dollars  ($500,000.00) for loan to Borrower.  Borrower may
from time to time during the term of this  Agreement  make requests for advances
on the loan,  such  advances not to exceed in the aggregate the principal sum of
Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00). Any amounts advanced under the loan
shall bear interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.

         2. REPAYMENT. Borrower shall repay any or all amounts advanced by 
Lender hereunder upon demand by Lender therefor.  Borrower's obligation to repay
to Lender any amounts advanced hereunder shall be represented by Borrower's 
promissory note to Lender executed contemporaneously herewith and attached 
hereto.

         3. TERM. This Agreement shall be in effect for a period of one (1) year
from the effective date hereof.  This Agreement shall be automatically renewed 
and extended for successive one year


<PAGE>



periods  unless either party shall give written  notice of  termination at least
thirty (30) days prior to the end of the initial or any renewal term.

         4. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The rights and obligations of the parties 
under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the
successors and assigns of the parties.

         5. PARAGRAPH HEADINGS. The paragraph headings contained herein  are for
convenience only, and do not purport to accurately summarize the contents of the
paragraph they head, and shall not modify, or in any way affect the provisions
of this Agreement or be of any relevance in the construction thereof.

         6. APPLICATION LAW. This Agreement shall be subject to, construed in 
accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Texas.  Venue of any
legal proceeding hereunder shall be in Tarrant County, Texas.

         7. MUTUAL PREPARATION. Each party has read the foregoing Agreement, 
fully understands the contents thereof, and is under no duress or pressure of 
any sort to execute it.  This Agreement was mutually prepared and shall not be 
construed against any party by reason of his role in such preparation.

         8. MISCELLANEOUS.  In case any one or more of the provisions  contained
in this Agreement  shall,  for any reason,  be held to be invalid,  illegal,  or
unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity,  illegality,  or unenforceability
shall not affect any other  provisions  of this  Agreement,  but this  Agreement
shall be construed as if such invalid,  illegal, or unenforceable provisions had
never


<PAGE>


been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained
in this Agreement shall,  for any reason,  be held to be excessively as to time,
duration,  geographical scope,  activity, or subject, it shall be construed,  by
limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent  compatible with
the applicable law as it shall then appear.

         9. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counter-
parts, but all counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same 
agreement, binding upon all of the parties hereto.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have  executed  this Loan  Agreement
effective the date set forth above.

                                         LENDER:

                                          /s/ Stephen F. Brandon
                                         ----------------------
                                         STEPHEN F. BRANDON


                                         BORROWER:

                                         NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,
                                         A Texas corporation

                                         By:    /s/  Stephen F. Brandon
                                         ------------------------------
                                         STEPHEN F. BRANDON, President






<PAGE>




                                     AMENDED

                             1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                                       FOR

                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.


         1.       Purpose.  The purpose of this Plan is to advance the interest 
of Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the "Company") by providing an additional
incentive to attract and/or retain qualified and competent employees, upon whose
efforts and judgment the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries is largely 
dependent, through the encouragement of stock ownership in the Company by such
employees.

          2.      Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have 
the meaning indicated:

                   (a)      "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the 
Company.

                   (b)      "Committee" shall mean the Stock Option Committee 
appointed by the Board pursuant to Section 13 hereof.

                   (c) "Fair Market  Value" shall mean the fair market value per
Share  determined  by  the  Board  in  good  faith  and  without  regard  to any
restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

                   (d)      "Incentive Stock Option" shall mean an incentive 
stock option as defined in Section 422A of the Code.

                   (e)      "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended from time to time.

                   (f)      "Option" (when capitalized) shall mean any option 
granted under this Plan.

                   (g) "Optionee"  shall mean a person to whom a stock option is
granted  under this Plan or any person who succeeds to the rights of such person
under this Plan by reason of the death of such person.

                   (h) "Plan"  shall mean this 1996 Stock  Option Plan for Niche
Pharmaceuticals lnc., as amended from time to time.

                   (i)      "Share(s)" shall mean a share or shares of the 
common stock, One Cent ($.01) par value per share, of the Company.

                                       -1-

<PAGE>



                   (j) "Subsidiary"  shall mean any corporation  (other than the
Company) in any unbroken chain of corporations  beginning with the Company if at
the time of the granting of the Option,  each of the corporations other than the
last  corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the
total  combined  voting  power  of all  classes  of  stock  in one of the  other
corporations in such chain.

          3.       Shares of Stock Subject to Options.

                   (a) The  Company  may  grant to  Optionees  from time to time
Options to purchase an aggregate of up to 105,000 Shares from Shares held in the
Company's treasury or from authorized and unissued Shares. If any Option granted
under the Plan shall  terminate,  expire,  or be canceled as to any Shares,  new
Options may thereafter be granted covering such Shares.

                   (b) The maximum  aggregate  Fair Market Value  (determined at
the date of  grant) of the  Shares  with  respect  to which an  Optionee  may be
granted one or more  Incentive  Stock Options  (under this Plan and all plans of
the Company,  any parent [as defined in Section 425 of the Code] and  Subsidiary
of the Company)  which are  exercisable  for the first time in any calendar year
shall not exceed $100,000.

          4.       Options and Employment Provisions.

                   (a) Optionees  shall be those  persons  selected by the Board
from  among  the  class  of  regular   employees  and  non-employee   directors,
consultants, and advisors of the Company and of any Subsidiary.

                   (b)  In   granting   Options,   the  Board  shall  take  into
consideration  the contribution the employee has made or may make to the success
of the  Company or its  Subsidiaries  and such other  factors as the Board shall
determine.  The Board shall also have the  authority to consult with and receive
recommendations  from  officers  and  other  personnel  of the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries  with regard to these  matters.  The Board may from time to time in
granting  Options  under the Plan  prescribe  such  other  terms and  conditions
concerning such Options as it deems appropriate,  including, without limitation,
relating an Option to achievement of specific goals  established by the Board or
to the  continued  employment  of the Optionee  for a specified  period of time,
provided that such terms and  conditions  are not more  favorable to an Optionee
than those expressly permitted herein.

                   (c) The Options granted to employees under this Plan shall be
in addition to regular  salaries,  pension,  life  insurance  or other  benefits
related to their  employment with the Company or its  Subsidiaries.  Neither the
Plan nor any  Option  granted  under the Plan shall  confer  upon any person any
right to continuance of employment by the Company or its Subsidiaries.


                   (d)      The Board in its sole discretion shall determine in 
each case whether period of

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



military or government service shall constitute a continuation of employment for
the purpose of this Plan or any Option.

          5. Option Price. The option price per Share of any Option shall be any
price determined by the Board; provided however, that the option price per share
of an  Incentive  Stock  Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per
Share on the date such Option is granted.

          6. Exercise of Options.  An Option shall be deemed  exercised when the
Company has received  written  notice of such  exercise in  accordance  with the
terms of the  Option,  and full  payment of the  aggregate  option  price of the
Shares as to which the Option is exercised has been made. Unless further limited
by the Board in any Option,  the option price of any Shares  purchased  shall be
paid solely in cash,  by  certified  or cashier's  check,  by money order,  with
Shares or by a combination of the above;  provided,  however,  that the Board in
its sole  discretion may accept a personal  check in full or partial  payment of
any  Shares.  If paid in whole or in part with  Shares,  the value of the shares
surrendered shall be their Fair Market Value.  Nothing herein shall prohibit the
Company,  in its sole  discretion,  from lending to an Optionee,  guaranteeing a
loan to an Optionee,  or otherwise  assisting an Optionee in obtaining  the cash
necessary to exercise all or a portion of an Option granted hereunder.

          7.      Exercisability of Options.  Any Option shall become 
exercisable in such amounts and at such intervals as the Board shall provide in 
such Option, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.

                   (a)   The  expiration  date of an Option shall be determined 
by the Board at the time of  grant,  but in no event  shall an Option be  
exercised after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant of the 
Option.

                   (b)   Unless otherwise provided in any Option, each 
outstanding Option shallbecome immediately fully exercisable:

                                     (i) If  the  shareholders  of  the  Company
                            shall  approve  a  plan  of  merger,  consolidation,
                            reorganization,  liquidation or dissolution in which
                            the Company  does not survive  (unless the  approved
                            merger, consolidation,  reorganization,  liquidation
                            or dissolution is subsequently abandoned); or

                                    (ii)  If the  shareholders  of  the  Company
                            shall approve a plan for the sale,  lease,  exchange
                            or other disposition of all or substantially all the
                            property and assets of the Company (unless such plan
                            is subsequently abandoned).

                   (c)      The Board may in its sole discretion accelerate the 
date on which an Option may be exercised.

         8.        Termination of Option Period.

                   (a)   The unexercised portion of any Option shall 
automatically and without  notice  terminate  and become null and void three  
months after the date on which the Optionee's employment is terminated for any 
reason.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



                   (b) After the  occurrence  of any event  described in Section
7(b)(i) or (ii), the Board in its sole discretion, may, after giving appropriate
written  notice to any  Optionee  holding  one or more  outstanding  unexercised
Options,  cancel any Option which has not been exercised within thirty (30) days
(or such  other  period as the  Board  shall  determine)  after the date of such
notice.

          9.       Adjustment of Shares.

                   (a) If at any time while the Plan is in effect or unexercised
Options are outstanding there shall be any increase or decrease in the number of
issued and  outstanding  Shares  through the  declaration of a stock dividend or
through any  recapitalization  resulting  in a stock  split-up,  combination  or
exchange of shares, then and in such event:

                                     (i) appropriate adjustment shall be made in
                             the maximum  number of Shares then subject to being
                             optioned   under  the   Plan,   so  that  the  same
                             proportion of the Company's  issued and outstanding
                             Shares  shall  continue  to be  subject to being so
                             optioned; and

                                     (ii)  appropriate  adjustment shall be made
                             in the number of Shares and the exercise  price per
                             Share  thereof  then  subject  to  any  outstanding
                             Option,   so  that  the  same   proportion  of  the
                             Company's  issued  and  outstanding   Shares  shall
                             remain  subject to  purchse  at the same  aggregate
                             exercise price.

The Board may  change  the terms of Options  outstanding  under this Plan,  with
respect to the option price or the number of Shares  subject to the Options,  or
both, when, in the Board's sole discretion,  such adjustments become appropriate
by reason of a corporate  transaction  (as defined in  Treasury  Regulation  ss.
1,425-1(a)(1)(ii)).  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the issuance
by the  Company  of shares of its  capital  stock of any  class,  or  securities
convertible to shares of capital stock of any class,  either in connection  with
direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or
upon  conversion of shares or obligations of the Company  convertible  into such
shares  or other  securities,  shall not  affect,  and no  adjustment  by reason
thereof shall be made with respect to the number of or exercise  price of Shares
then subject to outstanding Options granted under the Plan.

                   (b) Without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the
existence of outstanding  Options granted under the Plan shall not affect in any
manner the right or power of the Company to make,  authorize or  consummate  (1)
any or all adjustments,  recapitalization,  reorganizations  or other changes in
the Company's capital structure or its business; (2) any merger or consolidation
of the Company; (3) any issue by the Company of debt securities, or preferred or
preference  stock  which  would  rank above the  Shares  subject to  outstanding
Options;  (4) the  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the  Company;  (5) any sale,
transfer  or  assignment  of all or any part of the  assets or  business  of the
Company;  or (6) any other  corporate  act or  proceeding,  whether of a similar
character or otherwise.

          10.      Nontransferability of Options.  Options shall not be 
transferable by the Optionee

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



otherwise  than by will or the laws of descent  and  distribution,  and shall be
exercisable during the Optionee's lifetime only by the Optionee.

          11.      Issuance of Shares.

                   (a) No  person  shall  be,  or  have  any of  the  rights  or
privileges  of, a  shareholder  of the Company with respect to any of the Shares
issuable  upon  the  exercise  of any  Option,  unless  and  until  certificates
representing such Shares shall have been issued and delivered.

                   (b) The time of issuance and delivery of certificates  may be
postponed  for such period as may be  required  to comply with the  registration
requirements  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the  "Act"),  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  listing requirements of applicable
securities   exchanges  on  which  the  Shares  may  then  be  listed,  and  the
requirements under other laws or regulations  applicable to the issuance of such
Shares.

                   (c)   Notwithstanding   anything   contained  herein  to  the
contrary,  the Company  shall not be required to sell or issue  Shares under any
Option if the issuance  thereof would  constitute a violation by the Optionee or
the  Company  of any  provision  of any law or  regulation  of any  governmental
authority or any national securities exchange or other forum in which Shares are
traded;  and, as a condition of any sale or issuance of Shares under any Option,
the Board may obtain such agreements or  undertakings,  if any, as the Board may
deem  necessary  or  advisable  to  assure  compliance  with  any  such  law  or
regulation.

                   (d) The Company  shall not be required to register the Shares
under  the  Act.   Shares  issued  upon  the  exercise  of  any  Option  without
registration of such Shares under the Act shall be "restricted securities" under
the federal securities laws because such Shares will have been acquired from the
Company in a  transaction  not  involving a public  offering.  Under the federal
securities laws and applicable  regulations,  such Shares will be subject to the
terms of Rule 144 under the Act. The  certificates  representing any such Shares
shall bear an appropriate legend restricting  transfer and the transfer agent of
the  Company  shall be given stop  transfer  instructions  with  respect to such
Shares.

                   (e) In no event shall a holder of unregistered  Shares issued
upon the exercise of any Option dispose of any of the Shares unless and until:


                             (i)  there  is  then  in   effect  a   registration
                             statement  under  the Act  covering  such  proposed
                             disposition   and  such   disposition  is  made  in
                             accordance with said registration statement; or

                             (ii) such holder shall have notified the Company of
                             the details of the proposed disposition and, if the
                             Company  requests,  shall have provided the Company
                             with an opinion of counsel for such holder, in form
                             satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such
                             disposition  will not require  registration  of the
                             Shares under the Act.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



          12. Options for 10% Shareholders. Notwithstanding any other provisions
of the Plan to the contrary,  an Incentive  Stock Option shall not be granted to
any person owning  directly (or  indirectly  through  attribution  under Section
425(d) of the Code) at the date of grant,  stock possessing more than 10% of the
total  combined  voting  power of all classes of stock of the Company (or of its
parent [as  defined in Section 425 of the Code] or a  Subsidiary  at the date of
grant)  unless  the  option  price of such  Option is at least  110% of the Fair
Market  Value of the  Shares  subject  to such  Option on the date the Option is
granted, and the period during which the Option may be exercised does not exceed
five (5) years from the date of grant.

          13.      Administration of the Plan.

                   (a) The Plan shall be administered  by the Board.  The Board,
in its sole  discretion,  however,  may appoint a committee  (herein  called the
"Committee")  consisting  of not  less  than  two (2)  members  of the  Board to
administer  the Plan.  Except  for the  powers  set  forth in  Section  15,  the
Committee  shall have all of the powers with respect to the Plan.  Any member of
the  Committee  may be  removed  at any  time,  without  or  without  cause,  by
resolution  of the Board and any  vacancy  occurring  in the  membership  of the
Committee may be filled by appointment by the Board.

                   (b) The  Board,  from  time to  time,  may  adopt  rules  and
regulations for carrying out the purposes of the Plan. The Board shall have sole
discretion  and authority to interpret,  enforce and construe the  provisions of
the Plan. The  determinations  and the  interpretation  and  construction of any
provision of the Plan by the Board shall be final and conclusive.

                   (c) Any and all decisions or  determinations of the Board (or
the Committee) shall be made either (I) by a majority vote of the members of the
Board (or the  Committee)  at a meeting or (ii) without a meeting by the written
approval of a majority of the members of the Board (or the Committee).

           14.      Interpretation.

                   (a) The Plan shall be  administered  and  interpreted so that
all  Incentive  Stock  Options  granted under the Plan will qualify as Incentive
Stock  Options  under  Section  422A of the Code.  If any  provision of the Plan
should be held invalid for the granting of  Incentive  Stock  Options or illegal
for any reason,  such  determination  shall not affect the remaining  provisions
hereof,  but  instead  the  Plan  shall be  construed  and  enforced  as if such
provision had never been included in the Plan.

                   (b)      This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Texas.

                   (c)      Headings contained in this Agreement are for 
convenience only and shall in no manner be construed as part of this Plan.

                   (d)      Any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter 
gender shall be a reference to such other gender as is appropriate.


                                       -6-

<PAGE>


          15. Amendment and Discontinuation of the Plan. The Committee,  subject
to the approval of the Board of Directors  (and the  shareholders  to the extent
required by Section  422A of the Code),  may from time to time amend the Plan or
any Option, provided, however, that (except to the extent provided in Section 9)
no such amendment may (a) without  approval by the  shareholders  of the Company
increase  the  number of Shares  reserved  for  Options  or change  the class of
employees eligible to receive Options,  (b) permit the granting of any Incentive
Stock Option at an option price less than that  determined  in  accordance  with
Sections 5 and 12, (c) permit the granting of Options  which  expire  beyond the
maximum period  described in Section 7(a) or Section 12, if  applicable,  or (d)
extend  the  termination  date of the  Plan as set  forth  in  Section  16;  and
provided,  further,  that  (except  to the  extent  provided  in  Section  8) no
amendment or suspension of the Plan or any Option issued  hereunder shall modify
(within the meaning of Section  425(h) of the Code) any Incentive  Stock Option,
or substantially  impair any Option,  previously granted to any Optionee without
the consent of such Optionee.

          16.      Effective Date and Termination Date. The effective date of 
the Plan is October 1, 1995, and the Plan shall terminate on the 10th 
anniversary of the effective date.

          CERTIFIED to be the 1996 Stock  Option Plan of Niche  Pharmaceuticals,
Inc.,  adopted by its Board of Directors and Shareholders  effective the _______
day of ______________1996.

                                         NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

                                         By:___________________________________
                                            STEPHEN F. BRANDON, President

ATTEST:


Secretary

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



                                                            EXHIBIT 23.1

              CONSENT OF MOORE STEPHENS, P.C.; INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



         We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption  "Expert" and
to the use of our report dated November 15, 1996 in the  Registration  Statement
(Form  SB-2)  and  related  Prospectus  of  Niche  Pharmaceuticals,   Inc.  (the
"Company") covering the registration of 1,725,000 of the Company's Common Shares
and 130,000 of the Company's Warrants.


New York, New York
December 12, 1996


                                                      /s/ Moore Stephens, P.C.
                                                      ------------------------
                                                      MOORE STEPHENS, P.C.







                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

                     1996 Senior Executive Stock Option Plan
                     ---------------------------------------

                  1.  Purpose of the Plan.  The Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1996 Senior  Executive Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is intended to advance the
interests  of Niche  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  by  providing  an
incentive and reward for certain senior executives (the "Senior Executives") who
are in a position to contribute substantially to the progress and success of the
Company,  to  closely  align the  interests  of the Senior  Executives  with the
interests  of  stockholders  of  the  Company  by  linking   benefits  to  stock
performance  and to retain  the  services  of such  Senior  Executives.  This is
accomplished   by  providing  for  the  granting  of  "Options"  to  the  Senior
Executives.

                  2. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Board
of Directors of the Company (the "Board of  Directors")  or by a committee  (the
"Committee")  chosen by the Board of  Directors.  Except as herein  specifically
provided,  the  interpretation and construction by the Board of Directors or the
Committee of any  provision of the Plan or of any Option  granted under it shall
be final and conclusive.  The receipt of Options by Directors, or any members of
the Committee,  shall not preclude their vote on any matters in connection  with
the administration or interpretation of the Plan.



                                        1

<PAGE>


                  3.     Shares Subject to the Plan.  The stock subject to
Options  granted under the Plan shall be shares of the  Company's  common stock,
par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"),  whether  authorized but unissued
or held  in the  Company's  treasury,  or  shares  purchased  from  stockholders
expressly for use under the Plan.  The maximum  number of shares of Common Stock
which may be issued  pursuant to Options granted under the Plan shall not exceed
in the  aggregate  four  hundred  five  thousand  (405,000)  shares,  subject to
adjustment in accordance  with the provisions of Section 11 hereof.  The Company
shall, at all times while the Plan is in force, reserve such number of shares of
Common  Stock  as  will  be  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  all
outstanding Options granted under the Plan.

                  4.     Participation; Number of Options.

                         (a) The Senior Executives that shall be eligible to
receive Options under the Plan shall be Stephen F. Brandon
("Brandon"), Thomas F. Reed ("Reed"), Jean Sperry ("Sperry") and
Allan Avery ("Avery").

                         (b) The Board of Directors may grant to the following
Senior Executives  Options covering the number of shares set forth next to their
respective names below:

                  Name               Number of Shares Underlying Options
                  ----               -----------------------------------

                  Brandon                        283,500
                  Reed                            72,900
                  Sperry                          24,300
                  Avery                           24,300

                                        2

<PAGE>





                  5.     Options under the Plan.  The Options granted under
the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

                         (a)  The option price of the shares subject to an
Option  shall be Five  Dollars  ($5.00)  per  share,  subject to  adjustment  in
accordance with the provisions of Section 11 hereof.

                         (b) The Options shall vest to the extent of one-third
(1/3) of the number of shares  covered  thereby in each of 1998,  1999 and 2000,
respectively,  upon the date that the Company's audited financial statements for
the fiscal  years ended  December  31, 1997,  1998 and 1999,  respectively,  are
issued,  provided that the Company's  cumulative  pre-tax income from operations
from January 1, 1997 through  December 31, 1997,  1998 or 1999,  as the case may
be, as reflected in the Company's audited financial  statements  through the end
of the  particular  fiscal year,  exceeds  $300,000,  $3,000,000 or  $7,500,000,
respectively,  without giving effect to any deferred  financing  costs resulting
from the  issuance  by the  Company to Dominant  Construction  Corp.  of 100,000
shares of Common Stock,  in the Company's  bridge  financing  transaction  which
closed on December 9, 1996 (the "Cumulative Goals"), provided, however, that, in
the event a Cumulative Goal through the end of a particular year is not met, the
installment of Options which would have vested for that  particular year had the
Cumulative Goal been met will nevertheless

                                        3

<PAGE>



vest in a future  year if the  Cumulative  Goal which  relates to the vesting of
Options  through  the end of that  future  year is  met.  As an  example  of the
foregoing,  in the  event the  Company's  pre-tax  income  from  operations  (as
determined  above) for the first  fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1997 equals
$200,000,  the initial  one-third  installment of the Option will not then vest;
however,  in the event the  cumulative  pre-tax  income from  operations for the
fiscal  year ended  December  31, 1997 and 1998 equal  $3,100,000,  then at such
time,  the Option will vest to the extent of  two-thirds  of the shares  covered
thereby.

                         (c) The Options granted under the Plan shall expire
on  December  31,  2006 at 5:00 p.m.  Roanoke,  Texas time  (subject  to earlier
termination as expressly provided in Section 9 hereof).

                  6.     Stock Option Agreement.  Each Option granted under
the Plan shall be authorized by the Board of Directors or the
Committee, and shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement which
shall be executed by the Company and by the Senior Executive to
whom such Option is granted.

                  7.     Rights of Option Holders.  The holder of any Option
granted under the Plan shall have none of the rights of a
stockholder with respect to the stock covered by his Option until
such stock shall be transferred to him upon the exercise of his
Option.

                                        4

<PAGE>



                  8. Transferability.  No Option granted under the Plan shall be
transferable  by the Senior  Executive to whom it was granted  otherwise than by
Will or the laws of descent and  distribution,  and, during the lifetime of such
Senior Executive, shall not be exercisable by any other person, but only by him.

                  9.     Termination of Employment or Death.

                         (a)  Subject to the terms of the Stock Option
Agreement,  if the  employment  or  services  of a  Senior  Executive  shall  be
terminated  for cause or voluntarily  by the Senior  Executive,  then his Option
shall expire forthwith.  Subject to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement, and
except  as  provided  in  subsections  (b) and (c) of  this  Section  9, if such
employment or services  shall  terminate for any other reason,  then such Option
may be exercised  at any time within  three (3) months  after such  termination,
subject to the  provisions of subsection  (d) of this Section 9. For purposes of
the Plan, the retirement of a Senior  Executive  either pursuant to a pension or
retirement  plan  adopted  by the  Company  or at  the  normal  retirement  date
prescribed from time to time by the Company shall be deemed to be termination of
such Senior  Executive's  employment  other than  voluntarily or for cause.  For
purposes of this  subsection  (a), a Senior  Executive  who leaves the employ or
services of the Company to become an employee or non-employee  Director of, or a
consultant or advisor to, a

                                        5

<PAGE>



subsidiary  corporation of the Company or a corporation (or subsidiary or parent
corporation of the corporation) which has assumed the Option of the Company as a
result of a corporate  reorganization,  etc.,  shall not be  considered  to have
terminated his employment.

                         (b)  If the Senior Executive holding an Option under
the Plan dies (i) while employed by, or while serving as a non-employee Director
for or a consultant  or advisor to, the Company or a subsidiary  corporation  of
the  Company,  or (ii)  within  three (3) months  after the  termination  of his
employment or services  other than  voluntarily  by the Senior  Executive or for
cause, then such Option may, subject to the provisions of subsection (d) of this
Section 9, be  exercised by the estate of the Senior  Executive,  or by a person
who acquired the right to exercise such Option by bequest or  inheritance  or by
reason of the death of such  Senior  Executive  at any time  within one (1) year
after such death.

                         (c)  Subject to the terms of the Stock Option
Agreement,  if the  Senior  Executive  holding an Option  under the Plan  ceases
employment  or services  because of permanent and total  disability  (within the
meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of the Code) while employed by, or while serving as
a  non-employee  Director  for or  consultant  or advisor  to, the  Company or a
subsidiary corporation of the Company, then such Option may, subject to the

                                        6

<PAGE>



provisions of subsection  (d) of this Section 9, be exercised at any time within
one (1) year after his termination of employment, termination of Directorship or
termination of consulting or advisory  services,  as the case may be, due to the
disability.

                         (d)  An Option may not be exercised pursuant to this
Section 9 except  to the  extent  that the  Senior  Executive  was  entitled  to
exercise the Option at the time of  termination  of  employment,  termination of
Directorship,  termination of consulting or advisory services,  or death, and in
any event may not be exercised after the expiration of the Option.

                         (e)  For purposes of this Section 9, the employment
relationship of the Senior Executive will be treated as continuing  intact while
he is on  military  or sick leave or other  bona fide leave of absence  (such as
temporary  employment  by the  Government)  if such leave does not exceed ninety
(90) days,  or, if longer,  so long as his right to  reemployment  is guaranteed
either by statute or by contract.

                  10.    Exercise of Options.

                         (a) Upon vesting, any Option granted under the Plan
shall be exercisable as provided  herein,  in whole at any time, or in part from
time to time, prior to expiration.  The Board of Directors or the Committee,  in
its  absolute  discretion,  may provide in any Stock Option  Agreement  that the


                                        7

<PAGE>



exercise of any Options granted  under the Plan shall be subject (i) to such 
condition or conditions as it may impose, and (ii) to such limitations as it may
impose.

                         (b)  An Option granted under the Plan shall be
exercised by the delivery by the holder  thereof to the Company at its principal
office  (attention of the  Secretary) of written  notice of the number of shares
with  respect  to which the  Option is being  exercised.  Such  notice  shall be
accompanied, or followed within ten (10) days of delivery thereof, by payment of
the full option price of such shares,  and payment of such option price shall be
made by the  holder's  delivery  of (i) his  check  payable  to the order of the
Company,  or (ii)  previously  acquired  Common Stock,  the fair market value of
which  shall  be  determined  as of the  date of  exercise,  or by the  holder's
delivery of any  combination  of the foregoing  (i) and (ii).  In addition,  the
holder shall,  upon  notification of the amount due and prior to or concurrently
with  delivery to the holder of a  certificate  representing  such  shares,  pay
promptly any amount necessary to satisfy applicable Federal,  state or local tax
withholding requirements (the "Withholding Tax"). Alternatively,  the Holder and
the  Company  can agree  prior to the  delivery  to the Holder of a  certificate
representing  such shares,  that the Company can withhold  such number of shares
issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a fair market value as 
determined as of the date of exercise equal to the amount necessary to satisfy 
the Withholding Tax.

                                        8

<PAGE>





                  11.    Adjustment Upon Change in Capitalization.

                         (a)  In the event that the outstanding Common Stock
is  hereafter  changed  by  reason  of  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,
recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock  split-up,  combination  of  shares,
reverse split,  stock dividend or the like, an appropriate  adjustment  shall be
made by the Board of  Directors  or the  Committee  in the  aggregate  number of
shares  available  under the Plan,  and in the number of shares and option price
per share subject to outstanding  Options.  If the Company shall be reorganized,
consolidated,  or merged with another corporation, the holder of an Option shall
be entitled to receive  upon the exercise of his Option the same number and kind
of shares of stock or the same  amount of  property,  cash or  securities  as he
would have been  entitled to receive upon the  happening  of any such  corporate
event as if he had been,  immediately  prior to such  event,  the  holder of the
number of shares covered by his Option.

                         (b)  Any adjustment in the number of shares shall
apply  proportionately  to only the  unexercised  portion of the Option  granted
hereunder.  If fractions of a share would result from any such  adjustment,  the
adjustment shall be revised to the next lower whole number of shares.

                                        9

<PAGE>



                  12.    Further Conditions of Exercise.

                         (a)  Unless prior to the exercise of the Option the
issuance of the shares issuable upon such exercise have been registered with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  the notice of exercise  shall be accompanied  by a  representation  or
agreement  of the person or estate  exercising  the Option to the Company to the
effect that such shares are being acquired for investment  purposes and not with
a view to the  distribution  thereof,  or  such  other  documentation  as may be
required by the  Company,  unless in the opinion of counsel to the Company  such
representation,  agreement or documentation is not necessary to comply with such
Act.

                         (b)  The Company shall not be obligated to deliver
any Common Stock until it has been listed on each  securities  exchange on which
the Common Stock may then be listed and until there has been qualification under
or  compliance  with such  federal or state laws,  rules or  regulations  as the
Company may deem applicable.  The Company shall use reasonable efforts to obtain
such listing, qualification and compliance.

                  13.    Effectiveness of the Plan.  The Plan was adopted by
the Board of Directors on December 11, 1996.


                                       10

<PAGE>


                  14.    Termination, Modification and Amendment.

                         (a)  The Plan (but not Options previously granted
under the Plan) shall  terminate on December 10, 2006,  which is within ten (10)
years  from the date of its  adoption  by the Board of  Directors,  or sooner as
hereinafter  provided,  and no Option shall be granted after  termination of the
Plan.

                         (b)  The Board of Directors may at any time, on or
before the termination  date referred to in Section 14(a) hereof,  terminate the
Plan, or from time to time make such  modifications or amendments to the Plan as
it may deem advisable.

                         (c)  No termination, modification, or amendment of
the Plan may,  without  the consent of the Senior  Executive  to whom any Option
shall have been granted, adversely affect the rights conferred by such Option.

                  15. Not a Contract of  Employment.  Nothing  contained  in the
Plan or in any Stock Option Agreement  executed  pursuant hereto shall be deemed
to confer  upon any  Senior  Executive  to whom an  Option is or may be  granted
hereunder  any right to remain in the  employ or  service  of the  Company  or a
subsidiary  corporation of the Company or any entitlement to any remuneration or
other benefit pursuant to any consulting or advisory arrangement.

                  16.    Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds from the sale of
shares pursuant to Options granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds
of the Company.

                 

                                       11

<PAGE>


                  17.    Indemnification of Board of Directors or Committee.
In  addition  to such  other  rights of  indemnification  as they may have,  the
members of the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, shall be
indemnified by the Company to the extent  permitted under applicable law against
all  costs and  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by them in  connection  with any
action,  suit,  or  proceeding  to  which  they or any of them may be a party by
reason of any action  taken or failure  to act under or in  connection  with the
Plan or any rights  granted  thereunder  and against all amounts paid by them in
settlement  thereof or paid by them in  satisfaction  of a judgment  of any such
action, suit or proceeding, except a judgment based upon a finding of bad faith.
Upon the  institution  of any such action,  suit, or  proceeding,  the member or
members of the Board of  Directors or the  Committee,  as the case may be, shall
notify the Company in writing, giving the Company an opportunity at its own cost
to defend the same before such member or members undertake to defend the same on
his or their own behalf.

                  18.    Definitions.  For purposes of the Plan, the terms
"parent corporation" and "subsidiary corporation" shall have the meanings set
forth in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively, and the masculine
shall include the feminine and the neuter as the context requires.

                  19.    Governing Law.  The Plan shall be governed by, and all
questions arising hereunder shall be determined in accordance with, the laws of
the State of Delaware.

                                       12


K:\WPDOC\CORP\NICHE\STKOPT\SENIOSOP.AGM
<PAGE>

                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
                   1996 Non-Senior Executive Stock Option Plan

                1.  Purpose of the Plan.  The Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
                    --------------------
1996 Non-Senior  Executive Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is intended to advance
the  interests  of  Niche  Pharmaceuticals  Inc.  (the  "Company")  by  inducing
individuals,  or entities which are included in the definition of "employee" for
purposes of a Form S-8 registration  statement filed under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended,  of outstanding ability and potential to join and remain with,
or provide  consulting  or advisory  services  to, the Company,  by  encouraging
eligible  employees,   non-employee  directors,   consultants  and  advisors  to
contribute  to the  progress and success of the  Company,  to closely  align the
interests of such eligible  optionees with the interests of the  stockholders of
the Company by linking  benefits to performance,  to retain the services of such
employees,  non-employee directors, consultants and advisors, and to attract new
employees, non-employee directors, consultants and advisors.

                  2.     Administration.  The Plan shall be administered by the
Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") or by a committee 
(the "Committee") chosen by the Board of Directors.


                                        1

<PAGE>



Except as herein specifically  provided,  the interpretation and construction by
the Board of Directors or the  Committee of any  provision of the Plan or of any
Option granted under it shall be final and conclusive. The receipt of Options by
Directors, or any members of the Committee, shall not preclude their vote on any
matters in connection with the administration or interpretation of the Plan.

                  3. Shares  Subject to the Plan.  The stock  subject to Options
granted under the Plan shall be shares of the Company's  common stock, par value
$.01 per share (the "Common Stock"),  whether authorized but unissued or held in
the Company's treasury, or shares purchased from stockholders  expressly for use
under the Plan. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued
pursuant to Options granted under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate one
hundred fifty  thousand  (150,000)  shares,  subject to adjustment in accordance
with the  provisions of Section 12 hereof.  The Company shall at all times while
the Plan is in force  reserve  such number of shares of Common  Stock as will be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding  Options granted under
the Plan.  In the event  any  Option  granted  under  the Plan  shall  expire or
terminate for any reason  without  having been  exercised in full or shall cease
for any reason to be exercisable

                                        2

<PAGE>



in whole or in part,  the  unpurchased  shares  subject  thereto  shall again be
available for Options under the Plan.

                  4.  Participation.  The  class of  individuals  that  shall be
eligible  to  receive  Options  under  the Plan  shall be (a)  with  respect  to
Incentive Stock Options described in Section 6 hereof, all employees  (including
officers) of either the Company or any  subsidiary  corporation  of the Company,
other than Ineligible Persons (as hereinafter defined),  and (b) with respect to
Nonstatutory  Stock  Options  described  in  Section  7  hereof,  all  employees
(including officers) and non-employee  Directors of, or consultants and advisors
to, either the Company or any subsidiary  corporation of the Company, other than
Ineligible Persons; provided, however, that Nonstatutory Stock Options shall not
be granted to any such  consultants  and advisors  unless (i) bona fide services
have been or are to be  rendered  by such  consultant  or advisor  and (ii) such
services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital
raising  transaction.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  persons (the "Ineligible
Persons")  that are eligible to receive  options under the Company's 1996 Senior
Executive Stock Option Plan are not eligible to receive Options under this Plan.
The Board of Directors or the Committee, in its sole discretion,  but subject to
the provisions of the Plan,

                                        3

<PAGE>



shall determine the employees and non-employee Directors of, and the consultants
and advisors  to, the Company and its  subsidiary  corporations  to whom Options
shall be granted, and the number of shares to be covered by each Option,  taking
into  account  the  nature  of  the  employment  or  services  rendered  by  the
individuals  being  considered,  their annual  compensation,  their  present and
potential contributions to the success of the Company, and such other factors as
the Board of Directors or the Committee may deem relevant.

                  5. Stock Option Agreement.  Each Option granted under the Plan
shall be  authorized  by the Board of Directors or the  Committee,  and shall be
evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement which shall be executed by the Company and
by the  individual  to whom such Option is granted.  The Stock Option  Agreement
shall  specify  the  number of shares of Common  Stock as to which any Option is
granted, the period during which the Option is exercisable, and the option price
per share thereof.

                  6.     Incentive Stock Options.  The Board of Directors or
the Committee may grant Options under the Plan, which Options are intended to
meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended (the "Code"), and which are subject to the following terms and 
conditions and any other terms and conditions as may at any time be required by
                              
                                        4

<PAGE>



Section  422 of the  Code(referred to herein as an "Incentive Stock Option"):

                         (a)  No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to
individuals other than employees of the Company or of a subsidiary
corporation of the Company.

                         (b)  Each Incentive Stock Option under the Plan must
be granted  prior to December 10, 2006,  which is within ten (10) years from the
date the Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors.

                         (c)  The option price of the shares subject to any
Incentive  Stock  Option  shall  not be less than the fair  market  value of the
Common  Stock at the time such  Incentive  Stock  Option is  granted;  provided,
however,  if an Incentive  Stock Option is granted to an individual who owns, at
the time the Incentive  Stock Option is granted,  more than ten percent (10%) of
the total  combined  voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of a
parent or subsidiary  corporation of the Company, the option price of the shares
subject to the Incentive  Stock Option shall be at least one hundred ten percent
(110%) of the fair market  value of the Common  Stock at the time the  Incentive
Stock Option is granted.

                         (d)  No Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan
shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its
grant.  However, if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to an individual who

                                        5

<PAGE>



owns,  at the time the  Incentive  Stock Option is granted,  more than ten 
percent (10%) of the total combined  voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or of a parent or subsidiary  corporation of the Company,  such 
Incentive  Stock  Option  shall  not be  exercisable  after  the expiration of 
five (5) years from the date of its grant.  Every  Incentive Stock Option 
granted  under the Plan  shall be  subject  to  earlier  termination  as
expressly provided in Section 10 hereof.

                         (e)  For purposes of determining stock ownership
under this Section 6, the attribution  rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall
apply.

                         (f)  For purposes of the Plan, fair market value
shall be  determined by the Board of Directors or the  Committee.  If the Common
Stock  is  listed  on  a  national   securities   exchange   or  traded  on  the
Over-the-Counter  market,  fair market value shall be the closing  selling price
or, if not available,  the closing bid price or, if not available,  the high bid
price of the Common Stock quoted on such  exchange,  or on the  Over-the-Counter
market as reported by the National  Association of Securities  Dealers Automated
Quotation  (NASDAQ) system or if the Common Stock is not listed on NASDAQ,  then
by the National Quotation Bureau,  Incorporated,  as the case may be, on the day
immediately preceding

                                        6

<PAGE>



the day on which the Option is granted,  or, if there is no trading or bid price
on that day, the closing  selling price,  closing bid price or high bid price on
the most  recent  day which  precedes  that day and for which  such  prices  are
available.

                  7. Nonstatutory  Stock Options.  The Board of Directors or the
Committee  may grant  Options  under the Plan which are not intended to meet the
requirements  of Section 422 of the Code,  as well as Options which are intended
to meet the  requirements  of  Section  422 of the  Code but the  terms of which
provide that they will not be treated as Incentive  Stock  Options  (referred to
herein as a "Nonstatutory  Stock Option").  Nonstatutory Stock Options which are
not intended to meet those  requirements shall be subject to the following terms
and conditions:

                         (a)  A Nonstatutory Stock Option may be granted to
any  individual or entity  eligible to receive an Option under the Plan pursuant
to Section 4(b) hereof.

                         (b)  The option price of the shares subject to a
Nonstatutory  Stock Option shall be  determined by the Board of Directors or the
Committee, in its sole discretion,  at the time of the grant of the Nonstatutory
Stock Option.

                         (c)  A Nonstatutory Stock Option granted under the
Plan may be of such duration as shall be determined by the Board of

                                        7

<PAGE>



Directors or the Committee (subject to earlier termination as expressly provided
in Section 10 hereof).

                  8.     Rights of Option Holders.  The holder of any Option
granted under the Plan shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with
respect to the stock covered by his Option until such stock shall be 
transferred to him upon the exercise of his Option.

                  9.     Transferability.  No Option granted under the Plan
shall be transferable by the individual or entity to whom it was granted 
otherwise than by Will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the
lifetime of such individual, shall not be exercisable by any other person, but 
only by him.

                  10.    Termination of Employment or Death.

                         (a)  Subject to the terms of the Stock Option
Agreement,  if  the  employment  of  an  employee  by,  or  the  services  of  a
non-employee  Director  for,  or  consultant  or advisor  to,  the  Company or a
subsidiary  corporation  of  the  Company  shall  be  terminated  for  cause  or
voluntarily by the employee,  non-employee Director, consultant or advisor, then
his or its  Option  shall  expire  forthwith.  Subject to the terms of the Stock
Option Agreement, and except as provided in subsections (b) and (c) of

                                        8

<PAGE>



this Section 10, if such  employment or services  shall  terminate for any other
reason,  then such Option may be  exercised  at any time within three (3) months
after such  termination,  subject to the  provisions of  subsection  (d) of this
Section 10. For purposes of the Plan,  the  retirement of an  individual  either
pursuant to a pension or retirement plan adopted by the Company or at the normal
retirement  date  prescribed from time to time by the Company shall be deemed to
be termination of such  individual's  employment  other than  voluntarily or for
cause. For purposes of this subsection (a), an employee,  non-employee Director,
consultant or advisor who leaves the employ or services of the Company to become
an  employee  or  non-employee  Director  of, or a  consultant  or advisor to, a
subsidiary  corporation of the Company or a corporation (or subsidiary or parent
corporation of the corporation) which has assumed the Option of the Company as a
result of a corporate  reorganization,  etc.,  shall not be  considered  to have
terminated his employment or services.

                         (b)  Subject to the terms of the Stock Option
Agreement, if the holder of an Option under the Plan dies (i) while employed by,
or while serving as a non-employee  Director for, or a consultant or advisor to,
the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company, or (ii) within three (3)
months after the

                                        9

<PAGE>



termination of his employment or services other than voluntarily by the employee
or non-employee Director,  consultant or advisor, or for cause, then such Option
may,  subject  to the  provisions  of  subsection  (d) of this  Section  10,  be
exercised by the estate of the employee or non-employee Director,  consultant or
advisor,  or by a person  who  acquired  the right to  exercise  such  Option by
bequest  or  inheritance  or  by  reason  of  the  death  of  such  employee  or
non-employee  Director,  consultant  or advisor at any time  within one (1) year
after such death.

                         (c)  Subject to the terms of the Stock Option
Agreement,  if the  holder of an  Option  under the Plan  ceases  employment  or
services  because of  permanent  and total  disability  (within  the  meaning of
Section  22(e)(3)  of the  Code)  while  employed  by,  or  while  serving  as a
non-employee  Director  for or  consultant  or  advisor  to,  the  Company  or a
subsidiary  corporation  of the  Company,  then such Option may,  subject to the
provisions of subsection (d) of this Section 10, be exercised at any time within
one (1) year after his termination of employment, termination of Directorship or
termination of consulting or advisory  services,  as the case may be, due to the
disability.

                         (d)  An Option may not be exercised pursuant to this
Section 10 except to the extent that the holder was entitled to

                                       10

<PAGE>



exercise the Option at the time of  termination  of  employment,  termination of
Directorship,  termination of consulting or advisory services,  or death, and in
any event may not be exercised after the expiration of the Option.

                         (e)  For purposes of this Section 10, the employment
relationship of an employee of the Company or of a subsidiary corporation of the
Company  will be treated as  continuing  intact  while he is on military or sick
leave or other bona fide leave of absence  (such as temporary  employment by the
Government)  if such leave does not exceed ninety (90) days,  or, if longer,  so
long as his  right  to  reemployment  is  guaranteed  either  by  statute  or by
contract.

                  11.    Exercise of Options.

                         (a)  Unless otherwise provided in the Stock Option
Agreement,  any Option  granted under the Plan shall be  exercisable in whole at
any  time,  or in part  from  time to time,  prior to  expiration.  The Board of
Directors or the Committee, in its absolute discretion, may provide in any Stock
Option  Agreement that the exercise of any Options  granted under the Plan shall
be subject (i) to such condition or conditions as it may impose,  including, but
not  limited  to, a condition  that the holder  thereof  remain in the employ or
service of, or continue to provide consulting or

                                       11

<PAGE>



advisory services to, the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company for
such  period  or  periods  from the date of grant of the  Option as the Board of
Directors or the Committee,  in its absolute  discretion,  shall determine;  and
(ii) to such  limitations  as it may  impose,  including,  but not limited to, a
limitation that the aggregate fair market value of the Common Stock with respect
to which  Incentive  Stock  Options  are  exercisable  for the first time by any
employee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its parent
and  subsidiary  corporations)  shall not exceed one  hundred  thousand  dollars
($100,000).  In addition, in the event that under any Stock Option Agreement the
aggregate fair market value of the Common Stock with respect to which  Incentive
Stock  Options are  exercisable  for the first time by any  employee  during any
calendar  year  (under all plans of the  Company  and its parent and  subsidiary
corporations)  exceeds one hundred  thousand  dollars  ($100,000),  the Board of
Directors or the  Committee  may, when shares are  transferred  upon exercise of
such Options,  designate those shares which shall be treated as transferred upon
exercise of an Incentive Stock Option and those shares which shall be treated as
transferred upon exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

                         (b)  An Option granted under the Plan shall be

                                       12

<PAGE>



exercised by the delivery by the holder  thereof to the Company at its principal
office  (attention of the  Secretary) of written  notice of the number of shares
with  respect  to which the  Option is being  exercised.  Such  notice  shall be
accompanied, or followed within ten (10) days of delivery thereof, by payment of
the full option price of such shares,  and payment of such option price shall be
made by the  holder's  delivery  of (i) his  check  payable  to the order of the
Company,  or (ii)  previously  acquired  Common Stock,  the fair market value of
which  shall  be  determined  as of the  date of  exercise,  or by the  holder's
delivery of any combination of the foregoing (i) and (ii).  In addition, with
respect to a Nonstatutory Stock Option issued under the Plan, the holder shall,
upon notification of the amount due and prior to or concurrently with delivery
to the holder of a certificate representing such shares, pay promptly any amount
necessary to satisfy applicable Federal, state or local tax withholding require-
ments (the "Withholding Tax").  Alternatively, the holder and the Company can
agree prior to the delivery to the holder of a certificate representing such
shares, that the Company may withhold such number of shares issuable upon the
exercise of the Nonstatutory Stock Option having a fair market value as deter-
mined as of the date of exercise equal to the amount necessary to satisfy the
Withholding Tax.

                  12.    Adjustment Upon Change in Capitalization.

                         (a)  In the event that the outstanding Common Stock
is  hereafter  changed  by  reason  of  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,
recapitalization,  reclassification,  stock  split-up,  combination  of  shares,
reverse split,  stock dividend or the like, an appropriate  adjustment  shall be
made by the Board of  Directors  or the  Committee  in the  aggregate  number of
shares  available  under the Plan,  in the number of shares and option price per
share subject to outstanding  Options,  and in any limitation on exerciseability
referred  to in  Section  11(a)(ii)  hereof  which is set  forth in  outstanding
Incentive Stock Options. If the Company

                                       13

<PAGE>



shall be  reorganized,  consolidated,  or merged with another  corporation,  the
holder of an Option shall be entitled to receive upon the exercise of his Option
the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash
or  securities  as he would have been  entitled to receive upon the happening of
any such corporate event as if he had been, immediately prior to such event, the
holder of the number of shares covered by his Option; provided, however, that in
such event the Board of Directors or the Committee shall have the  discretionary
power to take any action necessary or appropriate to prevent any Incentive Stock
Option  granted  hereunder  which is intended to be an "incentive  stock option"
from being  disqualified as such under the then existing  provisions of the Code
or any law amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto.

                         (b)  Any adjustment in the number of shares shall
apply  proportionately  to only the  unexercised  portion of the Option  granted
hereunder.  If fractions of a share would result from any such  adjustment,  the
adjustment shall be revised to the next lower whole number of shares.

                  13.    Further Conditions of Exercise.

                         (a)  Unless prior to the exercise of the Option the
issuance of the shares issuable upon such exercise has been registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as

                                       14

<PAGE>



amended,  the  notice  of  exercise  shall be accompanied by a representation
or agreement of the person or estate exercising the Option to the Company to the
effect that such shares are being  acquired for investment  purposes and not 
with a view to the  distribution  thereof, or such other documentation as may be
required by the Company,  unless in the opinion of counsel to the Company such 
representation,  agreement or  documentation is not necessary to comply with 
such Act.

                         (b)  The Company shall not be obligated to deliver
any Common Stock until it has been listed on each  securities  exchange on which
the Common Stock may then be listed or until there has been qualification  under
or  compliance  with such  federal or state laws,  rules or  regulations  as the
Company may deem applicable.  The Company shall use reasonable efforts to obtain
such listing, qualification and compliance.

                  14.  Effectiveness  of the Plan.  The Plan was  adopted by the
Board of Directors  on December 11, 1996.  The Plan shall be subject to approval
on or before December 10, 1997,  which is within one (1) year of adoption of the
Plan by the Board of  Directors,  by the  affirmative  vote of the  holders of a
majority of the outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Company  entitled to
vote thereon, present in person or by proxy when such approval is

                                       15

<PAGE>



sought.  In the event such  stockholder  approval is withheld or  otherwise  not
received on or before the latter date, the Plan and, subject to the terms of the
Stock Option  Agreement,  all Incentive Stock Options that may have been granted
hereunder shall become null and void.

                  15.    Termination, Modification and Amendment.

                         (a)  The Plan (but not Options previously granted
under the Plan) shall  terminate on December 10, 2006,  which is within ten (10)
years  from the date of its  adoption  by the Board of  Directors,  or sooner as
hereinafter  provided,  and no Option shall be granted after  termination of the
Plan.

                         (b)  The Plan may from time to time be terminated,
modified, or amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the Company  entitled to vote  thereon,
present in person or by proxy when such action is sought.

                         (c)  The Board of Directors may at any time, on or
before the termination  date referred to in Section 15(a) hereof,  terminate the
Plan, or from time to time make such  modifications or amendments to the Plan as
it may deem advisable; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall not,
without  approval  by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the


                                       16

<PAGE>



outstanding shares of capital  stock of the  Company  entitled to vote  thereon,
present in person or by proxy when such approval is sought,  increase  (except 
as otherwise provided  by  Section  12  hereof)  the  maximum  number  of  
shares as to which Incentive Stock Options may be granted hereunder,  change the
designation of the employees or class of employees eligible to receive Incentive
Stock Options, or make any other change which would  prevent any  Incentive  
Stock Option  granted hereunder which is intended to be an "incentive stock 
option" from disqualifying as such under the then  existing  provisions  of the 
Code or any law  amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto.

                         (d)  No termination, modification, or amendment of
the Plan may, without the consent of the individual or entity to whom any Option
shall have been granted, adversely affect the rights conferred by such Option.
                  16. Not a Contract of  Employment.  Nothing  contained  in the
Plan or in any Stock Option Agreement  executed  pursuant hereto shall be deemed
to confer upon any  individual  or entity to whom an Option is or may be granted
hereunder  any right to remain in the  employ or  service  of the  Company  or a
subsidiary  corporation of the Company or any entitlement to any remuneration or
other benefit pursuant to any consulting or advisory arrangement.

                                       17

<PAGE>



                  17.    Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds from the sale of shares
pursuant to Options granted under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the
Company.

                  18.  Indemnification  of Board of Directors or  Committee.  In
addition to such other rights of  indemnification  as they may have, the members
of the  Board of  Directors  or the  Committee,  as the  case  may be,  shall be
indemnified by the Company to the extent  permitted under applicable law against
all  costs and  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by them in  connection  with any
action,  suit,  or  proceeding  to  which  they or any of them may be a party by
reason of any action  taken or failure  to act under or in  connection  with the
Plan or any rights  granted  thereunder  and against all amounts paid by them in
settlement  thereof or paid by them in  satisfaction  of a judgment  of any such
action, suit or proceeding, except a judgment based upon a finding of bad faith.
Upon the  institution  of any such action,  suit, or  proceeding,  the member or
members of the Board of  Directors or the  Committee,  as the case may be, shall
notify the Company in writing, giving the Company an opportunity at its own cost
to defend the same before such member or members undertake to defend the same on
his or their own behalf.

                  19.    Definitions.  For purposes of the Plan, the terms

                                       18

<PAGE>


"parent  corporation" and "subsidiary  corporation"  shall have the meanings set
forth in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively, and the masculine
shall include the feminine and the neuter as the context requires.

                  20.    Governing Law.  The Plan shall be governed by, and
all questions arising hereunder shall be determined in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Delaware.



K:\WPDOC\CORP\NICHE\STKOPT\NONSREXE.96

                                       19

<PAGE>

                            LOAN AGREEMENT

         This LOAN  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is made and entered into effective
the 20th day of January,  1997, by and between Allan Avery, GEM  Communications,
Inc. and Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower").
         WHEREAS,  Borrower  desires to obtain from Lender and Lender is willing
to make such loan on the term and conditions hereinafter set forth;
         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions
herein contained, the parties agree as follows:
         1. LOAN.  Lender shall make  available to Borrower an aggregate  sum of
One Hundred- Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($150,000) for loan to Borrower.  Borrower
may from  time to time  during  the term of this  Agreement  make  requests  for
advances on the loan, such advances not to exceed in the aggregate the principal
sum of One Hundred-Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000). Any amounts advanced under
the loan shall bear interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.
         2.       REPAYMENT.  Borrower shall repay any or all amounts advanced 
by Lender hereunder upon demand by Lender therefor.  Borrower's obligation to 
repay to Lender any amounts advanced hereunder shall be represented by 
Borrower's promissory note to Lender executed contemporaneously herewith and 
attached hereto.
         3.       TERM.  This Agreement shall be in effect for a period of one
(1) year from the effective date hereof.
         4.       SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  The rights and obligations of the
parties under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding 
upon the successors and assigns of the parties.
         5.       PARAGRAPH HEADINGS.  The paragraph headings contained herein 
are for convenience only, and do not purport to accurately summarize the 
contents of the paragraph they head, and shall not modify, or in any way affect
the provisions of this Agreement or be of any relevance in the construction 
thereof.
         6.       MEDIATION AND ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES.
                  A. Should either Party reasonably believe the other has
committed a breach of this Agreement, such party shall notify the other in 
writing stating its belief that a breach has been committed and setting forth 
its reasons for such belief;


<PAGE>



                  B. If the Party in receipt  of such  notice  does not  respond
within thirty (30) days,  except in the event of an alleged  breach of Paragraph
3,  which time shall be ten (10)  days,  of its  receipt of same,  or if it does
respond and the party receiving such response is not satisfied with the response
or the proposed remedy, such party may thereafter demand arbitration;
                  C. Should the Parties fail to resolve any controversy or claim
arising out of or relating to the  interpretation  or application of any term or
provision set forth herein,  or the alleged breach thereof,  such controversy or
claim shall be  resolved  by  arbitration  in  accordance  with the Rules of the
American Arbitration Association;
                  D. Judgment upon any award rendered pursuant to Paragraph 23 C
herein may be entered in any court having jurisdiction of the Party against whom
the award is rendered;
                  E. Any award rendered pursuant to the terms and conditions set
forth herein shall be final and binding; and
                  F. Any  arbitration  held pursuant to this Agreement  shall be
held in Austin,  Texas. Each Party shall bear its own expenses and shall equally
share the administrative  expenses of the hearing,  including  arbitration fees,
the expenses of a court reporter, hearing room, etc.
         7.       APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be subject to, construed
in accordance with and governed by, the laws of the State of Texas, Venue of any
legal proceeding hereunder shall be in Denton County, Texas.
         8.       MUTUAL PREPARATION.  Each party has read the foregoing 
Agreement, fully understands the contents thereof, and is under no duress or 
pressure of any sort to execute it.  This Agreement was mutually prepared and 
shall not be construed against any party by reason of his role in such 
preparation.
         9. MISCELLANEOUS.  In case any one or more of the provisions  contained
in this Agreement  shall,  for any reason,  be held to be invalid,  illegal,  or
unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity,  illegality,  or unenforceability
shall not affect any other  provisions  of this  Agreement,  but this  Agreement
shall be construed as if such invalid,  illegal, or unenforceable  provision had
never been contained  herein . If,  moreover,  any one or more of the provisions
contained in this  Agreement  shall,  for any reason,  be held to be excessively
broad as to time, duration,  geographical scope,  activity, or subject, it shall
be construed, by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent
compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.


<PAGE>


         10.      COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in multiple 
counterparts, but all counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the 
same Agreement, binding upon all of the parties hereto.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have  executed  this Loan  Agreement
effective the date set forth above.

                                               LENDER:

                                               /s/ Allan R. Avery
                                               ALLAN AVERY, PRESIDENT


                                               BORROWER:

                                               NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
                                               a Delaware Corporation

                                               /s/ Stephen F. Brandon
                                               STEPHEN F. BRANDON, PRESIDENT/CEO



<PAGE>

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

$150,000                         Roanoke, Texas               January 20, 1997

         For value received Niche Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ("MAKER") promise to pay
to the order of ALLAN AVERY, GEM COMMUNICATIONS,  INC. ("HOLDER") at 40 Richards
Avenue,  Norwalk,  CT  06854,  the  sum of One  Hundred-Fifty  Thousand  Dollars
($150,000), or so much thereof as may be advanced and outstanding, with interest
from date of any  advance at the rate of ten percent  (10%) per annum;  and with
interest from maturity at the highest lawful rate of interest  permissible under
applicable law as of the date thereof.  Interest is payable on demand. Principal
under  paragraph  3 of loan  agreement  shall be as the  following:  TERM.  This
Agreement  shall be in effect  for a period  of one (1) year from the  effective
date hereof.

         The  undersigned  and any holder hereof  intend to conform  strictly to
applicable usury law. All present and future agreements between MAKER and HOLDER
are hereby  expressly  limited so that in no event shall actual or  constructive
interest  contracted for,  charged or received ever transcend the highest lawful
rate permitted by applicable law. If fulfillment hereof or of any such agreement
would at any time so  transcend  then  said  obligation  shall be  automatically
reduced to said limit by  reducing  principal,  or by refund to the extent  said
excess is greater than principal then outstanding. To the extent permitted under
applicable  law,  all such  actual  or  constructive  interest  shall be  spread
throughout the full stated term so as to be uniform during same.

         MAKER hereby  severally  waives  presentation  for  payment,  notice of
non-payment,  protest,  notice of protest,  notice of intent to  accelerate  the
maturity hereof, notice of intent to make demand in full hereunder and diligence
in bringing suit against any party hereto,  and consent that the time of payment
may be extended  without  notice  thereof to any of the sureties or endorsers on
the NOTE;  and if this NOTE is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection
or suit is brought on same,  or if collected  through the probate or  bankruptcy
Court then MAKER agrees to pay the owner or holder of this NOTE,  in addition to
the full amount due, a reasonable sum for attorney's fees; and MAKER agrees that
failure to pay any  installment  or principal  or interest  when due, or default
under any document  evidencing or securing this NOTE, or whenever HOLDER in good
faith deems itself insecure, gives the HOLDER the right to declare the principal
and accrued but unpaid  interest  hereunder  immediately due and payable in full
without notice.

                                           NICHE PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
                                           a Delaware Corporation


                                           By /s/ Stephen F. Brandon
                                           STEPHEN F. BRANDON, President/CEO


<PAGE>



                                                                 EXHIBIT 23.3

                          CONSENT OF SHERMAN A. DRUSIN



   
         The  undersigned  consents  to the  reference  to him under the caption
"Management" in the Registration Statement (Form SB-2), Registration No. 
333-17767, and related Prospectus of Niche  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.  (the 
"Company")  covering  the  registration  of 1,725,000 of the Company's Common
 Shares and 130,000 of the Company's Warrants.
    


   
Melville, New York
January 28, 1997
    


                                              /s/ Sherman A. Drusin
                                             SHERMAN A. DRUSIN



<TABLE> <S> <C>

   

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     (Replace this text with the legend)
</LEGEND>
<CURRENCY>                                     1
       
<S>                             <C>                           <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS                         YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                           Dec-31-1996              Dec-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                              Jan-01-1996              Jan-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                                Sep-30-1996              Dec-31-1995
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                             1                        1       
<CASH>                                      21,237                   156,772
<SECURITIES>                                0                        0
<RECEIVABLES>                               217,188                  84,656
<ALLOWANCES>                                0                        0
<INVENTORY>                                 56,729                   105,401
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            295,154                  346,829
<PP&E>                                      13,724                   20,173
<DEPRECIATION>                              35,544                   27,926
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              1,417,009                1,513,196
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       664,102                  414,333
<BONDS>                                     1,410,444                1,615,824
                       0                        0
                                 0                        0
<COMMON>                                    1,052                    1,050
<OTHER-SE>                                  (658,589)                (518,011)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                1,417,009                1,513,196
<SALES>                                     906,744                  540,121
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            906,744                  606,268
<CGS>                                       342,362                  183,146
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               342,362                  183,146
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                            563,612                  334,941
<LOSS-PROVISION>                            0                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                          144,042                  91,800
<INCOME-PRETAX>                             770                      88,181
<INCOME-TAX>                                0                        0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                         0                        0
<DISCONTINUED>                              0                        0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                             0                        0
<CHANGES>                                   0                        0
<NET-INCOME>                                (140,588)                (1,003)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                               (13)                     0
<EPS-DILUTED>                               (13)                     0
    
        



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission